Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB machine and found some limits were
reached : sysctl_tcp_mem[2], sysctl_udp_mem[2]
We can switch infrastructure to use long "instead" of "int", now
atomic_long_t primitives are available for free.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
packet_getname_spkt() doesn't initialize all members of sa_data field of
sockaddr struct if strlen(dev->name) < 13. This structure is then copied
to userland. It leads to leaking of contents of kernel stack memory.
We have to fully fill sa_data with strncpy() instead of strlcpy().
The same with packet_getname(): it doesn't initialize sll_pkttype field of
sockaddr_ll. Set it to zero.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a possibility malicious users can get limited information about
uninitialized stack mem array. Even if sk_run_filter() result is bound
to packet length (0 .. 65535), we could imagine this can be used by
hostile user.
Initializing mem[] array, like Dan Rosenberg suggested in his patch is
expensive since most filters dont even use this array.
Its hard to make the filter validation in sk_chk_filter(), because of
the jumps. This might be done later.
In this patch, I use a bitmap (a single long var) so that only filters
using mem[] loads/stores pay the price of added security checks.
For other filters, additional cost is a single instruction.
[ Since we access fentry->k a lot now, cache it in a local variable
and mark filter entry pointer as const. -DaveM ]
Reported-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes ax25_getname() doesn't initialize all members of fsa_digipeater
field of fsa struct, also the struct has padding bytes between
sax25_call and sax25_ndigis fields. This structure is then copied to
userland. It leads to leaking of contents of kernel stack memory.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The alignment used for reading data into or out of pages used to be taken
from the data_off field in the message header. This only worked as long
as the page alignment matched the object offset, breaking direct io to
non-page aligned offsets.
Instead, explicitly specify the page alignment next to the page vector
in the ceph_msg struct, and use that instead of the message header (which
probably shouldn't be trusted). The alloc_msg callback is responsible for
filling in this field properly when it sets up the page vector.
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
We used to infer alignment of IOs within a page based on the file offset,
which assumed they matched. This broke with direct IO that was not aligned
to pages (e.g., 512-byte aligned IO). We were also trusting the alignment
specified in the OSD reply, which could have been adjusted by the server.
Explicitly specify the page alignment when setting up OSD IO requests.
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Followup of commit ef885afbf8 (net: use rcu_barrier() in
rollback_registered_many)
dst_dev_event() scans a garbage dst list that might be feeded by various
network notifiers at device dismantle time.
Its important to call dst_dev_event() after other notifiers, or we might
enter the infamous msleep(250) in netdev_wait_allrefs(), and wait one
second before calling again call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER,
dev) to properly remove last device references.
Use priority -10 to let dst_dev_notifier be called after other network
notifiers (they have the default 0 priority)
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reported-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Reported-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Structure sockaddr_tipc is copied to userland with padding bytes after
"id" field in union field "name" unitialized. It leads to leaking of
contents of kernel stack memory. We have to initialize them to zero.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Coalesce long formats.
Align arguments.
Remove KERN_<level>.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8723e1b4ad (inet: RCU changes in inetdev_by_index())
forgot one call site in ip_mc_drop_socket()
We should not decrease idev refcount after inetdev_by_index() call,
since refcount is not increased anymore.
Reported-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Reported-by: Miles Lane <miles.lane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This cause 'No Bonding' to be used if userspace has not yet been paired
with remote device since the l2cap socket used to create the rfcomm
session does not have any security level set.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.dentz-von@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Last commit added a wrong endianness conversion. Fixing that.
Reported-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In function l2cap_get_conf_opt() and l2cap_add_conf_opt() the address of
opt->val sometimes is not at the edge of 2-bytes/4-bytes, so 2-bytes/4 bytes
access will cause data misalignment exeception. Use get_unaligned_le16/32
and put_unaligned_le16/32 function to avoid data misalignment execption.
Signed-off-by: steven miao <realmz6@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When initiating dedicated bonding a L2CAP raw socket with HIGH security
level is used. The kernel is supposed to trigger the authentication
request in this case but this doesn't happen currently for non-SSP
(pre-2.1) devices. The reason is that the authentication request happens
in the remote extended features callback which never gets called for
non-SSP devices. This patch fixes the issue by requesting also
authentiation in the (normal) remote features callback in the case of
non-SSP devices.
This rule is applied only for HIGH security level which might at first
seem unintuitive since on the server socket side MEDIUM is already
enough for authentication. However, for the clients we really want to
prefer the server side to decide the authentication requrement in most
cases, and since most client sockets use MEDIUM it's better to be
avoided on the kernel side for these sockets. The important socket to
request it for is the dedicated bonding one and that socket uses HIGH
security level.
The patch is based on the initial investigation and patch proposal from
Andrei Emeltchenko <endrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
For client STA interfaces, ieee80211_do_stop unsets the relevant
interface's SDATA_STATE_RUNNING state bit prior to cancelling an
interrupted scan. When ieee80211_offchannel_return is invoked as
part of cancelling the scan, it doesn't bother unsetting the
SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL bit because it sees that the interface is
down. Normally this doesn't matter because when the client STA
interface is brought back up, it will probably issue a scan. But
in some cases (e.g., the user changes the interface type while it
is down), the SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL bit will remain set. This
prevents the interface queues from being started. So we
cancel the scan before unsetting the SDATA_STATE_RUNNING bit.
Signed-off-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IS_ERR and PTR_ERR were called with the wrong pointer, leading to a
crash when cfg80211_get_dev_from_ifindex fails.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
unix_dgram_poll() is pretty expensive to check POLLOUT status, because
it has to lock the socket to get its peer, take a reference on the peer
to check its receive queue status, and queue another poll_wait on
peer_wait. This all can be avoided if the process calling
unix_dgram_poll() is not interested in POLLOUT status. It makes
unix_dgram_recvmsg() faster by not queueing irrelevant pollers in
peer_wait.
On a test program provided by Alan Crequy :
Before:
real 0m0.211s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.208s
After:
real 0m0.044s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.040s
Suggested-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Reported-by: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Acked-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alban Crequy reported a problem with connected dgram af_unix sockets and
provided a test program. epoll() would miss to send an EPOLLOUT event
when a thread unqueues a packet from the other peer, making its receive
queue not full.
This is because unix_dgram_poll() fails to call sock_poll_wait(file,
&unix_sk(other)->peer_wait, wait);
if the socket is not writeable at the time epoll_ctl(ADD) is called.
We must call sock_poll_wait(), regardless of 'writable' status, so that
epoll can be notified later of states changes.
Misc: avoids testing twice (sk->sk_shutdown & RCV_SHUTDOWN)
Reported-by: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of wakeup all sleepers, use wake_up_interruptible_sync_poll() to
wakeup only ones interested into writing the socket.
This patch is a specialization of commit 37e5540b3c (epoll keyed
wakeups: make sockets use keyed wakeups).
On a test program provided by Alan Crequy :
Before:
real 0m3.101s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m6.104s
After:
real 0m0.211s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.208s
Reported-by: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in
dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose:
Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if
they cannot use RTNL.
Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management.
Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sgs allocation error path leaks the allocated message.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fix a bug reported by backyes.
Right the first time pktgen's using queue_map that's not been initialized
by set_cur_queue_map(pkt_dev);
Signed-off-by: Junchang Wang <junchangwang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Backyes <backyes@mail.ustc.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The type of FRAG6_CB(prev)->offset is int, skb->len is *unsigned* int,
and offset is int.
Without this patch, type conversion occurred to this expression, when
(FRAG6_CB(prev)->offset + prev->len) is less than offset.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The basic classifier keeps statistics but does not report it to user space.
This showed up when using basic classifier (with police) as a default catch
all on ingress; no statistics were reported.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This should fix the following warning:
net/core/pktgen.c: In function ‘pktgen_if_write’:
net/core/pktgen.c:890: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Reviewed-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
inet_diag: Make sure we actually run the same bytecode we audited.
netlink: Make nlmsg_find_attr take a const nlmsghdr*.
fib: fib_result_assign() should not change fib refcounts
netfilter: ip6_tables: fix information leak to userspace
cls_cgroup: Fix crash on module unload
memory corruption in X.25 facilities parsing
net dst: fix percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten
rds: Remove kfreed tcp conn from list
rds: Lost locking in loop connection freeing
de2104x: fix panic on load
atl1 : fix panic on load
netxen: remove unused firmware exports
caif: Remove noisy printout when disconnecting caif socket
caif: SPI-driver bugfix - incorrect padding.
caif: Bugfix for socket priority, bindtodev and dbg channel.
smsc911x: Set Ethernet EEPROM size to supported device's size
ipv4: netfilter: ip_tables: fix information leak to userland
ipv4: netfilter: arp_tables: fix information leak to userland
cxgb4vf: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
cxgb4: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
...
We were using nlmsg_find_attr() to look up the bytecode by attribute when
auditing, but then just using the first attribute when actually running
bytecode. So, if we received a message with two attribute elements, where only
the second had type INET_DIAG_REQ_BYTECODE, we would validate and run different
bytecode strings.
Fix this by consistently using nlmsg_find_attr everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit ebc0ffae5 (RCU conversion of fib_lookup()),
fib_result_assign() should not change fib refcounts anymore.
Thanks to Michael who did the bisection and bug report.
Reported-by: Michael Ellerman <michael@ellerman.id.au>
Tested-by: Michael Ellerman <michael@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somewhere along the lines net_cls_subsys_id became a macro when
cls_cgroup is built as a module. Not only did it make cls_cgroup
completely useless, it also causes it to crash on module unload.
This patch fixes this by removing that macro.
Thanks to Eric Dumazet for diagnosing this problem.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Reviewed-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There're some percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten warnings
in recent kernel, which is resulted by fc66f95c.
commit fc66f95c switches to use percpu_counter, in ip6_route_net_init, kernel
init the percpu_counter for dst entries, but, the percpu_counter is never destroyed
in ip6_route_net_exit. So if the related data is freed by kernel, the freed percpu_counter
is still on the list, then if we insert/remove other percpu_counter, list corruption
resulted. Also, if the insert/remove option modifies the ->prev,->next pointer of
the freed value, the poison overwritten is resulted then.
With the following patch, the percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten
warnings disappeared.
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Feng <dfeng@redhat.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: "Pekka Savola (ipv6)" <pekkas@netcore.fi>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the rds_tcp_connection objects are stored list, but when
being freed it should be removed from there.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conn is removed from list in there and this requires
proper lock protection.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Bugfix: SO_PRIORITY for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute priority instead.
o Bugfix: SO_BINDTODEVICE for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute ifindex instead.
o Wrong assert statement for RFM layer segmentation.
o CAIF Debug channels was not working over SPI, caif_payload_info
containing padding info must be initialized.
o Check on pointer before dereferencing when unregister dev in caif_dev.c
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Structure ipt_getinfo is copied to userland with the field "name"
that has the last elements unitialized. It leads to leaking of
contents of kernel stack memory.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Structure arpt_getinfo is copied to userland with the field "name"
that has the last elements unitialized. It leads to leaking of
contents of kernel stack memory.
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If the client gets out of sync with the server message sequence number, we
normally skip low seq messages (ones we already received). The skip code
was also incrementing the expected seq, such that all subsequent messages
also appeared old and got skipped, and an eventual timeout on the osd
connection. This resulted in some lagging requests and console messages
like
[233480.882885] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2016, expected 2017
[233480.882919] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2017, expected 2018
[233480.882963] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2018, expected 2019
[233480.883488] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2019, expected 2020
[233485.219558] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2020, expected 2021
[233485.906595] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2021, expected 2022
[233490.379536] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2022, expected 2023
[233495.523260] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2023, expected 2024
[233495.923194] ceph: skipping osd22 10.138.138.13:6804 seq 2024, expected 2025
[233500.534614] ceph: tid 6023602 timed out on osd22, will reset osd
Reported-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
In dev_pick_tx recompute the queue index if the value stored in the
socket is greater than or equal to the number of real queues for the
device. The saved index in the sock structure is not guaranteed to
be appropriate for the egress device (this could happen on a route
change or in presence of tunnelling). The result of the queue index
being bad would be to return a bogus queue (crash could prersumably
follow).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'sparse' spotted that the parameters to kzalloc in l2tp_dfs_seq_open
were swapped.
Tested on current git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git
at 1792f17b72 build, boots and I can see that directory,
but there again I could see /sys/kernel/debug/l2tp with it swapped; I don't have
any l2tp in use.
Signed-off-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <linux@treblig.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While validating the configuration em_ops is already set, thus the
individual destroy functions are called, but the ematch data has
not been allocated and associated with the ematch yet.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
isdn: mISDN: socket: fix information leak to userland
netdev: can: Change mail address of Hans J. Koch
pcnet_cs: add new_id
net: Truncate recvfrom and sendto length to INT_MAX.
RDS: Let rds_message_alloc_sgs() return NULL
RDS: Copy rds_iovecs into kernel memory instead of rereading from userspace
RDS: Clean up error handling in rds_cmsg_rdma_args
RDS: Return -EINVAL if rds_rdma_pages returns an error
net: fix rds_iovec page count overflow
can: pch_can: fix section mismatch warning by using a whitelisted name
can: pch_can: fix sparse warning
netxen_nic: Fix the tx queue manipulation bug in netxen_nic_probe
ip_gre: fix fallback tunnel setup
vmxnet: trivial annotation of protocol constant
vmxnet3: remove unnecessary byteswapping in BAR writing macros
ipv6/udp: report SndbufErrors and RcvbufErrors
phy/marvell: rename 88ec048 to 88e1318s and fix mscr1 addr
Even with the previous fix, we still are reading the iovecs once
to determine SGs needed, and then again later on. Preallocating
space for sg lists as part of rds_message seemed like a good idea
but it might be better to not do this. While working to redo that
code, this patch attempts to protect against userspace rewriting
the rds_iovec array between the first and second accesses.
The consequences of this would be either a too-small or too-large
sg list array. Too large is not an issue. This patch changes all
callers of message_alloc_sgs to handle running out of preallocated
sgs, and fail gracefully.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change rds_rdma_pages to take a passed-in rds_iovec array instead
of doing copy_from_user itself.
Change rds_cmsg_rdma_args to copy rds_iovec array once only. This
eliminates the possibility of userspace changing it after our
sanity checks.
Implement stack-based storage for small numbers of iovecs, based
on net/socket.c, to save an alloc in the extremely common case.
Although this patch reduces iovec copies in cmsg_rdma_args to 1,
we still do another one in rds_rdma_extra_size. Getting rid of
that one will be trickier, so it'll be a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need to set ret = 0 at the end -- it's initialized to 0.
Also, don't increment s_send_rdma stat if we're exiting with an
error.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rds_cmsg_rdma_args would still return success even if rds_rdma_pages
returned an error (or overflowed).
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Thomas Pollet, the rdma page counting can overflow. We
get the rdma sizes in 64-bit unsigned entities, but then limit it to
UINT_MAX bytes and shift them down to pages (so with a possible "+1" for
an unaligned address).
So each individual page count fits comfortably in an 'unsigned int' (not
even close to overflowing into signed), but as they are added up, they
might end up resulting in a signed return value. Which would be wrong.
Catch the case of tot_pages turning negative, and return the appropriate
error code.
Reported-by: Thomas Pollet <thomas.pollet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before making the fallback tunnel visible to lookups, we should make
sure it is completely setup, once ipgre_tunnel_init() had been called
and tstats per_cpu pointer allocated.
move rcu_assign_pointer(ign->tunnels_wc[0], tunnel); from
ipgre_fb_tunnel_init() to ipgre_init_net()
Based on a patch from Pavel Emelyanov
Reported-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit a18135eb93 (Add UDP_MIB_{SND,RCV}BUFERRORS handling.)
forgot to make the necessary changes in net/ipv6/proc.c to report
additional counters in /proc/net/snmp6
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
b43: Fix warning at drivers/mmc/core/core.c:237 in mmc_wait_for_cmd
mac80211: fix failure to check kmalloc return value in key_key_read
libertas: Fix sd8686 firmware reload
ath9k: Fix incorrect access of rate flags in RC
netfilter: xt_socket: Make tproto signed in socket_mt6_v1().
stmmac: enable/disable rx/tx in the core with a single write.
net: atarilance - flags should be unsigned long
netxen: fix kdump
pktgen: Limit how much data we copy onto the stack.
net: Limit socket I/O iovec total length to INT_MAX.
USB: gadget: fix ethernet gadget crash in gether_setup
fib: Fix fib zone and its hash leak on namespace stop
cxgb3: Fix panic in free_tx_desc()
cxgb3: fix crash due to manipulating queues before registration
8390: Don't oops on starting dev queue
dccp ccid-2: Stop polling
dccp: Refine the wait-for-ccid mechanism
dccp: Extend CCID packet dequeueing interface
dccp: Return-value convention of hc_tx_send_packet()
igbvf: fix panic on load
...
I noticed two small issues in mac80211/debugfs_key.c::key_key_read while
reading through the code. Patch below.
The key_key_read() function returns ssize_t and the value that's actually
returned is the return value of simple_read_from_buffer() which also
returns ssize_t, so let's hold the return value in a ssize_t local
variable rather than a int one.
Also, memory is allocated dynamically with kmalloc() which can fail, but
the return value of kmalloc() is not checked, so we may end up operating
on a null pointer further on. So check for a NULL return and bail out with
-ENOMEM in that case.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While doing __rcu annotations work on net/netfilter I found following
bug. On some arches, it is possible we publish a table while its content
is not yet committed to memory, and lockless reader can dereference wild
pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_core.c:52: warning: 'nf_nat_proto_find_get' defined but not used
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_core.c:66: warning: 'nf_nat_proto_put' defined but not used
Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Otherwise error indications from ipv6_find_hdr() won't be noticed.
This required making the protocol argument to extract_icmp6_fields()
signed too.
Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A program that accidentally writes too much data to the pktgen file can overflow
the kernel stack and oops the machine. This is only triggerable by root, so
there's no security issue, but it's still an unfortunate bug.
printk() won't print more than 1024 bytes in a single call, anyways, so let's
just never copy more than that much data. We're on a fairly shallow stack, so
that should be safe even with CONFIG_4KSTACKS.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This helps protect us from overflow issues down in the
individual protocol sendmsg/recvmsg handlers. Once
we hit INT_MAX we truncate out the rest of the iovec
by setting the iov_len members to zero.
This works because:
1) For SOCK_STREAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets, partial
writes are allowed and the application will just continue
with another write to send the rest of the data.
2) For datagram oriented sockets, where there must be a
one-to-one correspondance between write() calls and
packets on the wire, INT_MAX is going to be far larger
than the packet size limit the protocol is going to
check for and signal with -EMSGSIZE.
Based upon a patch by Linus Torvalds.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we stop a namespace we flush the table and free one, but the
added fn_zone-s (and their hashes if grown) are leaked. Need to free.
Tries releases all its stuff in the flushing code.
Shame on us - this bug exists since the very first make-fib-per-net
patches in 2.6.27 :(
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This updates CCID-2 to use the CCID dequeuing mechanism, converting from
previous continuous-polling to a now event-driven mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This extends the existing wait-for-ccid routine so that it may be used with
different types of CCID, addressing the following problems:
1) The queue-drain mechanism only works with rate-based CCIDs. If CCID-2 for
example has a full TX queue and becomes network-limited just as the
application wants to close, then waiting for CCID-2 to become unblocked
could lead to an indefinite delay (i.e., application "hangs").
2) Since each TX CCID in turn uses a feedback mechanism, there may be changes
in its sending policy while the queue is being drained. This can lead to
further delays during which the application will not be able to terminate.
3) The minimum wait time for CCID-3/4 can be expected to be the queue length
times the current inter-packet delay. For example if tx_qlen=100 and a delay
of 15 ms is used for each packet, then the application would have to wait
for a minimum of 1.5 seconds before being allowed to exit.
4) There is no way for the user/application to control this behaviour. It would
be good to use the timeout argument of dccp_close() as an upper bound. Then
the maximum time that an application is willing to wait for its CCIDs to can
be set via the SO_LINGER option.
These problems are addressed by giving the CCID a grace period of up to the
`timeout' value.
The wait-for-ccid function is, as before, used when the application
(a) has read all the data in its receive buffer and
(b) if SO_LINGER was set with a non-zero linger time, or
(c) the socket is either in the OPEN (active close) or in the PASSIVE_CLOSEREQ
state (client application closes after receiving CloseReq).
In addition, there is a catch-all case of __skb_queue_purge() after waiting for
the CCID. This is necessary since the write queue may still have data when
(a) the host has been passively-closed,
(b) abnormal termination (unread data, zero linger time),
(c) wait-for-ccid could not finish within the given time limit.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This extends the packet dequeuing interface of dccp_write_xmit() to allow
1. CCIDs to take care of timing when the next packet may be sent;
2. delayed sending (as before, with an inter-packet gap up to 65.535 seconds).
The main purpose is to take CCID-2 out of its polling mode (when it is network-
limited, it tries every millisecond to send, without interruption).
The mode of operation for (2) is as follows:
* new packet is enqueued via dccp_sendmsg() => dccp_write_xmit(),
* ccid_hc_tx_send_packet() detects that it may not send (e.g. window full),
* it signals this condition via `CCID_PACKET_WILL_DEQUEUE_LATER',
* dccp_write_xmit() returns without further action;
* after some time the wait-condition for CCID becomes true,
* that CCID schedules the tasklet,
* tasklet function calls ccid_hc_tx_send_packet() via dccp_write_xmit(),
* since the wait-condition is now true, ccid_hc_tx_packet() returns "send now",
* packet is sent, and possibly more (since dccp_write_xmit() loops).
Code reuse: the taskled function calls dccp_write_xmit(), the timer function
reduces to a wrapper around the same code.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reorganises the return value convention of the CCID TX sending
function, to permit more flexible schemes, as required by subsequent patches.
Currently the convention is
* values < 0 mean error,
* a value == 0 means "send now", and
* a value x > 0 means "send in x milliseconds".
The patch provides symbolic constants and a function to interpret return values.
In addition, it caps the maximum positive return value to 0xFFFF milliseconds,
corresponding to 65.535 seconds. This is possible since in CCID-3/4 the
maximum possible inter-packet gap is fixed at t_mbi = 64 sec.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch ensures that a read(fd, NULL, 10) returns EFAULT on a 9p file.
Signed-off-by: Sanchit Garg <sancgarg@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4] datasync[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
If datasync flag is specified data will be fleshed but does not flush
modified metadata unless that metadata is needed in order to allow a
subsequent data retrieval to be correctly handled.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
We need to return error in case we fail to encode data in protocol buffer.
This patch also return error in case of a failed copy_from_user.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
If there is not enough space for the PDU on the VirtIO ring, current
code returns -EIO propagating the error to user.
This patch introduced a wqit_queue on the channel, and lets the process
wait on this queue until VirtIO ring frees up.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TReadlink tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] RReadlink tag[2] target[s]
Description
Readlink is used to return the contents of the symoblic link
referred by fid. Contents of symboic link is returned as a
response.
target[s] - Contents of the symbolic link referred by fid.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TGetlock tag[2] fid[4] getlock[n]
size[4] RGetlock tag[2] getlock[n]
Description
TGetlock is used to test for the existence of byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains getlock structure. If the lock could
be placed it returns F_UNLCK in type field of getlock structure. Otherwise it
returns the details of the conflicting locks in the getlock structure
getlock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to check for the lock
If length is 0, check for lock in all bytes starting at the location
'start' through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock/owns the task
in case of reply
client[4] - Client id of the system that owns the process which
has the conflicting lock
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TLock tag[2] fid[4] flock[n]
size[4] RLock tag[2] status[1]
Description
Tlock is used to acquire/release byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains status of the lock request
flock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, F_UNLCK
flags[4] - Flags could be either of
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_BLOCK - Blocked lock request, if there is a
conflicting lock exists, wait for that lock to be released.
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM - Reclaim lock request, used when client is
trying to reclaim a lock after a server restrart (due to crash)
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to lock
If length is 0, lock all bytes starting at the location 'start'
through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock
client_id[4] - Unique client id
status[1] - Status of the lock request, can be
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS(0), P9_LOCK_BLOCKED(1), P9_LOCK_ERROR(2) or
P9_LOCK_GRACE(3)
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS - Request was successful
P9_LOCK_BLOCKED - A conflicting lock is held by another process
P9_LOCK_ERROR - Error while processing the lock request
P9_LOCK_GRACE - Server is in grace period, it can't accept new lock
requests in this period (except locks with
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM flag set)
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj <arun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
commit ea781f197d (use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU and get rid of call_rcu())
did a mistake in __vmalloc() call in nf_ct_alloc_hashtable().
I forgot to add __GFP_HIGHMEM, so pages were taken from LOWMEM only.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
After making rcu protection for tunnels (ipip, gre, sit and ip6) a bug
was introduced into the SIOCCHGTUNNEL code.
The tunnel is first unlinked, then addresses change, then it is linked
back probably into another bucket. But while changing the parms, the
hash table is unlocked to readers and they can lookup the improper tunnel.
Respective commits are b7285b79 (ipip: get rid of ipip_lock), 1507850b
(gre: get rid of ipgre_lock), 3a43be3c (sit: get rid of ipip6_lock) and
94767632 (ip6tnl: get rid of ip6_tnl_lock).
The quick fix is to wait for quiescent state to pass after unlinking,
but if it is inappropriate I can invent something better, just let me
know.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 651b52254f added DS Parameter Set
information into Probe Request frames that are transmitted on 2.4 GHz
band, but it failed to increment local->scan_ies_len to cover this new
information. This variable needs to be updated to match the maximum IE
data length so that the extra buffer need gets reduced from the driver
limit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds __rcu annotations to inetpeer
(struct inet_peer)->avl_left
(struct inet_peer)->avl_right
This is a tedious cleanup, but removes one smp_wmb() from link_to_pool()
since we now use more self documenting rcu_assign_pointer().
Note the use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() instead of rcu_assign_pointer() in
all cases we dont need a memory barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds __rcu annotation to (struct fib_rule)->ctarget
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_tunnel)->prl
(struct ip_tunnel_prl_entry)->next
(struct xfrm_tunnel)->next
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel4_handlers
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel64_handlers
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
struct net_protocol *inet_protos
struct net_protocol *inet6_protos
And use appropriate casts to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct dst_entry)->rt_next
(struct rt_hash_bucket)->chain
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After running this bonding setup script
modprobe bonding miimon=100 mode=0 max_bonds=1
ifconfig bond0 10.1.1.1/16
ifenslave bond0 eth1
ifenslave bond0 eth3
on s390 with qeth-driven slaves, modprobe -r fails with this message
unregister_netdevice: waiting for bond0 to become free. Usage count = 1
due to twice detection of duplicate address.
Problem is caused by a missing decrease of ifp->refcnt in addrconf_dad_failure.
An extra call of in6_ifa_put(ifp) solves it.
Problem has been introduced with commit f2344a131b.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETIF_F_HW_CSUM indicates the ability to update an TCP/IP-style 16-bit
checksum with the checksum of an arbitrary part of the packet data,
whereas the FCoE CRC is something entirely different.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.32+]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_can_checksum() incorrectly returns true in these cases:
1. The skb has both out-of-band and in-band VLAN tags and the device
supports checksum offload for the encapsulated protocol but only with
one layer of encapsulation.
2. The skb has a VLAN tag and the device supports generic checksumming
but not in conjunction with VLAN encapsulation.
Rearrange the VLAN tag checks to avoid these.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6: (52 commits)
split invalidate_inodes()
fs: skip I_FREEING inodes in writeback_sb_inodes
fs: fold invalidate_list into invalidate_inodes
fs: do not drop inode_lock in dispose_list
fs: inode split IO and LRU lists
fs: switch bdev inode bdi's correctly
fs: fix buffer invalidation in invalidate_list
fsnotify: use dget_parent
smbfs: use dget_parent
exportfs: use dget_parent
fs: use RCU read side protection in d_validate
fs: clean up dentry lru modification
fs: split __shrink_dcache_sb
fs: improve DCACHE_REFERENCED usage
fs: use percpu counter for nr_dentry and nr_dentry_unused
fs: simplify __d_free
fs: take dcache_lock inside __d_path
fs: do not assign default i_ino in new_inode
fs: introduce a per-cpu last_ino allocator
new helper: ihold()
...
Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB system and found af_unix was overflowing
a 32bit value :
<quote>
We were seeing a failure which prevented boot. The kernel was incapable
of creating either a named pipe or unix domain socket. This comes down
to a common kernel function called unix_create1() which does:
atomic_inc(&unix_nr_socks);
if (atomic_read(&unix_nr_socks) > 2 * get_max_files())
goto out;
The function get_max_files() is a simple return of files_stat.max_files.
files_stat.max_files is a signed integer and is computed in
fs/file_table.c's files_init().
n = (mempages * (PAGE_SIZE / 1024)) / 10;
files_stat.max_files = n;
In our case, mempages (total_ram_pages) is approx 3,758,096,384
(0xe0000000). That leaves max_files at approximately 1,503,238,553.
This causes 2 * get_max_files() to integer overflow.
</quote>
Fix is to let /proc/sys/fs/file-nr & /proc/sys/fs/file-max use long
integers, and change af_unix to use an atomic_long_t instead of atomic_t.
get_max_files() is changed to return an unsigned long. get_nr_files() is
changed to return a long.
unix_nr_socks is changed from atomic_t to atomic_long_t, while not
strictly needed to address Robin problem.
Before patch (on a 64bit kernel) :
# echo 2147483648 >/proc/sys/fs/file-max
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
-18446744071562067968
After patch:
# echo 2147483648 >/proc/sys/fs/file-max
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
2147483648
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-nr
704 0 2147483648
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Tested-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
There is a bug in the interaction between ipv6_create_tempaddr and
addrconf_verify. Because ipv6_create_tempaddr uses the cstamp and tstamp
from the public address in creating a private address, if we have not
received a router advertisement in a while, tstamp + temp_valid_lft might be
< now. If this happens, the new address is created inside
ipv6_create_tempaddr, then the loop within addrconf_verify starts again and
the address is immediately deleted. We are left with no temporary addresses
on the interface, and no more will be created until the public IP address is
updated. To avoid this, set the expiry time to be the minimum of the time
left on the public address or the config option PLUS the current age of the
public interface.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Wurster <gwurster@scs.carleton.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If privacy extentions are enabled, but no current temporary address exists,
then create one when we get a router advertisement.
Signed-off-by: Glenn Wurster <gwurster@scs.carleton.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While fixing CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER errors, I had to fix accesses to
fz->fz_hash for real.
- &fz->fz_hash[fn_hash(f->fn_key, fz)]
+ rcu_dereference(fz->fz_hash) + fn_hash(f->fn_key, fz)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some panic reports in fib_rules_lookup() show a rule could have a NULL
pointer as a next pointer in the rules_list.
This can actually happen because of a bug in fib_nl_newrule() : It
checks if current rule is the destination of unresolved gotos. (Other
rules have gotos to this about to be inserted rule)
Problem is it does the resolution of the gotos before the rule is
inserted in the rules_list (and has a valid next pointer)
Fix this by moving the rules_list insertion before the changes on gotos.
A lockless reader can not any more follow a ctarget pointer, unless
destination is ready (has a valid next pointer)
Reported-by: Oleg A. Arkhangelsky <sysoleg@yandex.ru>
Reported-by: Joe Buehler <aspam@cox.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.37' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (99 commits)
svcrpc: svc_tcp_sendto XPT_DEAD check is redundant
svcrpc: no need for XPT_DEAD check in svc_xprt_enqueue
svcrpc: assume svc_delete_xprt() called only once
svcrpc: never clear XPT_BUSY on dead xprt
nfsd4: fix connection allocation in sequence()
nfsd4: only require krb5 principal for NFSv4.0 callbacks
nfsd4: move minorversion to client
nfsd4: delay session removal till free_client
nfsd4: separate callback change and callback probe
nfsd4: callback program number is per-session
nfsd4: track backchannel connections
nfsd4: confirm only on succesful create_session
nfsd4: make backchannel sequence number per-session
nfsd4: use client pointer to backchannel session
nfsd4: move callback setup into session init code
nfsd4: don't cache seq_misordered replies
SUNRPC: Properly initialize sock_xprt.srcaddr in all cases
SUNRPC: Use conventional switch statement when reclassifying sockets
sunrpc/xprtrdma: clean up workqueue usage
sunrpc: Turn list_for_each-s into the ..._entry-s
...
Fix up trivial conflicts (two different deprecation notices added in
separate branches) in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
* 'nfs-for-2.6.37' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6:
net/sunrpc: Use static const char arrays
nfs4: fix channel attribute sanity-checks
NFSv4.1: Use more sensible names for 'initialize_mountpoint'
NFSv4.1: pnfs: filelayout: add driver's LAYOUTGET and GETDEVICEINFO infrastructure
NFSv4.1: pnfs: add LAYOUTGET and GETDEVICEINFO infrastructure
NFS: client needs to maintain list of inodes with active layouts
NFS: create and destroy inode's layout cache
NFSv4.1: pnfs: filelayout: introduce minimal file layout driver
NFSv4.1: pnfs: full mount/umount infrastructure
NFS: set layout driver
NFS: ask for layouttypes during v4 fsinfo call
NFS: change stateid to be a union
NFSv4.1: pnfsd, pnfs: protocol level pnfs constants
SUNRPC: define xdr_decode_opaque_fixed
NFSD: remove duplicate NFS4_STATEID_SIZE
Instead of always assigning an increasing inode number in new_inode
move the call to assign it into those callers that actually need it.
For now callers that need it is estimated conservatively, that is
the call is added to all filesystems that do not assign an i_ino
by themselves. For a few more filesystems we can avoid assigning
any inode number given that they aren't user visible, and for others
it could be done lazily when an inode number is actually needed,
but that's left for later patches.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Andrew,
Could you please review this patch, you probably are the right guy to
take it, because it crosses fs and net trees.
Note : /proc/sys/fs/file-nr is a read-only file, so this patch doesnt
depend on previous patch (sysctl: fix min/max handling in
__do_proc_doulongvec_minmax())
Thanks !
[PATCH V4] fs: allow for more than 2^31 files
Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB system and found af_unix was overflowing
a 32bit value :
<quote>
We were seeing a failure which prevented boot. The kernel was incapable
of creating either a named pipe or unix domain socket. This comes down
to a common kernel function called unix_create1() which does:
atomic_inc(&unix_nr_socks);
if (atomic_read(&unix_nr_socks) > 2 * get_max_files())
goto out;
The function get_max_files() is a simple return of files_stat.max_files.
files_stat.max_files is a signed integer and is computed in
fs/file_table.c's files_init().
n = (mempages * (PAGE_SIZE / 1024)) / 10;
files_stat.max_files = n;
In our case, mempages (total_ram_pages) is approx 3,758,096,384
(0xe0000000). That leaves max_files at approximately 1,503,238,553.
This causes 2 * get_max_files() to integer overflow.
</quote>
Fix is to let /proc/sys/fs/file-nr & /proc/sys/fs/file-max use long
integers, and change af_unix to use an atomic_long_t instead of
atomic_t.
get_max_files() is changed to return an unsigned long.
get_nr_files() is changed to return a long.
unix_nr_socks is changed from atomic_t to atomic_long_t, while not
strictly needed to address Robin problem.
Before patch (on a 64bit kernel) :
# echo 2147483648 >/proc/sys/fs/file-max
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
-18446744071562067968
After patch:
# echo 2147483648 >/proc/sys/fs/file-max
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
2147483648
# cat /proc/sys/fs/file-nr
704 0 2147483648
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Tested-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
If any xprt marked DEAD is also left BUSY for the rest of its life, then
the XPT_DEAD check here is superfluous--we'll get the same result from
the XPT_BUSY check just after.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
As long as DEAD exports are left BUSY, and svc_delete_xprt is called
only with BUSY held, then svc_delete_xprt() will never be called on an
xprt that is already DEAD.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Once an xprt has been deleted, there's no reason to allow it to be
enqueued--at worst, that might cause the xprt to be re-added to some
global list, resulting in later corruption.
Also, note this leaves us with no need for the reference-count
manipulation here.
Reviewed-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_ra_chain)->next
struct ip_ra_chain *ip_ra_chain;
And use appropriate rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotation to :
(struct sock)->sk_filter
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add __rcu annotation to (struct net)->gen, and use
rcu_dereference_protected() in net_assign_generic()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct netdev_rx_queue)->rps_map
(struct netdev_rx_queue)->rps_flow_table
struct rps_sock_flow_table *rps_sock_flow_table;
And use appropriate rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the previous tproxy related patches split IPv6 defragmentation and
connection tracking, but did not correctly add Kconfig stanzas to handle the
new dependencies correctly. This patch fixes that by making the config options
mirror the setup we have for IPv4: a distinct config option for defragmentation
that is automatically selected by both connection tracking and
xt_TPROXY/xt_socket.
The patch also changes the #ifdefs enclosing IPv6 specific code in xt_socket
and xt_TPROXY: we only compile these in case we have ip6tables support enabled.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'nfs-for-2.6.37' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6: (67 commits)
SUNRPC: Cleanup duplicate assignment in rpcauth_refreshcred
nfs: fix unchecked value
Ask for time_delta during fsinfo probe
Revalidate caches on lock
SUNRPC: After calling xprt_release(), we must restart from call_reserve
NFSv4: Fix up the 'dircount' hint in encode_readdir
NFSv4: Clean up nfs4_decode_dirent
NFSv4: nfs4_decode_dirent must clear entry->fattr->valid
NFSv4: Fix a regression in decode_getfattr
NFSv4: Fix up decode_attr_filehandle() to handle the case of empty fh pointer
NFS: Ensure we check all allocation return values in new readdir code
NFS: Readdir plus in v4
NFS: introduce generic decode_getattr function
NFS: check xdr_decode for errors
NFS: nfs_readdir_filler catch all errors
NFS: readdir with vmapped pages
NFS: remove page size checking code
NFS: decode_dirent should use an xdr_stream
SUNRPC: Add a helper function xdr_inline_peek
NFS: remove readdir plus limit
...
(struct ip6_tnl)->next is rcu protected :
(struct ip_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
(struct xfrm6_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct net_device)->garp_port is rcu protected :
(struct garp_port)->applicants is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct net_device)->ip6_ptr is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct net_device)->vlgrp is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three is definitely too low, and we know from reports that GRE tunnels
stacked as deeply as 37 levels cause stack overflows, so pick some
reasonable value between those two.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Station addition in ieee80211_ibss_rx_queued_mgmt is not updating
sta->last_rx which is causing station expiry in ieee80211_ibss_work
path. So sta addition and deletion happens repeatedly.
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch 4f366c5:
wireless: only use alpha2 regulatory information from country IE
removed some complex intersection we were always doing between the AP's
country IE info and what we got from CRDA. When CRDA sent us back a
regulatory domain we would do some sanity checks on that regulatory
domain response we just got. Part of these sanity checks included
checking that we already had performed an intersection for the
request of NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE type.
This mean that cfg80211 was only processing country IEs for cases
where we already had an intersection, but since we removed enforcing
this this is no longer required, we should just apply the country
IE country hint with the data received from CRDA.
This patch has fixes intended for kernels >= 2.6.36.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I found this bug while poking around with a pure-gn AP.
Commit:
cfg80211/mac80211: Use more generic bitrate mask for rate control
Added some sanity checks to ensure that each tx rate index
is included in the configured mask and it would change any
rate indexes if it wasn't.
But, the current implementation doesn't take into account
that the invalid rate index "-1" has a special meaning
(= no further attempts) and it should not be "changed".
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iee80211_hw->restart_work is the only work which uses the system
workqueue. Instead of calling flush_scheduled_work() during
iee80211_exit(), cancel the work during unregistration.
This is to prepare for the deprecation and removal of
flush_scheduled_work().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Read external interrupts parameters from the lowcore in the first
level interrupt handler in entry[64].S.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Causes these build failures on PowerPC:
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:1228: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_tunnel_closeall causes a section type conflict
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:1228: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_tunnel_closeall causes a section type conflict
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:1006: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_xmit_core causes a section type conflict
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:1006: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_xmit_core causes a section type conflict
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:847: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_udp_recv_core causes a section type conflict
net/l2tp/l2tp_core.c:847: error: __ksymtab_l2tp_udp_recv_core causes a section type conflict
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 6c04bb18dd (netlink: use call_rcu for netlink_change_ngroups)
used a somewhat convoluted and racy way to perform call_rcu().
The old block of memory is freed after a grace period, but the rcu_head
used to track it is located in new block.
This can clash if we call two times or more netlink_change_ngroups(),
and a block is freed before another. call_rcu() called on different cpus
makes no guarantee in order of callbacks.
Fix this using a more standard way of handling this : Each block of
memory contains its own rcu_head, so that no 'use after free' can
happens.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
CC: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP_TRANSPARENT requires root (more precisely CAP_NET_ADMIN privielges)
for IPV6.
However as I see right now this check was missed from the IPv6
implementation.
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ip6_tunnel device did not unset the flag,
IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE. This will make the dev layer
to release the dst before calling the tunnel.
The tunnel will not update any mtu/pmtu info, since
it does not have a dst on the skb.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The temporary variable "i" is needlessly initialized to zero
in two distinct cases in this file:
1) where it is set to zero and then used as an argument in an addition
before being assigned a non-zero value.
2) where it is only used in a standard/typical loop counter
For (1), simply delete assignment to zero and usages while still
zero; for (2) simply make the loop start at zero as per standard
practice as seen everywhere else in the same file.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also moved the refcound inlines from l2tp_core.h to l2tp_core.c
since only used in that one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We sometimes need to be able to read ahead in an xdr_stream without
incrementing the current pointer position.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1699 commits)
bnx2/bnx2x: Unsupported Ethtool operations should return -EINVAL.
vlan: Calling vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() is always valid.
tproxy: use the interface primary IP address as a default value for --on-ip
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match
cxgb3: function namespace cleanup
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the TPROXY target
tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
be2net: Changes to use only priority codes allowed by f/w
tproxy: allow non-local binds of IPv6 sockets if IP_TRANSPARENT is enabled
tproxy: added tproxy sockopt interface in the IPV6 layer
tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
tproxy: added const specifiers to udp lookup functions
tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
l2tp: small cleanup
nf_nat: restrict ICMP translation for embedded header
can: mcp251x: fix generation of error frames
can: mcp251x: fix endless loop in interrupt handler if CANINTF_MERRF is set
can-raw: add msg_flags to distinguish local traffic
9p: client code cleanup
rds: make local functions/variables static
...
Fix up conflicts in net/core/dev.c, drivers/net/pcmcia/smc91c92_cs.c and
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c as per David
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty-2.6: (49 commits)
serial8250: ratelimit "too much work" error
serial: bfin_sport_uart: speed up sport RX sample rate to be 3% faster
serial: abstraction for 8250 legacy ports
serial/imx: check that the buffer is non-empty before sending it out
serial: mfd: add more baud rates support
jsm: Remove the uart port on errors
Alchemy: Add UART PM methods.
8250: allow platforms to override PM hook.
altera_uart: Don't use plain integer as NULL pointer
altera_uart: Fix missing prototype for registering an early console
altera_uart: Fixup type usage of port flags
altera_uart: Make it possible to use Altera UART and 8250 ports together
altera_uart: Add support for different address strides
altera_uart: Add support for getting mapbase and IRQ from resources
altera_uart: Add support for polling mode (IRQ-less)
serial: Factor out uart_poll_timeout() from 8250 driver
serial: mark the 8250 driver as maintained
serial: 8250: Don't delay after transmitter is ready.
tty: MAINTAINERS: add drivers/serial/jsm/ as maintained driver
vcs: invoke the vt update callback when /dev/vcs* is written to
...
* 'llseek' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/bkl:
vfs: make no_llseek the default
vfs: don't use BKL in default_llseek
llseek: automatically add .llseek fop
libfs: use generic_file_llseek for simple_attr
mac80211: disallow seeks in minstrel debug code
lirc: make chardev nonseekable
viotape: use noop_llseek
raw: use explicit llseek file operations
ibmasmfs: use generic_file_llseek
spufs: use llseek in all file operations
arm/omap: use generic_file_llseek in iommu_debug
lkdtm: use generic_file_llseek in debugfs
net/wireless: use generic_file_llseek in debugfs
drm: use noop_llseek
* 'config' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/bkl:
BKL: introduce CONFIG_BKL.
dabusb: remove the BKL
sunrpc: remove the big kernel lock
init/main.c: remove BKL notations
blktrace: remove the big kernel lock
rtmutex-tester: make it build without BKL
dvb-core: kill the big kernel lock
dvb/bt8xx: kill the big kernel lock
tlclk: remove big kernel lock
fix rawctl compat ioctls breakage on amd64 and itanic
uml: kill big kernel lock
parisc: remove big kernel lock
cris: autoconvert trivial BKL users
alpha: kill big kernel lock
isapnp: BKL removal
s390/block: kill the big kernel lock
hpet: kill BKL, add compat_ioctl
Again basically cut and paste
Convert the main driver set to use the hooks for GICOUNT
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (29 commits)
sched: Export account_system_vtime()
sched: Call tick_check_idle before __irq_enter
sched: Remove irq time from available CPU power
sched: Do not account irq time to current task
x86: Add IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING
sched: Add IRQ_TIME_ACCOUNTING, finer accounting of irq time
sched: Add a PF flag for ksoftirqd identification
sched: Consolidate account_system_vtime extern declaration
sched: Fix softirq time accounting
sched: Drop group_capacity to 1 only if local group has extra capacity
sched: Force balancing on newidle balance if local group has capacity
sched: Set group_imb only a task can be pulled from the busiest cpu
sched: Do not consider SCHED_IDLE tasks to be cache hot
sched: Drop all load weight manipulation for RT tasks
sched: Create special class for stop/migrate work
sched: Unindent labels
sched: Comment updates: fix default latency and granularity numbers
tracing/sched: Add sched_pi_setprio tracepoint
sched: Give CPU bound RT tasks preference
sched: Try not to migrate higher priority RT tasks
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/security-testing-2.6: (26 commits)
selinux: include vmalloc.h for vmalloc_user
secmark: fix config problem when CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SECMARK is not set
selinux: implement mmap on /selinux/policy
SELinux: allow userspace to read policy back out of the kernel
SELinux: drop useless (and incorrect) AVTAB_MAX_SIZE
SELinux: deterministic ordering of range transition rules
kernel: roundup should only reference arguments once
kernel: rounddown helper function
secmark: export secctx, drop secmark in procfs
conntrack: export lsm context rather than internal secid via netlink
security: secid_to_secctx returns len when data is NULL
secmark: make secmark object handling generic
secmark: do not return early if there was no error
AppArmor: Ensure the size of the copy is < the buffer allocated to hold it
TOMOYO: Print URL information before panic().
security: remove unused parameter from security_task_setscheduler()
tpm: change 'tpm_suspend_pcr' to be module parameter
selinux: fix up style problem on /selinux/status
selinux: change to new flag variable
selinux: really fix dependency causing parallel compile failure.
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client: (22 commits)
ceph: do not carry i_lock for readdir from dcache
fs/ceph/xattr.c: Use kmemdup
rbd: passing wrong variable to bvec_kunmap_irq()
rbd: null vs ERR_PTR
ceph: fix num_pages_free accounting in pagelist
ceph: add CEPH_MDS_OP_SETDIRLAYOUT and associated ioctl.
ceph: don't crash when passed bad mount options
ceph: fix debugfs warnings
block: rbd: removing unnecessary test
block: rbd: fixed may leaks
ceph: switch from BKL to lock_flocks()
ceph: preallocate flock state without locks held
ceph: add pagelist_reserve, pagelist_truncate, pagelist_set_cursor
ceph: use mapping->nrpages to determine if mapping is empty
ceph: only invalidate on check_caps if we actually have pages
ceph: do not hide .snap in root directory
rbd: introduce rados block device (rbd), based on libceph
ceph: factor out libceph from Ceph file system
ceph-rbd: osdc support for osd call and rollback operations
ceph: messenger and osdc changes for rbd
...
The REDIRECT target and the older TProxy versions used the primary address
of the incoming interface as the default value of the --on-ip parameter.
This was unintentionally changed during the initial TProxy submission and
caused confusion among users.
Since IPv6 has no notion of primary address, we just select the first address
on the list: this way the socket lookup finds wildcard bound sockets
properly and we cannot really do better without the user telling us the
IPv6 address of the proxy.
This is implemented for both IPv4 and IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The ICMP extraction bits were contributed by Harry Mason.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This requires a new revision as the old target structure was
IPv4 specific.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The source address field in the transport's sock_xprt is initialized
ONLY IF the RPC application passed a pointer to a source address
during the call to rpc_create(). However, xs_bind() subsequently uses
the value of this field without regard to whether the source address
was initialized during transport creation or not.
So far we've been lucky: the uninitialized value of this field is
zeroes. xs_bind(), until recently, used only the sin[6]_addr field in
this sockaddr, and all zeroes is a valid value for this: it means
ANYADDR. This is a happy coincidence.
However, xs_bind() now wants to use the sa_family field as well, and
expects it to be initialized to something other than zero.
Therefore, the source address sockaddr field should be fully
initialized at transport create time in _every_ case, not just when
the RPC application wants to use a specific bind address.
Bruce added a workaround for this missing initialization by adjusting
commit 6bc9638a, but the "right" way to do this is to ensure that the
source address sockaddr is always correctly initialized from the
get-go.
This patch doesn't introduce a behavior change. It's simply a
clean-up of Bruce's fix, to prevent future problems of this kind. It
may look like overkill, but
a) it clearly documents the default initial value of this field,
b) it doesn't assume that the sockaddr_storage memory is first
initialized to any particular value, and
c) it will fail verbosely if some unknown address family is passed
in
Originally introduced by commit d3bc9a1d.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Clean up.
Defensive coding: If "family" is ever something that is neither
AF_INET nor AF_INET6, xs_reclassify_socket6() is not the appropriate
default action. Choose to do nothing in that case.
Introduced by commit 6bc9638a.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
* Create and use svc_rdma_wq instead of using the system workqueue and
flush_scheduled_work(). This workqueue is necessary to serve as
flushing domain for rdma->sc_work which is used to destroy itself
and thus can't be flushed explicitly.
* Replace cancel_delayed_work() + flush_scheduled_work() with
cancel_delayed_work_sync().
* Implement synchronous connect in xprt_rdma_connect() using
flush_delayed_work() on the rdma_connect work instead of using
flush_scheduled_work().
This is to prepare for the deprecation and removal of
flush_scheduled_work().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Support for IPV6_RECVORIGDSTADDR sockopt for UDP sockets were contributed by
Harry Mason.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Just like with IPv4, we need access to the UDP hash table to look up local
sockets, but instead of exporting the global udp_table, export a lookup
function.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The parameters for various UDP lookup functions were non-const, even though
they could be const. TProxy has some const references and instead of
downcasting it, I added const specifiers along the path.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Like with IPv4, TProxy needs IPv6 defragmentation but does not
require connection tracking. Since defragmentation was coupled
with conntrack, I split off the two, creating an nf_defrag_ipv6 module,
similar to the already existing nf_defrag_ipv4.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
With all the patches we have queued in the BKL removal tree, only a
few dozen modules are left that actually rely on the BKL, and even
there are lots of low-hanging fruit. We need to decide what to do
about them, this patch illustrates one of the options:
Every user of the BKL is marked as 'depends on BKL' in Kconfig,
and the CONFIG_BKL becomes a user-visible option. If it gets
disabled, no BKL using module can be built any more and the BKL
code itself is compiled out.
The one exception is file locking, which is practically always
enabled and does a 'select BKL' instead. This effectively forces
CONFIG_BKL to be enabled until we have solved the fs/lockd
mess and can apply the patch that removes the BKL from fs/locks.c.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Skip ICMP translation of embedded protocol header
if NAT bits are not set. Needed for IPVS to see the original
embedded addresses because for IPVS traffic the IPS_SRC_NAT_BIT
and IPS_DST_NAT_BIT bits are not set. It happens when IPVS performs
DNAT for client packets after using nf_conntrack_alter_reply
to expect replies from real server.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
CAN has no addressing scheme. It is currently impossible for userspace
to tell is a received CAN frame comes from another process on the local
host, or from a remote CAN device.
This patch add support for userspace applications to distinguish between
'own', 'local' and 'remote' CAN traffic. The distinction is made by returning
flags in msg->msg_flags in the call to recvmsg().
The added documentation explains the introduced flags.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Van Dijck <kurt.van.dijck@eia.be>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make p9_client_version static since only used in one file.
Remove p9_client_auth because it is defined but never used.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RDS protocol has lots of functions that should be
declared static. rds_message_get/add_version_extension is
removed since it defined but never used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function napi_reuse_skb is only used inside core.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminates zeroing out of the new bearer structure at the start of
activation, since it is already in that state.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make all frames sent to reserved group MAC addresses (01:80:c2:00:00:00 to
01:80:c2:00:00:0f) be forwarded if STP is disabled. This enables
forwarding EAPOL frames, among other things.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <benjamin.poirier@polymtl.ca>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC needs to have its endianess issues fixed. Unfortunately, the format of a
subscriber message is passed in directly from user space, so requiring this
message to be in network byte order breaks user space ABI. Revert this change
until such time as we can determine how to do this in a backwards compatible
manner.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Backout the tipc changes to the flags int he subscription message. These
changees, while reasonable on the surface, interefere with user space ABI
compatibility which is a no-no. This was part of the changes to fix the
endianess issues in the TIPC protocol, which would be really nice to do but we
need to do so in a way that is backwards compatible with user space.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When __inet_inherit_port() is called on a tproxy connection the wrong locks are
held for the inet_bind_bucket it is added to. __inet_inherit_port() made an
implicit assumption that the listener's port number (and thus its bind bucket).
Unfortunately, if you're using the TPROXY target to redirect skbs to a
transparent proxy that assumption is not true anymore and things break.
This patch adds code to __inet_inherit_port() so that it can handle this case
by looking up or creating a new bind bucket for the child socket and updates
callers of __inet_inherit_port() to gracefully handle __inet_inherit_port()
failing.
Reported by and original patch from Stephen Buck <stephen.buck@exinda.com>.
See http://marc.info/?t=128169268200001&r=1&w=2 for the original discussion.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When there are VLANs on a VETH device, the packets being transmitted
through the VETH device may be 4 bytes bigger than MTU. A check
in dev_forward_skb did not take this into account and so dropped
these packets.
This patch is needed at least as far back as 2.6.34.7 and should
be considered for -stable.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also, inline this function as the lookup_type is always a literal
and inlining removes branches performed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Without tproxy redirections an incoming SYN kicks out conflicting
TIME_WAIT sockets, in order to handle clients that reuse ports
within the TIME_WAIT period.
The same mechanism didn't work in case TProxy is involved in finding
the proper socket, as the time_wait processing code looked up the
listening socket assuming that the listener addr/port matches those
of the established connection.
This is not the case with TProxy as the listener addr/port is possibly
changed with the tproxy rule.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The first parameter dev isn't in use in qdisc_create_dflt().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function rtnl_kill_links is defined but never used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function only defined and used in one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A couple of functions in socket.c are only used there and
should be localized.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Perf tools session at NFWS 2010 pointed out a false sharing on struct
fib_alias that can be avoided pretty easily, if we set FA_S_ACCESSED bit
only if needed (ie : not already set)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As skb->protocol is not valid in LOCAL_OUT add
parameter for address family in packet debugging functions.
Even if ports are not present in AH and ESP change them to
use ip_vs_tcpudp_debug_packet to show at least valid addresses
as before. This patch removes the last user of skb->protocol
in IPVS.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Connections in backup server should inherit the
forwarding method from real server. It is a way to fix a
problem where the forwarding method in backup connection
is damaged by logical OR operation with the real server's
connection flags. And the change is needed for setups
where the backup server uses different forwarding method
for the same real servers.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch deals with local client processing.
Prefer LOCAL_OUT hook for scheduling connections from
local clients. LOCAL_IN is still supported if the packets are
not marked as processed in LOCAL_OUT. The idea to process
requests in LOCAL_OUT is to alter conntrack reply before
it is confirmed at POST_ROUTING. If the local requests are
processed in LOCAL_IN the conntrack can not be updated
and matching by state is impossible.
Add the following handlers:
- ip_vs_reply[46] at LOCAL_IN:99 to process replies from
remote real servers to local clients. Now when both
replies from remote real servers (ip_vs_reply*) and
local real servers (ip_vs_local_reply*) are handled
it is safe to remove the conn_out_get call from ip_vs_in
because it does not support related ICMP packets.
- ip_vs_local_request[46] at LOCAL_OUT:-98 to process
requests from local client
Handling in LOCAL_OUT causes some changes:
- as skb->dev, skb->protocol and skb->pkt_type are not defined
in LOCAL_OUT make sure we set skb->dev before calling icmpv6_send,
prefer skb_dst(skb) for struct net and remove the skb->protocol
checks from TUN transmitters.
[ horms@verge.net.au: removed trailing whitespace ]
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch deals with local real servers:
- Add support for DNAT to local address (different real server port).
It needs ip_vs_out hook in LOCAL_OUT for both families because
skb->protocol is not set for locally generated packets and can not
be used to set 'af'.
- Skip packets in ip_vs_in marked with skb->ipvs_property because
ip_vs_out processing can be executed in LOCAL_OUT but we still
have the conn_out_get check in ip_vs_in.
- Ignore packets with inet->nodefrag from local stack
- Require skb_dst(skb) != NULL because we use it to get struct net
- Add support for changing the route to local IPv4 stack after DNAT
depending on the source address type. Local client sets output
route and the remote client sets input route. It looks like
IPv6 does not need such rerouting because the replies use
addresses from initial incoming header, not from skb route.
- All transmitters now have strict checks for the destination
address type: redirect from non-local address to local real
server requires NAT method, local address can not be used as
source address when talking to remote real server.
- Now LOCALNODE is not set explicitly as forwarding
method in real server to allow the connections to provide
correct forwarding method to the backup server. Not sure if
this breaks tools that expect to see 'Local' real server type.
If needed, this can be supported with new flag IP_VS_DEST_F_LOCAL.
Now it should be possible connections in backup that lost
their fwmark information during sync to be forwarded properly
to their daddr, even if it is local address in the backup server.
By this way backup could be used as real server for DR or TUN,
for NAT there are some restrictions because tuple collisions
in conntracks can create problems for the traffic.
- Call ip_vs_dst_reset when destination is updated in case
some real server IP type is changed between local and remote.
[ horms@verge.net.au: removed trailing whitespace ]
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently, ip_route_me_harder after ip_vs_out_icmp
is called even if packet is not related to IPVS connection.
Move it into handle_response_icmp. Also, force rerouting
if sending to local client because IPv4 stack uses addresses
from the route.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Create new function ip_vs_defrag_user to return correct
IP_DEFRAG_xxx user depending on the hooknum. It will be needed
when we add handlers in LOCAL_OUT.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The recent change in IP_VS_XMIT_TUNNEL to set
CHECKSUM_NONE is not correct. After adding IPIP header
skb->csum becomes invalid but the CHECKSUM_PARTIAL
case must be supported. So, use skb_forward_csum() which is
most suitable for us to allow local clients to send IPIP
to remote real server.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Delivering locally ICMP from FORWARD hook is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch is needed to avoid scheduling of
packets from local real server when we add ip_vs_in
in LOCAL_OUT hook to support local client.
Currently, when ip_vs_in can not find existing
connection it tries to create new one by calling ip_vs_schedule.
The default indication from ip_vs_schedule was if
connection was scheduled to real server. If real server is
not available we try to use the bypass forwarding method
or to send ICMP error. But in some cases we do not want to use
the bypass feature. So, add flag 'ignored' to indicate if
the scheduler ignores this packet.
Make sure we do not create new connections from replies.
We can hit this problem for persistent services and local real
server when ip_vs_in is added to LOCAL_OUT hook to handle
local clients.
Also, make sure ip_vs_schedule ignores SYN packets
for Active FTP DATA from local real server. The FTP DATA
connection should be created on SYN+ACK from client to assign
correct connection daddr.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Change skb->ipvs_property semantic. This is preparation
to support ip_vs_out processing in LOCAL_OUT. ipvs_property=1
will be used to avoid expensive lookups for traffic sent by
transmitters. Now when conntrack support is not used we call
ip_vs_notrack method to avoid problems in OUTPUT and
POST_ROUTING hooks instead of exiting POST_ROUTING as before.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Avoid full checksum calculation for apps that can provide
info whether csum was broken after payload mangling. For now only
ip_vs_ftp mangles payload and it updates the csum, so the full
recalculation is avoided for all packets.
Add CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for snat_handler (TCP and UDP).
It is needed to support SNAT from local address for the case
when csum is fully recalculated.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Fix CHECKSUM_PARTIAL handling. Tested for IPv4 TCP,
UDP not tested because it needs network card with HW CSUM support.
May be fixes problem where IPVS can not be used in virtual boxes.
Problem appears with DNAT to local address when the local stack
sends reply in CHECKSUM_PARTIAL mode.
Fix tcp_dnat_handler and udp_dnat_handler to provide
vaddr and daddr in right order (old and new IP) when calling
tcp_partial_csum_update/udp_partial_csum_update (CHECKSUM_PARTIAL).
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
If some of the underlying devices support it, enable vlan offload on
transmit for bridge devices. This allows senders to take advantage of the
hardware support, similar to other forms of acceleration.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that vlan acceleration is handled consistently regardless of usage,
it is possible to enable and disable it at will. This adds support for
Ethtool operations that change the offloading status for debugging
purposes, similar to other forms of hardware acceleration.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently each driver that is capable of vlan hardware acceleration
must be aware of the vlan groups that are configured and then pass
the stripped tag to a specialized receive function. This is
different from other types of hardware offload in that it places a
significant amount of knowledge in the driver itself rather keeping
it in the networking core.
This makes vlan offloading function more similarly to other forms
of offloading (such as checksum offloading or TSO) by doing the
following:
* On receive, stripped vlans are passed directly to the network
core, without attempting to check for vlan groups or reconstructing
the header if no group
* vlans are made less special by folding the logic into the main
receive routines
* On transmit, the device layer will add the vlan header in software
if the hardware doesn't support it, instead of spreading that logic
out in upper layers, such as bonding.
There are a number of advantages to this:
* Fixes all bugs with drivers incorrectly dropping vlan headers at once.
* Avoids having to disable VLAN acceleration when in promiscuous mode
(good for bridging since it always puts devices in promiscuous mode).
* Keeps VLAN tag separate until given to ultimate consumer, which
avoids needing to do header reconstruction as in tg3 unless absolutely
necessary.
* Consolidates common code in core networking.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A struct net_device always maps to zero or one vlan groups and we
always know the device when we are looking up a group. We currently
do a hash table lookup on the device to find the group but it is
much simpler to just store a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently users of hardware vlan accleration need to know whether
the device supports it before generating packets. However, vlan
acceleration will soon be available in a more flexible manner so
knowing ahead of time becomes much more difficult. This adds
a software fallback path for vlan packets on devices without the
necessary offloading support, similar to other types of hardware
accleration.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VLAN_GROUP_ARRAY_LEN is simply the number of possible vlan VIDs.
Since vlan groups will soon be more of an implementation detail
for vlan devices, rename the constant to be descriptive of its
actual purpose.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An upcoming commit will allow packets with hardware vlan acceleration
information to be passed though more parts of the network stack, including
packets trunked through the bridge. This adds support for matching and
filtering those packets through ebtables.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_SECMARK is not set we accidentally attempt to use
the secmark fielf of struct nf_conn. Problem is when that config isn't set
the field doesn't exist. whoops. Wrap the incorrect usage in the config.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The current secmark code exports a secmark= field which just indicates if
there is special labeling on a packet or not. We drop this field as it
isn't particularly useful and instead export a new field secctx= which is
the actual human readable text label.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The conntrack code can export the internal secid to userspace. These are
dynamic, can change on lsm changes, and have no meaning in userspace. We
should instead be sending lsm contexts to userspace instead. This patch sends
the secctx (rather than secid) to userspace over the netlink socket. We use a
new field CTA_SECCTX and stop using the the old CTA_SECMARK field since it did
not send particularly useful information.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Right now secmark has lots of direct selinux calls. Use all LSM calls and
remove all SELinux specific knowledge. The only SELinux specific knowledge
we leave is the mode. The only point is to make sure that other LSMs at
least test this generic code before they assume it works. (They may also
have to make changes if they do not represent labels as strings)
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Commit 4a5a5c73 attempted to pass decent error messages back to userspace for
netfilter errors. In xt_SECMARK.c however the patch screwed up and returned
on 0 (aka no error) early and didn't finish setting up secmark. This results
in a kernel BUG if you use SECMARK.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This only happened when parse_extra_token was not passed
to ceph_parse_option() (hence, only happened in rbd).
Signed-off-by: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@hq.newdream.net>
These facilitate preallocation of pages so that we can encode into the pagelist
in an atomic context.
Signed-off-by: Greg Farnum <gregf@hq.newdream.net>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
The rados block device (rbd), based on osdblk, creates a block device
that is backed by objects stored in the Ceph distributed object storage
cluster. Each device consists of a single metadata object and data
striped over many data objects.
The rbd driver supports read-only snapshots.
Signed-off-by: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@hq.newdream.net>
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
This factors out protocol and low-level storage parts of ceph into a
separate libceph module living in net/ceph and include/linux/ceph. This
is mostly a matter of moving files around. However, a few key pieces
of the interface change as well:
- ceph_client becomes ceph_fs_client and ceph_client, where the latter
captures the mon and osd clients, and the fs_client gets the mds client
and file system specific pieces.
- Mount option parsing and debugfs setup is correspondingly broken into
two pieces.
- The mon client gets a generic handler callback for otherwise unknown
messages (mds map, in this case).
- The basic supported/required feature bits can be expanded (and are by
ceph_fs_client).
No functional change, aside from some subtle error handling cases that got
cleaned up in the refactoring process.
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
There is no point using RCU for dst we allocate for a very short time
(used once).
Change dst_release() to take DST_NOCACHE into account, but also change
skb_dst_set_noref() to force a refcount increment for such dst.
This is a _huge_ gain, because we dont waste memory to store xx thousand
of dsts. Instead of queueing them to RCU, we can free them instantly.
CPU caches can stay hot, re-using same memory blocks to hold temporary
dsts.
Note : remove unneeded smp_mb__before_atomic_dec(); in dst_release(),
since atomic_dec_return() implies a full memory barrier.
Stress test, 160.000.000 udp frames sent, IP route cache disabled
(DDOS).
Before:
real 0m38.091s
user 0m13.189s
sys 7m53.018s
After:
real 0m29.946s
user 0m12.157s
sys 7m40.605s
For reference, if IP route cache was enabled :
real 0m32.030s
user 0m10.521s
sys 8m15.243s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces netif_alloc_netdev_queues which is called from
register_device instead of alloc_netdev_mq. This makes TX queue
allocation symmetric with RX allocation. Also, queue locks allocation
is done in netdev_init_one_queue. Change set_real_num_tx_queues to
fail if requested number < 1 or greater than number of allocated
queues.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up in RX queue allocation. In netif_set_real_num_rx_queues
return error on attempt to set zero queues, or requested number is
greater than number of allocated queues. In netif_alloc_rx_queues,
do BUG_ON if queue_count is zero.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In alloc_netdev_mq fail if requested queue_count < 1.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In an erlier patch I modified napi_poll so that devices with IFF_MASTER polled
the per_cpu list instead of the device list for napi. I did this because the
bonding driver has no napi instances to poll, it instead expects to check the
slave devices napi instances, which napi_poll was unaware of. Looking at this
more closely however, I now see this isn't strictly needed. As the bond driver
poll_controller calls the slaves poll_controller via netpoll_poll_dev, which
recursively calls poll_napi on each slave, allowing those napi instances to get
serviced. The earlier patch isn't at all harmfull, its just not needed, so lets
revert it to make the code cleaner. Sorry for the noise,
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Reviewed-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lists were initialized after the module was registered. Multiple ipvsadm
processes at module load triggered a race condition that resulted in a null
pointer dereference in do_ip_vs_get_ctl(). As a result, __ip_vs_mutex
was left locked preventing all further ipvsadm commands.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo J. Blanco <ejblanco@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Saves some lines of code and some branticks when reading one.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Since the xprt in question is forcibly set to be bound the else
branch of this check is unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
> The reason for this is in the future, we may want to support additional
> address family types. We should, therefore, ensure that every piece of
> code that is sensitive to address families fail in some orderly manner
> to let developers know where a change is needed.
Makes sense. I was under impression, that AF-s other than INET are not
cared about at all :(
Here's a fixed version of the patch.
Log:
Its callers check for ERR_PTR.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The task in question is dereferenced above (and is actually never NULL).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Same for UDP sockets creation paths.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The v4 and the v6 wrappers only pass the respective family
to the xs_tcp_setup_socket. This family can be taken from the
xprt's sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Now we have a single socket creation routine and can call it
directly from the setup_socket routines.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
After xs_bind is merged it's easy to merge its callers.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
[bfields@redhat.com: fix address family initialization]
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
There's the only difference betseen the xs_bind4 and the
xs_bind6 - the size of sockaddr structure they use.
Fortunatelly its size can be indirectly get from the transport.
Change since v1:
* use sockaddr_storage instead of sockaddr
* use rpc_set_port instead of manual port assigning
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
[bfields@redhat.com: fix address family initialization]
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Remove now unneeded wrappers that just add type and protocol
to socket creation callback.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Same patch for v6 protocols.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The UDPv4 and TCPv4 socket creation callbacks now look very similar.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Make it look like the TCP sockets creation.
Unfortunately the git diff made the patch look messy :(
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The xs_tcp_reuse_connection takes the xprt only to pass it down
to the xs_abort_connection. The later one can get it from the given
transport itself.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Convert inetdev_by_index() to not increment in_dev refcount.
Callers hold RCU or RTNL, and should not decrement in_dev refcount.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We hold RTNL in ip_mc_find_dev(), no need to touch device refcount.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sunrpc cache_ioctl function does not need the big kernel lock
because it uses its own queue_lock already.
rpc_pipe_ioctl apparently should be using i_lock like the other
operations on the pipe file descriptor do.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
IPv6 encapsulation uses a bad source address for the tunnel.
i.e. VIP will be used as local-addr and encap. dst addr.
Decapsulation will not accept this.
Example
LVS (eth1 2003::2:0:1/96, VIP 2003::2:0:100)
(eth0 2003::1:0:1/96)
RS (ethX 2003::1:0:5/96)
tcpdump
2003::2:0:100 > 2003::1:0:5: IP6 (hlim 63, next-header TCP (6) payload length: 40) 2003::3:0:10.50991 > 2003::2:0:100.http: Flags [S], cksum 0x7312 (correct), seq 3006460279, win 5760, options [mss 1440,sackOK,TS val 1904932 ecr 0,nop,wscale 3], length 0
In Linux IPv6 impl. you can't have a tunnel with an any cast address
receiving packets (I have not tried to interpret RFC 2473)
To have receive capabilities the tunnel must have:
- Local address set as multicast addr or an unicast addr
- Remote address set as an unicast addr.
- Loop back addres or Link local address are not allowed.
This causes us to setup a tunnel in the Real Server with the
LVS as the remote address, here you can't use the VIP address since it's
used inside the tunnel.
Solution
Use outgoing interface IPv6 address (match against the destination).
i.e. use ip6_route_output() to look up the route cache and
then use ipv6_dev_get_saddr(...) to set the source address of the
encapsulated packet.
Additionally, cache the results in new destination
fields: dst_cookie and dst_saddr and properly check the
returned dst from ip6_route_output. We now add xfrm_lookup
call only for the tunneling method where the source address
is a local one.
Signed-off-by:Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch allows to listen to events that inform about
expectations destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There are several error paths in the code that do not unmap DMA. This
patch adds calls to svc_rdma_unmap_dma to free these DMA contexts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
There was logic in the send path that assumed that a page containing data
to send to the client has a KVA. This is not always the case and can result
in data corruption when page_address returns zero and we end up DMA mapping
zero.
This patch changes the bus mapping logic to avoid page_address() where
necessary and converts all calls from ib_dma_map_single to ib_dma_map_page
in order to keep the map/unmap calls symmetric.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@ogc.us>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Peter Zijlstra found a bug in the way softirq time is accounted in
VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING on this thread:
http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail//linux/kernel/1009.2/01366.html
The problem is, softirq processing uses local_bh_disable internally. There
is no way, later in the flow, to differentiate between whether softirq is
being processed or is it just that bh has been disabled. So, a hardirq when bh
is disabled results in time being wrongly accounted as softirq.
Looking at the code a bit more, the problem exists in !VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING
as well. As account_system_time() in normal tick based accouting also uses
softirq_count, which will be set even when not in softirq with bh disabled.
Peter also suggested solution of using 2*SOFTIRQ_OFFSET as irq count
for local_bh_{disable,enable} and using just SOFTIRQ_OFFSET while softirq
processing. The patch below does that and adds API in_serving_softirq() which
returns whether we are currently processing softirq or not.
Also changes one of the usages of softirq_count in net/sched/cls_cgroup.c
to in_serving_softirq.
Looks like many usages of in_softirq really want in_serving_softirq. Those
changes can be made individually on a case by case basis.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venki@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
LKML-Reference: <1286237003-12406-2-git-send-email-venki@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Usually the netpoll path, when preforming a napi poll can get away with just
polling all the napi instances of the configured device. Thats not the case for
the bonding driver however, as the napi instances which may wind up getting
flagged as needing polling after the poll_controller call don't belong to the
bonded device, but rather to the slave devices. Fix this by checking the device
in question for the IFF_MASTER flag, if set, we know we need to check the full
poll list for this cpu, rather than just the devices napi instance list.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bonding driver currently modifies the netpoll structure in its xmit path
while sending frames from netpoll. This is racy, as other cpus can access the
netpoll structure in parallel. Since the bonding driver points np->dev to a
slave device, other cpus can inadvertently attempt to send data directly to
slave devices, leading to improper locking with the bonding master, lost frames,
and deadlocks. This patch fixes that up.
This patch also removes the real_dev pointer from the netpoll structure as that
data is really only used by bonding in the poll_controller, and we can emulate
its behavior by check each slave for IS_UP.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change a few checks against the hardcoded broadcast address,
0xffffffff, to ipv4_is_lbcast(). Remove some existing checks
using ipv4_is_lbcast() that are now obviously superfluous.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch below updates broken web addresses in the kernel
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Cc: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>
Cc: Dimitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Frysinger <vapier.adi@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ben Pfaff <blp@cs.stanford.edu>
Acked-by: Hans J. Koch <hjk@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Optimize processing in TIPC's bearer shutdown code, including:
1. Remove an unnecessary check to see if TIPC bearer's can exist.
2. Don't release spinlocks before calling a media-specific disabling
routine, since the routine can't sleep.
3. Make bearer_disable() operate directly on a struct bearer, instead
of needlessly taking a name and then mapping that to the struct.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's completely unused and exporting a static symbol
makes no sense and breaks the build.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In error cases when the ACL is insecure or we fail to allocate a new
struct sock, we jump to the "response" label. If so, "sk" will be
null and the kernel crashes.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Holstein <nathan.holstein@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Get rid of fib_hash_lock rwlock.
The fn_zone hash table resize is the noticeable part of this patch.
I added a seqlock per fn_zone, so that readers can restart their lookup
in the (very rare) case a writer expanded the hash table.
Add rcu heads in fib_alias and fib_node, use call_rcu() to defer their
freeing, and use appropriate _rcu list manipulations.
Stress test (160.000.000 udp frames sent, IP route cache disabled to
mimic DDOS attack, FIB_HASH)
Before:
real 0m41.191s
user 0m13.137s
sys 8m55.241s
After:
real 0m38.091s
user 0m13.189s
sys 7m53.018s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First step for RCU conversion of fib_hash :
struct fn_zone are created and never deleted.
Very classic conversion, using rcu_assign_pointer(), rcu_dereference()
and rtnl_dereference() verbs.
__rcu markers on fz_next and fn_zone_list
They are created under RTNL, we dont need fib_hash_lock anymore in
fn_new_zone().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking for false sharing problems, I noticed
sizeof(struct fn_zone) was small (28 bytes) and possibly sharing a cache
line with an often written kernel structure.
Most of the time, fn_zone uses its initial hash table of 16 slots.
We can avoid the false sharing problem by embedding this initial hash
table in fn_zone itself, so that sizeof(fn_zone) > L1_CACHE_BYTES
We did a similar optimization in commit a6501e080c (Reduce memory needs
and speedup lookups)
Add a fz_revorder field to speedup fn_hash() a bit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As CWR is stronger than CA_Disorder state, we can miscount
SACK/Reno failure into other timeouts. Not a bad problem as
it can happen only due to ECN, FRTO detecting spurious RTO
or xmit error which are the only callers of tcp_enter_cwr.
And even then losses and RTO must still follow thereafter
to actually end up into the relevant code paths.
Compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When only fast rexmit should be done, tcp_mark_head_lost marks
L too far. Also, sacked_upto below 1 is perfectly valid number,
the packets == 0 then needs to be trapped elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do some cleanups of TIPC based on make namespacecheck
1. Don't export unused symbols
2. Eliminate dead code
3. Make functions and variables local
4. Rename buf_acquire to tipc_buf_acquire since it is used in several files
Compile tested only.
This make break out of tree kernel modules that depend on TIPC routines.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While doing profile analysis, I found fib_hash_table was sometime in a
cache line shared by a possibly often written kernel structure.
(CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH || !CONFIG_IPV6_MULTIPLE_TABLES)
It's hard to detect because not easily reproductible.
Make sure we allocate a full cache line to keep this shared in all cpus
caches.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_table_lookup() might use fls() to speedup an open coded loop.
Noticed while doing a profile analysis.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_nl_delrule() calls synchronize_rcu() for no apparent reason,
while rtnl is held.
I suspect it was done to avoid an atomic_inc_not_zero() in
fib_rules_lookup(), which commit 7fa7cb7109 added anyway.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid two atomic ops on found rule in fib6_rule_lookup()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b30973f877 (node-aware skb allocation) spread a wrong habit of
allocating net drivers skbs on a given memory node : The one closest to
the NIC hardware. This is wrong because as soon as we try to scale
network stack, we need to use many cpus to handle traffic and hit
slub/slab management on cross-node allocations/frees when these cpus
have to alloc/free skbs bound to a central node.
skb allocated in RX path are ephemeral, they have a very short
lifetime : Extra cost to maintain NUMA affinity is too expensive. What
appeared as a nice idea four years ago is in fact a bad one.
In 2010, NIC hardwares are multiqueue, or we use RPS to spread the load,
and two 10Gb NIC might deliver more than 28 million packets per second,
needing all the available cpus.
Cost of cross-node handling in network and vm stacks outperforms the
small benefit hardware had when doing its DMA transfert in its 'local'
memory node at RX time. Even trying to differentiate the two allocations
done for one skb (the sk_buff on local node, the data part on NIC
hardware node) is not enough to bring good performance.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a bug with radiotap vendor namespace
parsing if you don't register for the given
namespace extensions. Fix this by passing
only the unknown vendor namespaces and the
registered data to frontends, but not both.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don't try to "optimize" rds_page_copy_user() by using kmap_atomic() and
the unsafe atomic user mode accessor functions. It's actually slower
than the straightforward code on any reasonable modern CPU.
Back when the code was written (although probably not by the time it was
actually merged, though), 32-bit x86 may have been the dominant
architecture. And there kmap_atomic() can be a lot faster than kmap()
(unless you have very good locality, in which case the virtual address
caching by kmap() can overcome all the downsides).
But these days, x86-64 may not be more populous, but it's getting there
(and if you care about performance, it's definitely already there -
you'd have upgraded your CPU's already in the last few years). And on
x86-64, the non-kmap_atomic() version is faster, simply because the code
is simpler and doesn't have the "re-try page fault" case.
People with old hardware are not likely to care about RDS anyway, and
the optimization for the 32-bit case is simply buggy, since it doesn't
verify the user addresses properly.
Reported-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
All file_operations should get a .llseek operation so we can make
nonseekable_open the default for future file operations without a
.llseek pointer.
The three cases that we can automatically detect are no_llseek, seq_lseek
and default_llseek. For cases where we can we can automatically prove that
the file offset is always ignored, we use noop_llseek, which maintains
the current behavior of not returning an error from a seek.
New drivers should normally not use noop_llseek but instead use no_llseek
and call nonseekable_open at open time. Existing drivers can be converted
to do the same when the maintainer knows for certain that no user code
relies on calling seek on the device file.
The generated code is often incorrectly indented and right now contains
comments that clarify for each added line why a specific variant was
chosen. In the version that gets submitted upstream, the comments will
be gone and I will manually fix the indentation, because there does not
seem to be a way to do that using coccinelle.
Some amount of new code is currently sitting in linux-next that should get
the same modifications, which I will do at the end of the merge window.
Many thanks to Julia Lawall for helping me learn to write a semantic
patch that does all this.
===== begin semantic patch =====
// This adds an llseek= method to all file operations,
// as a preparation for making no_llseek the default.
//
// The rules are
// - use no_llseek explicitly if we do nonseekable_open
// - use seq_lseek for sequential files
// - use default_llseek if we know we access f_pos
// - use noop_llseek if we know we don't access f_pos,
// but we still want to allow users to call lseek
//
@ open1 exists @
identifier nested_open;
@@
nested_open(...)
{
<+...
nonseekable_open(...)
...+>
}
@ open exists@
identifier open_f;
identifier i, f;
identifier open1.nested_open;
@@
int open_f(struct inode *i, struct file *f)
{
<+...
(
nonseekable_open(...)
|
nested_open(...)
)
...+>
}
@ read disable optional_qualifier exists @
identifier read_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
expression E;
identifier func;
@@
ssize_t read_f(struct file *f, char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
<+...
(
*off = E
|
*off += E
|
func(..., off, ...)
|
E = *off
)
...+>
}
@ read_no_fpos disable optional_qualifier exists @
identifier read_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
@@
ssize_t read_f(struct file *f, char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
... when != off
}
@ write @
identifier write_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
expression E;
identifier func;
@@
ssize_t write_f(struct file *f, const char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
<+...
(
*off = E
|
*off += E
|
func(..., off, ...)
|
E = *off
)
...+>
}
@ write_no_fpos @
identifier write_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
@@
ssize_t write_f(struct file *f, const char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
... when != off
}
@ fops0 @
identifier fops;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
};
@ has_llseek depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier llseek_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.llseek = llseek_f,
...
};
@ has_read depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.read = read_f,
...
};
@ has_write depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.write = write_f,
...
};
@ has_open depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.open = open_f,
...
};
// use no_llseek if we call nonseekable_open
////////////////////////////////////////////
@ nonseekable1 depends on !has_llseek && has_open @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier nso ~= "nonseekable_open";
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .open = nso, ...
+.llseek = no_llseek, /* nonseekable */
};
@ nonseekable2 depends on !has_llseek @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier open.open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .open = open_f, ...
+.llseek = no_llseek, /* open uses nonseekable */
};
// use seq_lseek for sequential files
/////////////////////////////////////
@ seq depends on !has_llseek @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier sr ~= "seq_read";
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = sr, ...
+.llseek = seq_lseek, /* we have seq_read */
};
// use default_llseek if there is a readdir
///////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops1 depends on !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier readdir_e;
@@
// any other fop is used that changes pos
struct file_operations fops = {
... .readdir = readdir_e, ...
+.llseek = default_llseek, /* readdir is present */
};
// use default_llseek if at least one of read/write touches f_pos
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops2 depends on !fops1 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read.read_f;
@@
// read fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = read_f, ...
+.llseek = default_llseek, /* read accesses f_pos */
};
@ fops3 depends on !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write.write_f;
@@
// write fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
... .write = write_f, ...
+ .llseek = default_llseek, /* write accesses f_pos */
};
// Use noop_llseek if neither read nor write accesses f_pos
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops4 depends on !fops1 && !fops2 && !fops3 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_no_fpos.read_f;
identifier write_no_fpos.write_f;
@@
// write fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.write = write_f,
.read = read_f,
...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* read and write both use no f_pos */
};
@ depends on has_write && !has_read && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write_no_fpos.write_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .write = write_f, ...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* write uses no f_pos */
};
@ depends on has_read && !has_write && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_no_fpos.read_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = read_f, ...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* read uses no f_pos */
};
@ depends on !has_read && !has_write && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* no read or write fn */
};
===== End semantic patch =====
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Based on suggestion by Rémi Denis-Courmont to implement 'connect'
for Pipe controller logic, this patch implements 'connect' socket
call for the Pipe controller logic.
The patch does following:-
- Removes setsockopts for PNPIPE_CREATE and PNPIPE_DESTROY
- Adds setsockopt for setting the Pipe handle value
- Implements connect socket call
- Updates the Pipe controller logic
User-space should now follow below sequence with Pipe controller:-
-socket
-bind
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
-connect
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENABLE
GPRS/3G data has been tested working fine with this.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove all instances of legacy, or as yet to be implemented code
that is currently living within an #if 0 ... #endif block.
In the rare instance that some of it be needed in the future,
it can still be dragged out of history, but there is no need
for it to sit in mainline.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like I submitted a different patch
than I tested, because clearly the code in
mac80211 is missing actually propagating the
requested SMPS mode. Fix that!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using the frame registration notification, we
can see when probe requests are requested and
notify the low-level driver via filtering. The
flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need to adjust their filters according
to frame registrations, so notify them about them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ip_vs_dbg_callid() and IP_VS_DEBUG_CALLID() are only needed
it CONFIG_IP_VS_DEBUG is defined.
This resolves the following build warning when CONFIG_IP_VS_DEBUG is
not defined.
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_pe_sip.c:11: warning: 'ip_vs_dbg_callid' defined but not used
Reported-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Many of the used macros are just there for userspace compatibility.
Substitute the in-kernel code to directly use the terminal macro
and stuff the defines into #ifndef __KERNEL__ sections.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
The index cannot be used to reliably reconstruct a phy
name, so explicitly add the phy name to sysfs so that scripts
can figure out the parent phy device for a particular
wireless interface.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We tried very hard to remove all possible dev_hold()/dev_put() pairs in
network stack, using RCU conversions.
There is still an unavoidable device refcount change for every dst we
create/destroy, and this can slow down some workloads (routers or some
app servers, mmap af_packet)
We can switch to a percpu refcount implementation, now dynamic per_cpu
infrastructure is mature. On a 64 cpus machine, this consumes 256 bytes
per device.
On x86, dev_hold(dev) code :
before
lock incl 0x280(%ebx)
after:
movl 0x260(%ebx),%eax
incl fs:(%eax)
Stress bench :
(Sending 160.000.000 UDP frames,
IP route cache disabled, dual E5540 @2.53GHz,
32bit kernel, FIB_TRIE)
Before:
real 1m1.662s
user 0m14.373s
sys 12m55.960s
After:
real 0m51.179s
user 0m15.329s
sys 10m15.942s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update conf_state with L2CAP_CONF_REQ_SENT before send config_req out in
l2cap_config_req().
Signed-off-by: Haijun Liu <haijun.liu@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
&err points to the proper error set by bt_skb_send_alloc() when it
fails.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The Bluetooth core uses the the BD_ADDR in the opposite order from the
human readable order. So we are changing batostr() to print in the
correct order and then removing some baswap(), as they are not needed
anymore.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
A value was attributed to 'src', but no one was using.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
BLUETOOTH SPECIFICATION Version 4.0 [Vol 3] page 36 mentioned
"Note: Start Fragments always begin with the Basic L2CAP header
of a PDU."
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Current Bluetooth code assembles fragments of big L2CAP packets
in l2cap_recv_acldata and then checks allowed L2CAP size in
assemled L2CAP packet (pi->imtu < skb->len).
The patch moves allowed L2CAP size check to the early stage when
we receive the first fragment of L2CAP packet. We do not need to
reserve and keep L2CAP fragments for bad packets.
Updated version after comments from Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
and Gustavo Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>.
Trace below is received when using stress tools sending big
fragmented L2CAP packets.
...
[ 1712.798492] swapper: page allocation failure. order:4, mode:0x4020
[ 1712.804809] [<c0031870>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0xdc) from [<c00a1f70>]
(__alloc_pages_nodemask+0x4)
[ 1712.814666] [<c00a1f70>] (__alloc_pages_nodemask+0x47c/0x4d4) from
[<c00a1fd8>] (__get_free_pages+)
[ 1712.824645] [<c00a1fd8>] (__get_free_pages+0x10/0x3c) from [<c026eb5c>]
(__alloc_skb+0x4c/0xfc)
[ 1712.833465] [<c026eb5c>] (__alloc_skb+0x4c/0xfc) from [<bf28c738>]
(l2cap_recv_acldata+0xf0/0x1f8 )
[ 1712.843322] [<bf28c738>] (l2cap_recv_acldata+0xf0/0x1f8 [l2cap]) from
[<bf0094ac>] (hci_rx_task+0x)
...
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Clearing the blacklist in hci_dev_do_close() would mean that user space
needs to do extra work to re-block devices after a DEVDOWN-DEVUP cycle.
This patch removes the clearing of the blacklist in this case and
thereby saves user space from the extra work.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP ERTM sockets can be opened with the SOCK_STREAM socket type,
which is a mandatory request for ERTM mode.
However, these sockets still have SOCK_SEQPACKET read semantics when
bt_sock_recvmsg() is used to pull data from the receive queue. If the
application is only reading part of a frame, then the unread portion
of the frame is discarded. If the application requests more bytes
than are in the current frame, only the current frame's data is
returned.
This patch utilizes common code derived from RFCOMM's recvmsg()
function to make L2CAP SOCK_STREAM reads behave like RFCOMM reads (and
other SOCK_STREAM sockets in general). The application may read one
byte at a time from the input stream and not lose any data, and may
also read across L2CAP frame boundaries.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To reduce code duplication, have rfcomm_sock_recvmsg() call
bt_sock_stream_recvmsg(). The common bt_sock_stream_recvmsg()
code is nearly identical, with the RFCOMM-specific functionality
for deferred setup and connection unthrottling left in
rfcomm_sock_recvmsg().
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This commit adds a bt_sock_stream_recvmsg() function for use by any
Bluetooth code that uses SOCK_STREAM sockets. This code is copied
from rfcomm_sock_recvmsg() with minimal modifications to remove
RFCOMM-specific functionality and improve readability.
L2CAP (with the SOCK_STREAM socket type) and RFCOMM have common needs
when it comes to reading data. Proper stream read semantics require
that applications can read from a stream one byte at a time and not
lose any data. The RFCOMM code already operated on and pulled data
from the underlying L2CAP socket, so very few changes were required to
make the code more generic for use with non-RFCOMM data over L2CAP.
Applications that need more awareness of L2CAP frame boundaries are
still free to use SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets, and may verify that they
connection did not fall back to basic mode by calling getsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Valid L2CAP PSMs are odd numbers, and the least significant bit of the
most significant byte must be 0.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
According to the ETSI 3GPP TS 07.10 the default bit rate value for RFCOMM
is 9600 bit/s. Return this bit rate in case of RPN request and accept other
sane bit rates proposed by the sender in RPM command.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Kululin <ext-yuri.kululin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
HCI transport drivers may not know what type of radio an AMP device has
so only say whether they're BR/EDR or AMP devices.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This omits the redundant "DCCP:" in warning messages, since DCCP_WARN() already
echoes the function name, avoiding messages like
kernel: [10988.766503] dccp_close: DCCP: ABORT -- 209 bytes unread
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This schedules an Ack when receiving a timestamp, exploiting the
existing inet_csk_schedule_ack() function, saving one case in the
`dccp_ack_pending()' function.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This patch generalises the task of determining data loss from RFC 4340, 7.7.1.
Let S_A, S_B be sequence numbers such that S_B is "after" S_A, and let
N_B be the NDP count of packet S_B. Then, using modulo-2^48 arithmetic,
D = S_B - S_A - 1 is an upper bound of the number of lost data packets,
D - N_B is an approximation of the number of lost data packets
(there are cases where this is not exact).
The patch implements this as
dccp_loss_count(S_A, S_B, N_B) := max(S_B - S_A - 1 - N_B, 0)
Signed-off-by: Ivo Calado <ivocalado@embedded.ufcg.edu.br>
Signed-off-by: Erivaldo Xavier <desadoc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Leandro Sales <leandroal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This removes the argument `more' from ccid_hc_tx_packet_sent, since it was
nowhere used in the entire code.
(Btw, this argument was not even used in the original KAME code where the
function initially came from; compare the variable moreToSend in the
freebsd61-dccp-kame-28.08.2006.patch kept by Emmanuel Lochin.)
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
After moving the assignment of GAR/ISS from dccp_connect_init() to
dccp_transmit_skb(), the former function becomes very small, so that
a merger with dccp_connect() suggests itself.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This fixes a problem and a potential loophole with regard to seqno/ackno
validity: currently the initial adjustments to AWL/SWL are only performed
once at the begin of the connection, during the handshake.
Since the Sequence Window feature is always greater than Wmin=32 (7.5.2),
it is however necessary to perform these adjustments at least for the first
W/W' (variables as per 7.5.1) packets in the lifetime of a connection.
This requirement is complicated by the fact that W/W' can change at any time
during the lifetime of a connection.
Therefore it is better to perform that safety check each time SWL/AWL are
updated, as implemented by the patch.
A second problem solved by this patch is that the remote/local Sequence Window
feature values (which set the bounds for AWL/SWL/SWH) are undefined until the
feature negotiation has completed.
During the initial handshake we have more stringent sequence number protection;
the changes added by this patch effect that {A,S}W{L,H} are within the correct
bounds at the instant that feature negotiation completes (since the SeqWin
feature activation handlers call dccp_update_gsr/gss()).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
We limit the number of 'defer' requests to DFR_MAX.
The imposition of this limit is spread about a bit - sometime we don't
add new things to the list, sometimes we remove old things.
Also it is currently applied to requests which we are 'waiting' for
rather than 'deferring'. This doesn't seem ideal as 'waiting'
requests are naturally limited by the number of threads.
So gather the DFR_MAX handling code to one place and only apply it to
requests that are actually being deferred.
This means that not all 'cache_deferred_req' structures go on the
'cache_defer_list, so we need to be careful when adding and removing
things.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The return value from cache_defer_req is somewhat confusing.
Various different error codes are returned, but the single caller is
only interested in success or failure.
In fact it can measure this success or failure itself by checking
CACHE_PENDING, which makes the point of the code more explicit.
So change cache_defer_req to return 'void' and test CACHE_PENDING
after it completes, to see if the request was actually deferred or
not.
Similarly setup_deferral and cache_wait_req don't need a return value,
so make them void and remove some code.
The call to cache_revisit_request (to guard against a race) is only
needed for the second call to setup_deferral, so move it out of
setup_deferral to after that second call. With the first call the
race is handled differently (by explicitly calling
'wait_for_completion').
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
struct dst_ops tracks number of allocated dst in an atomic_t field,
subject to high cache line contention in stress workload.
Switch to a percpu_counter, to reduce number of time we need to dirty a
central location. Place it on a separate cache line to avoid dirtying
read only fields.
Stress test :
(Sending 160.000.000 UDP frames,
IP route cache disabled, dual E5540 @2.53GHz,
32bit kernel, FIB_TRIE, SLUB/NUMA)
Before:
real 0m51.179s
user 0m15.329s
sys 10m15.942s
After:
real 0m45.570s
user 0m15.525s
sys 9m56.669s
With a small reordering of struct neighbour fields, subject of a
following patch, (to separate refcnt from other read mostly fields)
real 0m41.841s
user 0m15.261s
sys 8m45.949s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a seqlock in struct neighbour to protect neigh->ha[], and avoid
dirtying neighbour in stress situation (many different flows / dsts)
Dirtying takes place because of read_lock(&n->lock) and n->used writes.
Switching to a seqlock, and writing n->used only on jiffies changes
permits less dirtying.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several other ethtool functions leave heap uncleared (potentially) by
drivers. Some interfaces appear safe (eeprom, etc), in that the sizes
are well controlled. In some situations (e.g. unchecked error conditions),
the heap will remain unchanged in areas before copying back to userspace.
Note that these are less of an issue since these all require CAP_NET_ADMIN.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <kees.cook@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes two problems with the minstrel_ht rate control
algorithms handling of A-MPDU frames:
1. The ampdu_len field of the tx status is not always initialized for
non-HT frames (and it would probably be unreasonable to require all
drivers to do so). This could cause rate control statistics to be
corrupted. We now trust the ampdu_len and ampdu_ack_len fields only when
the frame is marked with the IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU flag.
2. Successful transmission attempts where only recognized when the A-MPDU
subframe carrying the rate control status information was marked with the
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK flag. If this information happed to be carried on a
frame that failed to be ACKed then the other subframes (which may have
succeeded) where not correctly registered. We now update rate control
statistics regardless of whether the subframe carrying the information was
ACKed or not.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Björn Smedman <bjorn.smedman@venatech.se>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since this small buffer isn't used for DMA,
we can simply allocate it on the stack, it
just needs to be 16 bytes of which only 8
will be used for WEP40 keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using these, user space can calculate a relative channel utilization
with arbitrary intervals by regularly taking snapshots of the survey
results.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Several serve threading problems in the current
release reorder timer implementation have been
discovered.
A lengthy discussion - which lists some of the
pitfalls and possible solutions - can be found at:
http://marc.info/?t=128635927000001
But due to the complicated nature of the subject and
the imminent advent of a new -rc cycle, it was
decided to disable the feature for the time being.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch not only fixes a null-pointer de-reference
that would be triggered by a PLINK_OPEN frame with mis-
matching/incompatible mesh configuration, but also
responds correctly to non-compatible PLINK_OPEN frames
by generating a PLINK_CLOSE with the right reason code.
The original bug was detected by smatch.
( http://repo.or.cz/w/smatch.git )
net/mac80211/mesh_plink.c +574 mesh_rx_plink_frame(168)
error: we previously assumed 'sta' could be null.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Steve deRosier <steve@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some stats for /proc/net/wireless (and wext in general) are not
being set. This patch addresses a few of those with values easily
obtained from mac80211 core.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Old messages didn't mention the device in question.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 5a254ffe3f.
The commit failed to take into account that allocated wireless devices
(wiphys) are not added into the device list upon allocation, but only
when they are registered. Therefore, it opened up a race between
allocating and registering a name, so that if two processes allocate and
register concurrently ("alloc, alloc, register, register" rather than
"alloc, register, alloc, register") the code will attempt to use the
same name twice.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stanse found that mpc_push frees skb and then it dereferences it. It
is a typo, new_skb should be dereferenced there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a new dst is used to send a frame, neigh_resolve_output() tries to
associate an struct hh_cache to this dst, calling neigh_hh_init() with
the neigh rwlock write locked.
Most of the time, hh_cache is already known and linked into neighbour,
so we find it and increment its refcount.
This patch changes the logic so that we call neigh_hh_init() with
neighbour lock read locked only, so that fast path can be run in
parallel by concurrent cpus.
This brings part of the speedup we got with commit c7d4426a98
(introduce DST_NOCACHE flag) for non cached dsts, even for cached ones,
removing one of the contention point that routers hit on multiqueue
enabled machines.
Further improvements would need to use a seqlock instead of an rwlock to
protect neigh->ha[], to not dirty neigh too often and remove two atomic
ops.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While parsing the GetValuebyClass command frame, we could potentially write
passed the skb->data pointer.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Ilja Van Sprundel <ivansprundel@ioactive.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
The rx->count reference is used to track reference counts to the
number of rx-queue kobjects created for the device. This patch
eliminates initialization of the counter in netif_alloc_rx_queues
and instead increments the counter each time a kobject is created.
This is now symmetric with the decrement that is done when an object is
released.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a bunch of issues that need to be fixed, including:
- GFP_KERNEL allocations from atomic context
(and GFP_ATOMIC in process context),
- abuse of the setsockopt() call convention,
- unprotected/unlocked static variables...
IMHO, we will need to alter the userspace ABI when we fix it. So mark
the configuration option as EXPERIMENTAL for the time being (or should
it be BROKEN instead?).
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code works like this:
int garbage, status;
socklen_t len = sizeof(status);
/* enable pipe */
setsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_ENABLE, &garbage, sizeof(garbage));
/* disable pipe */
setsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_DISABLE, &garbage, sizeof(garbage));
/* get status */
getsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_INQ, &status, &len);
...which does not follow the usual socket option pattern. This patch
merges all three "options" into a single gettable&settable option,
before Linux 2.6.37 gets out:
int status;
socklen_t len = sizeof(status);
/* enable pipe */
status = 1;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_ENABLE, &status, sizeof(status));
/* disable pipe */
status = 0;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_ENABLE, &status, sizeof(status));
/* get status */
getsockopt(fd, SOL_PNPIPE, PNPIPE_ENABLE, &status, &len);
This also fixes the error code from EFAULT to ENOTCONN.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Cc: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As it currently is, the new code path is not compatible with existing
Nokia modems. This would break existing userspace for Nokia modem, such
as the existing oFono ISI driver.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit "fib: RCU conversion of fib_lookup()" removed rcu_read_lock() from
__mkroute_output but left a couple of calls to rcu_read_unlock() in there.
This causes lockdep to complain that the rcu_read_unlock() call in
__ip_route_output_key causes a lock inbalance and quickly crashes the
kernel. The below fixes this for me.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL with a large rule_cnt will allocate kernel
heap without clearing it. For the one driver (niu) that implements it,
it will leave the unused portion of heap unchanged and copy the full
contents back to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <kees.cook@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronise the comment with the preceding implementation change.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no need for the WDS peer address
to not be const, so make it const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Bill Jordan's patch to allow setting the WDS
peer crossed with my patch removing all the
boilerplate code in nl80211, and consequently
he didn't make use of it yet. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The recent scan overhaul broke locking
because now we can jump to code that
attempts to unlock, while we don't have
the mutex held. Fix this by holding the
mutex around all the relevant code.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 5ed3bc7288.
It turns-out that not all drivers are calling ieee80211_tx_status from a
compatible context. Revert this for now and try again later...
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Do not set num_rx_queues in netif_set_real_num_rx_queues() some
drivers will increase the real_num_rx_queues later due to a feature
changes or available interrupts increasing. By setting num_rx_queues
here this ends up creating a cap on the number of rx queues
available.
For example the ixgbe driver sets the max number of queues it intends
to use ever then sets the current number in use with the
netif_set_num_{rx|tx}_queues calls. With the current implementation
the number of rx queues gets limited so when a feature such as DCB
or FCoE is enabled the queues are no longer available.
kobjects will only be allocated for real_num_rx_queues so the waste
in memory is minimal.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove dead code and make some functions static.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This looks like a simple typo that has gone unnoticed for some time. The
impact is relatively low but it's clearly wrong.
Signed-off-by: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the second step for neighbour RCU conversion.
(first was commit d6bf7817 : RCU conversion of neigh hash table)
neigh_lookup() becomes lockless, but still take a reference on found
neighbour. (no more read_lock()/read_unlock() on tbl->lock)
struct neighbour gets an additional rcu_head field and is freed after an
RCU grace period.
Future work would need to eventually not take a reference on neighbour
for temporary dst (DST_NOCACHE), but this would need dst->_neighbour to
use a noref bit like we did for skb->_dst.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/mac80211/scan.c: In function ‘ieee80211_scan_cancel’:
net/mac80211/scan.c:794: warning: ‘finish’ may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When multiple interfaces are actively trying
to associate with the same BSS, they may both
find that the BSS isn't there and then try to
unlink it. This can cause errors since the
unlinking code can't currently deal with items
that have already been unlinked.
Normally this doesn't happen as most people
don't try to use multiple station interfaces
that associate at the same time too.
Fix this by using the list entry as a flag to
see if the item is still on a list.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Hun-Kyi Wynn <hkwynn@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it
via cfg80211 and nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We nulify local->scan_req on failure in __ieee80211_start_scan, so
__ieee80211_scan_completed will not call cfg80211_scan_done. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When performing hw scan and not abort it, __ieee80211_scan_completed()
is currently called from scan work, so does not need to reschedule work
to call drv_hw_scan().
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is partial revert and fix for commit
85f72bc839 "mac80211: only cancel
software-based scans on suspend"
When cfg80211 request the scan and mac80211 perform some management work,
we defer the scan request. We do not canceling such requests when calling
ieee80211_scan_cancel(), because of SCAN_SW_SCANNING bit check just
before the call. So fix that problem.
Another problem, which commit 85f72bc839
tries to solve, is we can not cancel HW scan. Hence patch make
ieee80211_scan_cancel() ignore HW scan (see code comments). Keeping
local->mtx lock assures that the deferred scan will not become
"working" HW scan.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are taking local->mtx inside __ieee80211_scan_completed(), but just
before call to that function we drop the lock. Dropping/taking lock is not
good, because can lead to hard to understand race conditions.
Patch split scan_completed() code into two functions, first must be called
with local->mtx taken and second without it.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use goto instruction to call __ieee80211_scan_completed only ones in
ieee80211_scan_work. This is prepare for the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Yikes! The error return keeps a netdev reference
and the rdev mutex locked, fix that!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When roaming while we have active BA session,
we can end up transmitting delBA frames to
the old AP while we're already on the new AP's
channel, which can cause warnings.
Simply avoid sending those frames, but still
tear down the internal session state, since
they are not really necessary anyway as we
will implicitly disassociate when sending the
association to the new AP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We never delete the addBA response timer, which
is typically fine, but if the station it belongs
to is deleted very quickly after starting the BA
session, before the peer had a chance to reply,
the timer may fire after the station struct has
been freed already. Therefore, we need to delete
the timer in a suitable spot -- best when the
session is being stopped (which will happen even
then) in which case the delete will be a no-op
most of the time.
I've reproduced the scenario and tested the fix.
This fixes the crash reported at
http://mid.gmane.org/4CAB6F96.6090701@candelatech.com
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
caif_connect() might dereference a netdevice after dev_put() it.
It also doesnt check dev_get_by_index() return value and could
dereference a NULL pointer.
Fix it, using RCU to avoid taking a reference.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IGMP specs states that if the system receives a
membership report, it shouldn't send another for the
next minute. However, if a link failure happens right
after that, the backup slave and the switch connected
to this slave will not know about the multicast and
the traffic will hang for about a minute.
This patch fixes it to rejoin multicast groups immediately
after a failover restoring the multicast traffic.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Userspace applications can already request to receive timestamps with:
setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_TIMESTAMP, ...)
Although setsockopt() returns zero (success), timestamps are not added to the
ancillary data. This patch fixes that on SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET Unix
sockets.
Signed-off-by: Alban Crequy <alban.crequy@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David
This is the first step for RCU conversion of neigh code.
Next patches will convert hash_buckets[] and "struct neighbour" to RCU
protected objects.
Thanks
[PATCH net-next] net neigh: RCU conversion of neigh hash table
Instead of storing hash_buckets, hash_mask and hash_rnd in "struct
neigh_table", a new structure is defined :
struct neigh_hash_table {
struct neighbour **hash_buckets;
unsigned int hash_mask;
__u32 hash_rnd;
struct rcu_head rcu;
};
And "struct neigh_table" has an RCU protected pointer to such a
neigh_hash_table.
This means the signature of (*hash)() function changed: We need to add a
third parameter with the actual hash_rnd value, since this is not
anymore a neigh_table field.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh_delete() and neigh_add() dont need to touch device refcount,
we hold RTNL when calling them, so device cannot disappear under us.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In various situations, a device provides a packet to our stack and we
drop it before it enters protocol stack :
- softnet backlog full (accounted in /proc/net/softnet_stat)
- bad vlan tag (not accounted)
- unknown/unregistered protocol (not accounted)
We can handle a per-device counter of such dropped frames at core level,
and automatically adds it to the device provided stats (rx_dropped), so
that standard tools can be used (ifconfig, ip link, cat /proc/net/dev)
This is a generalization of commit 8990f468a (net: rx_dropped
accounting), thus reverting it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be consistent and use the wk->chan instead of the
local->hw.conf.channel for the association done work.
This prevents any possible races against channel changes
while we run this work.
In the case that the race did happen we would be initializing
the bit rates for the new AP under the assumption of a wrong
channel and in the worst case, wrong band. This could lead
to trying to assuming we could use CCK frames on 5 GHz, for
example.
This patch has a fix for kernels >= v2.6.34
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The locking around ieee80211_recalc_smps is
buggy -- it cannot acquire another interface's
mutex while the iflist mutex is held because
another code path could be holding the iface
mutex and trying to acquire the iflist mutex.
But the locking is also unnecessary, we only
check "ifmgd->associated" as a bool, and don't
use the pointer (in check_mgd_smps).
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Consolidate boilerplate code needed for .dumpit
calls operating on netdevs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use a new flag that requires the netdev to be
UP and use it to check instead of coding the
check into all functions that require it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes nl80211 use the new genetlink
pre_doit/post_doit hooks for locking and
checking the interface/wiphy index.
This significantly reduces the code size
and the likelihood of locking errors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Each family may have some amount of boilerplate
locking code that applies to most, or even all,
commands.
This allows a family to handle such things in
a more generic way, by allowing it to
a) include private flags in each operation
b) specify a pre_doit hook that is called,
before an operation's doit() callback and
may return an error directly,
c) specify a post_doit hook that can undo
locking or similar things done by pre_doit,
and finally
d) include two private pointers in each info
struct passed between all these operations
including doit(). (It's two because I'll
need two in nl80211 -- can be extended.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable WME QoS in IBSS mode by adding a WME information element to beacons and
probe respones and by checking for it and marking stations as WME capable if it
is present.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc
algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800).
However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1
the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device
can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device
registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes
that the device can handle multi rate retries.
Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that
can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device
is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Initialize the rate table for WDS interfaces, and
add cases to allow WDS packets to pass the xmit and receive
tests.
Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added a nl interface to set the peer bssid of a WDS interface.
Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On association to an AP, after receiving beacons, the beacon_crc value is set.
The beacon_crc value is not reset in disassociation, but the BSS data may be
expired at a later point. When associating again, it's possible that a
beacon for the AP is not received, resulting in the beacon_ies to remain NULL.
After association, further beacons will not update the beacon data, as the
crc value of the beacon has not changed, and the beacon_crc still holds a
value matching the beacon. The beacon_ies will remain forever null.
One of the results of this is that WLAN power save cannot be entered, the STA
will remain foreven in active mode.
Fix this by adding a validation flag for the beacon_crc, which is cleared on
association.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move ieee80211_scan_cancel() and all other related code to
ieee80211_restart_work() as ieee80211_restart_hw() is intended to be
callable from any context.
Fix a bug that RTNL lock is not taken during ieee80211_cancel_scan().
Take local->mtx before WARN(test_bit(SCAN_HW_SCANNING, &local->scanning)
to prevent the race condition with __ieee80211_start_scan() described
here: http://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=128516716810537&w=2
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add missing unlocking of the wiphy in set_channel,
and don't try to unlock a non-existing wiphy in
set_cqm.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.35+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable management frame transmission and subscribing
to management frames through nl80211 in both cfg80211
and mac80211. Also update a few places that I forgot
to update for P2P-client mode previously, and fix a
small bug with non-action frames in this API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some user space applications only want to display survey data for
the operating channel, however there is no API to get that yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes an refcounting bug. Previously it
was possible to corrupt the per-device recv. filter
and monitor management counters when:
iw dev wlanX set monitor [new flags]
was issued on an active monitor interface.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Choose first available phyX name when creating phy devices. This
means that reloading a wifi driver will not cause a change in the
name of it's phy device.
Also, allow users to rename a phy to any un-used name, including
phy%d.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another exported symbol only used in one file
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_cleanup_ups is only defined and used in one place.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code style cleanups before upcoming functional changes.
C99 initializer for fib_props array.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove duplicated include.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Kaiser <nikai@nikai.net>
Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_headroom() is unsigned so "skb_headroom(skb) + toff" is also
unsigned and can't be less than zero. This test was added in 66d50d25:
"u32: negative offset fix" It was supposed to fix a regression.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ingress being not used very much, and net_device->ingress_queue being
quite a big object (128 or 256 bytes), use a dynamic allocation if
needed (tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress ...)
dev_ingress_queue(dev) helper should be used only with RTNL taken.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
L2CAP doesn't permit change like MTU, FCS, TxWindow values while the
connection is alive, we can only set that before the
connection/configuration process. That can lead to bugs in the L2CAP
operation.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since we register nf hooks, matches and targets in order, we'd better
unregister them in the reverse order.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
ipt_LOG & ip6t_LOG use lot of calls to printk() and use a lock in a hope
several cpus wont mix their output in syslog.
printk() being very expensive [1], its better to call it once, on a
prebuilt and complete line. Also, with mixed IPv4 and IPv6 trafic,
separate IPv4/IPv6 locks dont avoid garbage.
I used an allocation of a 1024 bytes structure, sort of seq_printf() but
with a fixed size limit.
Use a static buffer if dynamic allocation failed.
Emit a once time alert if buffer size happens to be too short.
[1]: printk() has various features like printk_delay()...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The functions nf_nat_proto_find_get and nf_nat_proto_put are
only used internally in nf_nat_core. This might break some out
of tree NAT module.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
vlan: dont drop packets from unknown vlans in promiscuous mode
Phonet: Correct header retrieval after pskb_may_pull
um: Proper Fix for f25c80a4: remove duplicate structure field initialization
ip_gre: Fix dependencies wrt. ipv6.
net-2.6: SYN retransmits: Add new parameter to retransmits_timed_out()
iwl3945: queue the right work if the scan needs to be aborted
mac80211: fix use-after-free
Add the SIP callid as a key for persistence.
This allows multiple connections from the same IP address to be
differentiated on the basis of the callid.
When used in conjunction with the persistence mask, it allows connections
from different IP addresses to be aggregated on the basis of the callid.
It is envisaged that a persistence mask of 0.0.0.0 will be a useful
setting. That is, ignore the source IP address when checking for
persistence.
It is envisaged that this option will be used in conjunction with
one-packet scheduling.
This only works with UDP and cannot be made to work with TCP
within the current framework.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Fall back to normal persistence handling if the persistence
engine fails to recognise a packet.
This way, at least the packet will go somewhere.
It is envisaged that iptables could be used to block packets
such if this is not desired although nf_conntrack_sip would
likely need to be enhanced first.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Allow the persistence engine of a virtual service to be set, edited
and unset.
This feature only works with the netlink user-space interface.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
This shouldn't break compatibility with userspace as the new data
is at the end of the line.
I have confirmed that this doesn't break ipvsadm, the main (only?)
user-space user of this data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
In general NULL arguments aren't passed by the few callers that exist,
so don't test for them.
The exception is to make passing NULL to ip_vs_unbind_scheduler() a noop.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Compact ip_vs_sched_persist() by setting up parameters
and calling functions once.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
While doing stress tests with IP route cache disabled, and multi queue
devices, I noticed a very high contention on one rwlock used in
neighbour code.
When many cpus are trying to send frames (possibly using a high
performance multiqueue device) to the same neighbour, they fight for the
neigh->lock rwlock in order to call neigh_hh_init(), and fight on
hh->hh_refcnt (a pair of atomic_inc/atomic_dec_and_test())
But we dont need to call neigh_hh_init() for dst that are used only
once. It costs four atomic operations at least, on two contended cache
lines, plus the high contention on neigh->lock rwlock.
Introduce a new dst flag, DST_NOCACHE, that is set when dst was not
inserted in route cache.
With the stress test bench, sending 160000000 frames on one neighbour,
results are :
Before patch:
real 2m28.406s
user 0m11.781s
sys 36m17.964s
After patch:
real 1m26.532s
user 0m12.185s
sys 20m3.903s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp_asoc_get_hmac() function iterates through a peer's hmac_ids
array and attempts to ensure that only a supported hmac entry is
returned. The current code fails to do this properly - if the last id
in the array is out of range (greater than SCTP_AUTH_HMAC_ID_MAX), the
id integer remains set after exiting the loop, and the address of an
out-of-bounds entry will be returned and subsequently used in the parent
function, causing potentially ugly memory corruption. This patch resets
the id integer to 0 on encountering an invalid id so that NULL will be
returned after finishing the loop if no valid ids are found.
Signed-off-by: Dan Rosenberg <drosenberg@vsecurity.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two user-controlled allocations in SCTP are subsequently dereferenced as
sockaddr structs, without checking if the dereferenced struct members fall
beyond the end of the allocated chunk. There doesn't appear to be any
information leakage here based on how these members are used and
additional checking, but it's still worth fixing.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: remove unfashionable newlines, fix gmail tab->space conversion]
Signed-off-by: Dan Rosenberg <dan.j.rosenberg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent patch to allow IGMPv2 responses to IGMPv3 queries
bypasses length checks for valid query lengths, incorrectly
resets the v2_seen timer, and does not support IGMPv1.
The following patch responds with a v2 report as required
by IGMPv2 while correcting the other problems introduced
by the patch.
Signed-Off-By: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RCU & RTNL protection for mfc_cache_array[]
ipmr_cache_find() is called under rcu_read_lock();
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RCU and RTNL to protect (struct mr_table)->mroute_sk
Readers use RCU, writers use RTNL.
ip_ra_control() already use an RCU grace period before
ip_ra_destroy_rcu(), so we dont need synchronize_rcu() in
mrtsock_destruct()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to get a reference on reg_dev and release it, we are in a
rcu_read_lock() protected section.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit e81963b180.
LRO is now deprecated in favour of GRO, and only a few drivers use it,
so it is desirable to build it as a module in distribution kernels.
The original change to prevent building it as a module was made in an
attempt to avoid the case where some dependents are set to y and some
to m, and INET_LRO can be set to m rather than y. However, the
Kconfig system will reliably set INET_LRO=y in this case.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the condition (3rd arg) passed to sk_wait_event() in
sk_stream_wait_memory(). The incorrect check in sk_stream_wait_memory()
causes the following soft lockup in tcp_sendmsg() when the global tcp
memory pool has exhausted.
>>> snip <<<
localhost kernel: BUG: soft lockup - CPU#3 stuck for 11s! [sshd:6429]
localhost kernel: CPU 3:
localhost kernel: RIP: 0010:[sk_stream_wait_memory+0xcd/0x200] [sk_stream_wait_memory+0xcd/0x200] sk_stream_wait_memory+0xcd/0x200
localhost kernel:
localhost kernel: Call Trace:
localhost kernel: [sk_stream_wait_memory+0x1b1/0x200] sk_stream_wait_memory+0x1b1/0x200
localhost kernel: [<ffffffff802557c0>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x40
localhost kernel: [ipv6:tcp_sendmsg+0x6e6/0xe90] tcp_sendmsg+0x6e6/0xce0
localhost kernel: [sock_aio_write+0x126/0x140] sock_aio_write+0x126/0x140
localhost kernel: [xfs:do_sync_write+0xf1/0x130] do_sync_write+0xf1/0x130
localhost kernel: [<ffffffff802557c0>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x40
localhost kernel: [hrtimer_start+0xe3/0x170] hrtimer_start+0xe3/0x170
localhost kernel: [vfs_write+0x185/0x190] vfs_write+0x185/0x190
localhost kernel: [sys_write+0x50/0x90] sys_write+0x50/0x90
localhost kernel: [system_call+0x7e/0x83] system_call+0x7e/0x83
>>> snip <<<
What is happening is, that the sk_wait_event() condition passed from
sk_stream_wait_memory() evaluates to true for the case of tcp global memory
exhaustion. This is because both sk_stream_memory_free() and vm_wait are true
which causes sk_wait_event() to *not* call schedule_timeout().
Hence sk_stream_wait_memory() returns immediately to the caller w/o sleeping.
This causes the caller to again try allocation, which again fails and again
calls sk_stream_wait_memory(), and so on.
[ Bug introduced by commit c1cbe4b7ad
("[NET]: Avoid atomic xchg() for non-error case") -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Nagendra Singh Tomar <tomer_iisc@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFSv4.1 needs warning when a client tcp connection goes down, if that
connection is being used as a backchannel, so that it can warn the
client that it has lost the backchannel connection.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Unfortunately, spkm3 never got very far; while interoperability with one
other implementation was demonstrated at some point, problems were found
with the spec that were deemed not worth fixing.
The kernel code is useless on its own without nfs-utils patches which
were never merged into nfs-utils, and were only ever available from
citi.umich.edu. They appear not to have been updated since 2005.
Therefore it seems safe to assume that this code has no users, and never
will.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
If we set up to wait for a cache item to be filled in, and then find
that it is no longer pending, it could be that some other thread is
in 'cache_revisit_request' and has moved our request to its 'pending' list.
So when our setup_deferral calls cache_revisit_request it will find nothing to
put on the pending list, and do nothing.
We then return from cache_wait_req, thus leaving the 'sleeper'
on-stack structure open to being corrupted by subsequent stack usage.
However that 'sleeper' could still be on the 'pending' list that the
other thread is looking at and so any corruption could cause it to behave badly.
To avoid this race we simply take the same path as if the
'wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout' was interrupted and if the
sleeper is no longer on the list (which it won't be) we wait on the
completion - which will ensure that any other cache_revisit_request
will have let go of the sleeper.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The context is already known in all the sock_create callers.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The net is known from the xprt_create and this tagging will also
give un the context in the conntection workers where real sockets
are created.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
After this the socket creation in it knows the context.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
ip_dev_find(net, addr) finds a device given an IPv4 source address and
takes a reference on it.
Introduce __ip_dev_find(), taking a third argument, to optionally take
the device reference. Callers not asking the reference to be taken
should be in an rcu_read_lock() protected section.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Roger Luethi noticed packets for unknown VLANs getting silently dropped
even in promiscuous mode.
Check for promiscuous mode in __vlan_hwaccel_rx() and vlan_gro_common()
before drops.
As suggested by Patrick, mark such packets to have skb->pkt_type set to
PACKET_OTHERHOST to make sure they are dropped by IP stack.
Reported-by: Roger Luethi <rl@hellgate.ch>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While doing stress tests with a disabled IP route cache, I found
__mkroute_output() was touching three times in_device atomic refcount.
Use RCU to touch it once to reduce cache line ping pongs.
Before patch
time to perform the test
real 1m42.009s
user 0m12.545s
sys 25m0.726s
Profile :
16109.00 26.4% ip_route_output_slow vmlinux
7434.00 12.2% dst_destroy vmlinux
3280.00 5.4% fib_rules_lookup vmlinux
3252.00 5.3% fib_semantic_match vmlinux
2622.00 4.3% fib_table_lookup vmlinux
2535.00 4.1% dst_alloc vmlinux
1750.00 2.9% _raw_read_lock vmlinux
1532.00 2.5% rt_set_nexthop vmlinux
After patch
real 1m36.503s
user 0m12.977s
sys 23m25.608s
14234.00 22.4% ip_route_output_slow vmlinux
8717.00 13.7% dst_destroy vmlinux
4052.00 6.4% fib_rules_lookup vmlinux
3951.00 6.2% fib_semantic_match vmlinux
3191.00 5.0% dst_alloc vmlinux
1764.00 2.8% fib_table_lookup vmlinux
1692.00 2.7% _raw_read_lock vmlinux
1605.00 2.5% rt_set_nexthop vmlinux
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch restores the below flow control patch submitted by Rémi
Denis-Courmont, which accidentaly got lost due to Pipe controller patch
on Phonet.
commit 1a98214fee
Author: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Date: Mon Aug 30 12:57:03 2010 +0000
Phonet: restore flow control credits when sending fails
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 8cb8e6f168.
That commit introduced a regression with the Bluetooth Profile Tuning
Suite(PTS), Reverting this make sure that L2CAP is in a qualificable
state.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As we don't have any error control on the Streaming mode, i.e., we don't
need to keep a copy of the skb for later resending we don't need to
call skb_clone() on it.
Then we can go one further here, and dequeue the skb before sending it,
that also means we don't need to look to sk->sk_send_head anymore.
The patch saves memory and time when sending Streaming mode data, so
it is good to mainline.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When receiving L2CAP negative configuration response with respect
to MTU parameter we modify wrong field. MTU here means proposed
value of MTU that the remote device intends to transmit. So for local
L2CAP socket it is pi->imtu.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This fixes a bug which caused the FCS setting to show L2CAP_FCS_CRC16
with L2CAP modes other than ERTM or streaming. At present, this only
affects the FCS value shown with getsockopt() for basic mode.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
HARD_TX_LOCK no longer protects tunnels from dead loops,
but xmit_recursion percpu counter.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Retrieve the header after doing pskb_may_pull since, pskb_may_pull
could change the buffer structure.
This is based on the comment given by Eric Dumazet on Phonet
Pipe controller patch for a similar problem.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is some confusion with rx_queue name after RPS, and net drivers
private rx_queue fields.
I suggest to rename "struct net_device"->rx_queue to ingress_queue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maintain per_cpu tx_bytes, tx_packets, rx_bytes, rx_packets.
Other seldom used fields are kept in netdev->stats structure, possibly
unsafe.
This is a preliminary work to support lockless transmit path, and
correct RX stats, that are already unsafe.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPIP tunnels can benefit from lockless xmits, using NETIF_F_LLTX
Bench on a 16 cpus machine (dual E5540 cpus), 16 threads sending
10000000 UDP frames via one ipip tunnel (size:200 bytes per frame)
Before patch :
real 2m53.321s
user 0m10.277s
sys 46m0.597s
After patch:
real 0m32.063s
user 0m9.237s
sys 8m16.255s
Last problem to solve is the contention on dst :
16118.00 28.3% __ip_route_output_key vmlinux
6135.00 10.8% dst_release vmlinux
3220.00 5.6% ip_finish_output vmlinux
2149.00 3.8% ip_route_output_flow vmlinux
1575.00 2.8% ip_append_data vmlinux
1481.00 2.6% ip_push_pending_frames vmlinux
1349.00 2.4% __xfrm_lookup vmlinux
1216.00 2.1% csum_partial_copy_generic vmlinux
1208.00 2.1% udp_sendmsg vmlinux
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GRE tunnels can benefit from lockless xmits, using NETIF_F_LLTX
Note: If tunnels are created with the "oseq" option, LLTX is not
enabled :
Even using an atomic_t o_seq, we would increase chance for packets being
out of order at receiver.
Bench on a 16 cpus machine (dual E5540 cpus), 16 threads sending
10000000 UDP frames via one gre tunnel (size:200 bytes per frame)
Before patch :
real 3m0.094s
user 0m9.365s
sys 47m50.103s
After patch:
real 0m29.756s
user 0m11.097s
sys 7m33.012s
Last problem to solve is the contention on dst :
38660.00 21.4% __ip_route_output_key vmlinux
20786.00 11.5% dst_release vmlinux
14191.00 7.8% __xfrm_lookup vmlinux
12410.00 6.9% ip_finish_output vmlinux
4540.00 2.5% ip_push_pending_frames vmlinux
4427.00 2.4% ip_append_data vmlinux
4265.00 2.4% __alloc_skb vmlinux
4140.00 2.3% __ip_local_out vmlinux
3991.00 2.2% dev_queue_xmit vmlinux
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 15fc1f7056 (sit: percpu stats accounting) forgot the fallback
tunnel case (sit0), and can crash pretty fast.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 3c97af99a5 (ipip: percpu stats accounting) forgot the fallback
tunnel case (tunl0), and can crash pretty fast.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As tunnel devices are going to be lockless, we need to make sure a
misconfigured machine wont enter an infinite loop.
Add a percpu variable, and limit to three the number of stacked xmits.
Reported-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Wed, 29 Sep 2010 14:02:38 +1000 Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> wrote:
>
> After merging the final tree, today's linux-next build (powerpc
> ppc44x_defconfig) produced tis warning:
>
> WARNING: net/sunrpc/sunrpc.o(.init.text+0x110): Section mismatch in reference from the function init_sunrpc() to the function .exit.text:rpcauth_remove_module()
> The function __init init_sunrpc() references
> a function __exit rpcauth_remove_module().
> This is often seen when error handling in the init function
> uses functionality in the exit path.
> The fix is often to remove the __exit annotation of
> rpcauth_remove_module() so it may be used outside an exit section.
>
> Probably caused by commit 2f72c9b737
> ("sunrpc: The per-net skeleton").
This actually causes a build failure on a sparc32 defconfig build:
`rpcauth_remove_module' referenced in section `.init.text' of net/built-in.o: defined in discarded section `.exit.text' of net/built-in.o
I applied the following patch for today:
Fixes:
`rpcauth_remove_module' referenced in section `.init.text' of net/built-in.o: defined in discarded section `.exit.text' of net/built-in.o
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
AnyIP is the capability to receive packets and establish incoming
connections on IPs we have not explicitly configured on the machine.
An example use case is to configure a machine to accept all incoming
traffic on eth0, and leave the policy of whether traffic for a given IP
should be delivered to the machine up to the load balancer.
Can be setup as follows:
ip -6 rule from all iif eth0 lookup 200
ip -6 route add local default dev lo table 200
(in this case for all IPv6 addresses)
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows a host to be configured to respond to any address in
a specified range as if it were local, without actually needing to
configure the address on an interface. This is done through routing
table configuration. For instance, to configure a host to respond
to any address in 10.1/16 received on eth0 as a local address we can do:
ip rule add from all iif eth0 lookup 200
ip route add local 10.1/16 dev lo proto kernel scope host src 127.0.0.1 table 200
This host is now reachable by any 10.1/16 address (route lookup on
input for packets received on eth0 can find the route). On output, the
rule will not be matched so that this host can still send packets to
10.1/16 (not sent on loopback). Presumably, external routing can be
configured to make sense out of this.
To make this work, we needed to modify the logic in finding the
interface which is assigned a given source address for output
(dev_ip_find). We perform a normal fib_lookup instead of just a
lookup on the local table, and in the lookup we ignore the input
interface for matching.
This patch is useful to implement IP-anycast for subnets of virtual
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GRE tunnel driver needs to invoke icmpv6 helpers in the
ipv6 stack when ipv6 support is enabled.
Therefore if IPV6 is enabled, we have to enforce that GRE's
enabling (modular or static) matches that of ipv6.
Reported-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Reported-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes kernel Bugzilla Bug 18952
This patch adds a syn_set parameter to the retransmits_timed_out()
routine and updates its callers. If not set, TCP_RTO_MIN is taken
as the calculation basis as before. If set, TCP_TIMEOUT_INIT is
used instead, so that sysctl_syn_retries represents the actual
amount of SYN retransmissions in case no SYNACKs are received when
establishing a new connection.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The WMM parameter configuration function (ieee80211_sta_wmm_params) only
configures the WMM parameters to the driver is the wmm_last_param_set
counter value is changed by the AP.
The wmm_last_param_set is initialized to -1 on association in order to ensure
the configuration is made to the driver at least once on association, but
currently this initialization is done *after* the WMM parameter configuration
function was called.
This leads to unreliability in the driver getting properly configured on first
association (depending on what counter value the AP happens to use.) When
disassociating (the wmm default parameters are configured to the driver) and
then reassociating, due to the above the WMM configuration is not set to the
driver at all.
On drivers without beacon filtering the problem is corrected by later beacons,
but on drivers with beacon filtering the WMM will remain permanently incorrectly
configured.
Fix this by moving the initialization of wmm_last_param_set to -1 before
ieee80211_sta_wmm_params is called on association.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IBSS started from wireless extensions is currently
missing basic rate configuration, fix this by moving
the code to generate the default to the common code
that gets invoked for both nl80211 and wext.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Association is dealt with as an atomic offchannel operation,
we do this because we don't know we are associated until we
get the associatin response from the AP. When we do get the
associatin response though we were never clearing the offchannel
state. This has a few implications, we told drivers we were
still offchannel, and the first configured TX power for the
channel does not take into account any power constraints.
For ath9k this meant ANI calibration would not start upon
association, and we'd have to wait until the first bgscan
to be triggered. There may be other issues this resolves
but I'm too lazy to comb the code to check.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Cc: Vasanth Thiagarajan <vasanth.thiagarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the basic infrastructure to support user-space
expectation helpers via ctnetlink and the netfilter queuing
infrastructure NFQUEUE. Basically, this patch:
* adds NF_CT_EXPECT_USERSPACE flag to identify user-space
created expectations. I have also added a sanity check in
__nf_ct_expect_check() to avoid that kernel-space helpers
may create an expectation if the master conntrack has no
helper assigned.
* adds some branches to check if the master conntrack helper
exists, otherwise we skip the code that refers to kernel-space
helper such as the local expectation list and the expectation
policy.
* allows to set the timeout for user-space expectations with
no helper assigned.
* a list of expectations created from user-space that depends
on ctnetlink (if this module is removed, they are deleted).
* includes USERSPACE in the /proc output for expectations
that have been created by a user-space helper.
This patch also modifies ctnetlink to skip including the helper
name in the Netlink messages if no kernel-space helper is set
(since no user-space expectation has not kernel-space kernel
assigned).
You can access an example user-space FTP conntrack helper at:
http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-userspace-POC.tar.bz
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (47 commits)
tcp: Fix >4GB writes on 64-bit.
net/9p: Mount only matching virtio channels
de2104x: fix ethtool
tproxy: check for transparent flag in ip_route_newports
ipv6: add IPv6 to neighbour table overflow warning
tcp: fix TSO FACK loss marking in tcp_mark_head_lost
3c59x: fix regression from patch "Add ethtool WOL support"
ipv6: add a missing unregister_pernet_subsys call
s390: use free_netdev(netdev) instead of kfree()
sgiseeq: use free_netdev(netdev) instead of kfree()
rionet: use free_netdev(netdev) instead of kfree()
ibm_newemac: use free_netdev(netdev) instead of kfree()
smsc911x: Add MODULE_ALIAS()
net: reset skb queue mapping when rx'ing over tunnel
br2684: fix scheduling while atomic
de2104x: fix TP link detection
de2104x: fix power management
de2104x: disable autonegotiation on broken hardware
net: fix a lockdep splat
e1000e: 82579 do not gate auto config of PHY by hardware during nominal use
...
This covers RX if necessary, as well as TX.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For RPS, we create a kobject for each RX queue based on the number of
queues passed to alloc_netdev_mq(). However, drivers generally do not
determine the numbers of hardware queues to use until much later, so
this usually represents the maximum number the driver may use and not
the actual number in use.
For TX queues, drivers can update the actual number using
netif_set_real_num_tx_queues(). Add a corresponding function for RX
queues, netif_set_real_num_rx_queues().
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_attach_filter() and sk_detach_filter() are run with socket locked.
Use the appropriate rcu_dereference_protected() instead of blocking BH,
and rcu_dereference_bh().
There is no point adding BH prevention and memory barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems we dont use appropriate refcount increment in an
rcu_read_lock() protected section.
fib_rule_get() might increment a null refcount and bad things could
happen.
While fib_nl_delrule() respects an rcu grace period before calling
fib_rule_put(), fib_rules_cleanup_ops() calls fib_rule_put() without a
grace period.
Note : after this patch, we might avoid the synchronize_rcu() call done
in fib_nl_delrule()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maintain per_cpu tx_bytes, tx_packets, rx_bytes, rx_packets.
Other seldom used fields are kept in netdev->stats structure, possibly
unsafe.
This is a preliminary work to support lockless transmit path, and
correct RX stats, that are already unsafe.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maintain per_cpu tx_bytes, tx_packets, rx_bytes, rx_packets.
Other seldom used fields are kept in netdev->stats structure, possibly
unsafe.
This is a preliminary work to support lockless transmit path, and
correct RX stats, that are already unsafe.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Le lundi 27 septembre 2010 à 14:29 +0100, Ben Hutchings a écrit :
> > diff --git a/net/ipv4/ip_gre.c b/net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
> > index 5d6ddcb..de39b22 100644
> > --- a/net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
> > +++ b/net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
> [...]
> > @@ -377,7 +405,7 @@ static struct ip_tunnel *ipgre_tunnel_locate(struct net *net,
> > if (parms->name[0])
> > strlcpy(name, parms->name, IFNAMSIZ);
> > else
> > - sprintf(name, "gre%%d");
> > + strcpy(name, "gre%d");
> >
> > dev = alloc_netdev(sizeof(*t), name, ipgre_tunnel_setup);
> > if (!dev)
> [...]
>
> This is a valid fix, but doesn't belong in this patch!
>
Sorry ? It was not a fix, but at most a cleanup ;)
Anyway I forgot the gretap case...
[PATCH 2/4 v2] ip_gre: percpu stats accounting
Maintain per_cpu tx_bytes, tx_packets, rx_bytes, rx_packets.
Other seldom used fields are kept in netdev->stats structure, possibly
unsafe.
This is a preliminary work to support lockless transmit path, and
correct RX stats, that are already unsafe.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phonet stack assumes the presence of Pipe Controller, either in Modem or
on Application Processing Engine user-space for the Pipe data.
Nokia Slim Modems like WG2.5 used in ST-Ericsson U8500 platform do not
implement Pipe controller in them.
This patch adds Pipe Controller implemenation to Phonet stack to support
Pipe data over Phonet stack for Nokia Slim Modems.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes kernel bugzilla #16603
tcp_sendmsg() truncates iov_len to an 'int' which a 4GB write to write
zero bytes, for example.
There is also the problem higher up of how verify_iovec() works. It
wants to prevent the total length from looking like an error return
value.
However it does this using 'int', but syscalls return 'long' (and
thus signed 64-bit on 64-bit machines). So it could trigger
false-positives on 64-bit as written. So fix it to use 'long'.
Reported-by: Olaf Bonorden <bono@onlinehome.de>
Reported-by: Daniel Büse <dbuese@gmx.de>
Reported-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
p9_virtio_create will only compare the the channel's tag characters
against the device name till the end of the channel's tag but not till
the end of the device name. This means that if a user defines channels
with the tags foo and foobar then he would mount foo when he requested
foonot and may mount foo when he requested foobar.
Thus it is necessary to check both string lengths against each other in
case of a successful partial string match.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 and IPv6 have separate neighbour tables, so
the warning messages should be distinguishable.
[ Add a suitable message prefix on the ipv4 side as well -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <uweber@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When TCP uses FACK algorithm to mark lost packets in
tcp_mark_head_lost(), if the number of packets in the (TSO) skb is
greater than the number of packets that should be marked lost, TCP
incorrectly exits the loop and marks no packets lost in the skb. This
underestimates tp->lost_out and affects the recovery/retransmission.
This patch fargments the skb and marks the correct amount of packets
lost.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8c0c709eea
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for
some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong
since the optimisation this flag tried to make
requires that it is kept across the processing
of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for
flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the
optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under
some (common!) circumstances the flag will be
set on an already freed skb!
However, investigating this in more detail, I
found that most of the flags that we set should
be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to
a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used
for processing (currently just this one) need
to be reset before processing a new packet.
Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as
a result of the wrong flags handling (which is
not too surprising -- the only real bug case I
can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an
a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even if the reorder timeout timer fires while
scanning, the frames weren't received during
scanning and therefore shouldn't be dropped.
To implement this, changes to the passive scan
RX handler simplify understanding it, because
it currently checks HW_SCANNING independently
of a packet's in-scan receive status (which
doesn't make a big difference, since scan_rx()
will only pick up probe responses and beacons,
which can't be aggregated.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a station was found, then we'll have exited
the function already, so it is not necessary to
have a variable keeping track of it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are now four instances of vaguely the same
code that does packet preparation, checking for
MMIC errors and reporting them, and then invoking
packet processing. Consolidate all of these.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The first argument to prepare_for_handlers is always
the sdata that can just be stored in rx data directly
(and even already is, in two of four code paths.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit cd87a2d3a3.
Author reports it conflicts with proper fixes, applied hereafter.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If interface does not existk, when nl80211_set_power_save is called, (eg.
module has been unloaded) it has been causing kernel panic. Added new
goto target to avoid crash if get_rdev_dev_by_info_ifindex does not
return dev and rdev pointers.
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When using multiple STA interfaces on the same radio, some
data packets need to be received on all interfaces
(broadcast, for instance).
Make the STA loop look similar to the mgt-data loop.
Also, add logic to check RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR for last
interface in mgt-data loop.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly
find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused
AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to
account for transmitted SKBs.
This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a
localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the
same AP but different local addresses. The method name
is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Create 'stations' sub-directory under each netdev:[vif-name]
directory to hold all stations for that network device.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Everything that is required for that already exists:
* the per-net cache registration with respective proc entries
* the context (struct net) is available in all the users
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Register empty per-net operations for the sunrpc layer.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The transport representation should be per-net of course.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Existing calls do the same, but for the init_net.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
There are two calls that operate on ip_map_cache and are
directly called from the nfsd code. Other places will be
handled in a different way.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
They do not require the rqst actually and having the xprt simplifies
further patching.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
This is done in order to facilitate getting the ip_map_cache from
which to put the ip_map.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The target is to have many ip_map_cache-s in the system. This particular
patch handles its usage by the ip_map_parse callback.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Return -ENOMEM when erroring on kmalloc and fix memory leaks when returning on error.
Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Clean up a missing exit path in the ipv6 module init routines. In
addrconf_init we call ipv6_addr_label_init which calls register_pernet_subsys
for the ipv6_addr_label_ops structure. But if module loading fails, or if the
ipv6 module is removed, there is no corresponding unregister_pernet_subsys call,
which leaves a now-bogus address on the pernet_list, leading to oopses in
subsequent registrations. This patch cleans up both the failed load path and
the unload path. Tested by myself with good results.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
include/net/addrconf.h | 1 +
net/ipv6/addrconf.c | 11 ++++++++---
net/ipv6/addrlabel.c | 5 +++++
3 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__in_dev_get_rtnl(dev_out) is called while RTNL is not held, thus
triggers a lockdep fault.
At this point, we only perform a raw test of dev_out->ip_ptr being NULL,
we dont need to make sure ip_ptr cant changed right after.
We can use rcu_dereference_raw() for this.
Reported-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having two places were we allocate dev->_rx, introduce
netif_alloc_rx_queues() helper and call it only from
register_netdevice(), not from alloc_netdev_mq()
Goal is to let drivers change dev->num_rx_queues after allocating netdev
and before registering it.
This also removes a lot of ifdefs in net/core/dev.c
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
You can't call atomic_notifier_chain_unregister() while in atomic context.
Fix, call un/register_atmdevice_notifier in module __init and __exit.
Bug report:
http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/172603
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Karl Hiramoto <karl@hiramoto.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Automatically allows vlans to get NETIF_F_HIGHDMA if underlying device
supports it.
On 32bit arches (and more precisely if CONFIG_HIGHMEM is enabled), it
can help to reduce cost of illegal_highdma() and __skb_linearize()
calls.
Tested on tg3 , bnx2, bonding, this worked very well.
This is a generalization of a patch provided by Yi Zou & Jeff Kirsher.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have for each socket :
One spinlock (sk_slock.slock)
One rwlock (sk_callback_lock)
Possible scenarios are :
(A) (this is used in net/sunrpc/xprtsock.c)
read_lock(&sk->sk_callback_lock) (without blocking BH)
<BH>
spin_lock(&sk->sk_slock.slock);
...
read_lock(&sk->sk_callback_lock);
...
(B)
write_lock_bh(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
stuff
write_unlock_bh(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
(C)
spin_lock_bh(&sk->sk_slock)
...
write_lock_bh(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
stuff
write_unlock_bh(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
spin_unlock_bh(&sk->sk_slock)
This (C) case conflicts with (A) :
CPU1 [A] CPU2 [C]
read_lock(callback_lock)
<BH> spin_lock_bh(slock)
<wait to spin_lock(slock)>
<wait to write_lock_bh(callback_lock)>
We have one problematic (C) use case in inet_csk_listen_stop() :
local_bh_disable();
bh_lock_sock(child); // spin_lock_bh(&sk->sk_slock)
WARN_ON(sock_owned_by_user(child));
...
sock_orphan(child); // write_lock_bh(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
lockdep is not happy with this, as reported by Tetsuo Handa
It seems only way to deal with this is to use read_lock_bh(callbacklock)
everywhere.
Thanks to Jarek for pointing a bug in my first attempt and suggesting
this solution.
Reported-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Tested-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While investigating a bit, I found ip_fragment() slow path was taken
because ip_append_data() provides following layout for a send(MTU +
N*(MTU - 20)) syscall :
- one skb with 1500 (mtu) bytes
- N fragments of 1480 (mtu-20) bytes (before adding IP header)
last fragment gets 17 bytes of trail data because of following bit:
if (datalen == length + fraggap)
alloclen += rt->dst.trailer_len;
Then esp4 adds 16 bytes of data (while trailer_len is 17... hmm...
another bug ?)
In ip_fragment(), we notice last fragment is too big (1496 + 20) > mtu,
so we take slow path, building another skb chain.
In order to avoid taking slow path, we should correct ip_append_data()
to make sure last fragment has real trail space, under mtu...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for
filtered / retried frames.
Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back
into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx
flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IEEE Std 802.11k-2008 added DS Parameter Set information element into
Probe Request frames as an optional information on 2.4 GHz band (and
mandatory, if radio measurements are enabled). This allows APs to
filter out Probe Request frames that may be received from neighboring
overlapping channels and by doing so, reduce the number of unnecessary
frames in the air. Make mac80211 add this IE into Probe Request frames
whenever the channel is known (i.e., whenever hwscan is not used).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the TX rate set has been masked, the removed rates can also be
removed from the Supported Rates and Extended Supported Rates IEs in
Probe Request frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 8c0c709eea
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMTR flag into the skb's status, and
in doing so introduced a use-after-free -- when
the skb has been handed to cooked monitors the
status setting will touch now invalid memory.
Additionally, moving it there has effectively
discarded the optimisation -- since the bit is
only ever set on freed SKBs, and those were a
copy, it could never be checked.
For the current release, fixing this properly
is a bit too involved, so let's just remove the
problematic code and leave userspace with one
copy of each frame for each virtual interface.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change "return (EXPR);" to "return EXPR;"
return is not a function, parentheses are not required.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
otherwise ECT(1) bit will get interpreted as RTO_ONLINK
and routing will fail with XfrmOutBundleGenError.
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <uweber@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The x25_datagram_poll didn't add anything, removed it.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
we need to check proper socket type within ipv4_conntrack_defrag
function before referencing the nodefrag flag.
For example the tun driver receive path produces skbs with
AF_UNSPEC socket type, and so current code is causing unwanted
fragmented packets going out.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix checksum calculation in nf_nat_snmp_basic.
Based on patches by Clark Wang <wtweeker@163.com> and
Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>.
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=17622
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As soon as rcu_read_unlock() is called, there is no guarantee current
thread can safely derefence t pointer, rcu protected.
Fix is to copy t->alloc_size in a temporary variable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_me_harder can't create the route cache when the outdev is the same
with the indev for the skbs whichout a valid protocol set.
__mkroute_input functions has this check:
1998 if (skb->protocol != htons(ETH_P_IP)) {
1999 /* Not IP (i.e. ARP). Do not create route, if it is
2000 * invalid for proxy arp. DNAT routes are always valid.
2001 *
2002 * Proxy arp feature have been extended to allow, ARP
2003 * replies back to the same interface, to support
2004 * Private VLAN switch technologies. See arp.c.
2005 */
2006 if (out_dev == in_dev &&
2007 IN_DEV_PROXY_ARP_PVLAN(in_dev) == 0) {
2008 err = -EINVAL;
2009 goto cleanup;
2010 }
2011 }
This patch gives the new skb a valid protocol to bypass this check. In order
to make ipt_REJECT work with bridges, you also need to enable ip_forward.
This patch also fixes a regression. When we used skb_copy_expand(), we
didn't have this issue stated above, as the protocol was properly set.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I initially noticed this because of the compiler warning below, but it
does seem to be a valid concern in the case where ct_sip_get_header()
returns 0 in the first iteration of the while loop.
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_sip.c: In function 'sip_help_tcp':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_sip.c:1379: warning: 'ret' may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
[Patrick: changed NF_DROP to NF_ACCEPT]
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
transparent field of a socket is either inet_twsk(sk)->tw_transparent
for timewait sockets, or inet_sk(sk)->transparent for other sockets
(TCP/UDP).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 6610f720e9
broke cache_clean_deferred as entries are no longer added to the
pending list for subsequent revisiting.
So put those requests back on the pending list.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
With this patch, you can specify the expectation flags for user-space
created expectations.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds the missing validation of the CTA_EXPECT_ZONE
attribute in the ctnetlink code.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch improves the situation in which the expectation table is
full for conntrack NAT helpers. Basically, we give up if we don't
find a place in the table instead of looping over nf_ct_expect_related()
with a different port (we should only do this if it returns -EBUSY, for
-EMFILE or -ESHUTDOWN I think that it's better to skip this).
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Being a hash table, hlist is the best option.
There is currently some ugliness were we treat "->next == NULL" as
a special case to avoid having to initialise the whole array.
This change nicely gets rid of that case.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
CAIF sockets should use socket's default send and receive buffers sizes.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check that receive function pointer is not null before calling it.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use pr_debug for flow control printouts, and refine an error printout.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove debugging quirk redefining pr_debug to pr_warning.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code like:
switch(xxx) {
case -error1:
case -error2:
..
return;
case 0:
stuff;
}
can more naturally be written:
if (xxx < 0)
return;
stuff;
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
net/core/ethtool.c: In function 'ethtool_get_regs':
net/core/ethtool.c:818:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'vmalloc'
net/core/ethtool.c:818:9: warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
net/core/ethtool.c:833:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'vfree'
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Special care should be taken when slow path is hit in ip_fragment() :
When walking through frags, we transfert truesize ownership from skb to
frags. Then if we hit a slow_path condition, we must undo this or risk
uncharging frags->truesize twice, and in the end, having negative socket
sk_wmem_alloc counter, or even freeing socket sooner than expected.
Many thanks to Nick Bowler, who provided a very clean bug report and
test program.
Thanks to Jarek for reviewing my first patch and providing a V2
While Nick bisection pointed to commit 2b85a34e91 (net: No more
expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx), underlying bug is older
(2.6.12-rc5)
A side effect is to extend work done in commit b2722b1c3a
(ip_fragment: also adjust skb->truesize for packets not owned by a
socket) to ipv6 as well.
Reported-and-bisected-by: Nick Bowler <nbowler@elliptictech.com>
Tested-by: Nick Bowler <nbowler@elliptictech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some NICs have huge register files which exceed the maximum heap
allocation size.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we drop a request in the sunrpc layer, either due kmalloc failure,
or due to a cache miss when we could not queue the request for later
replay, then close the connection to encourage the client to retry sooner.
Note that if the drop happens in the NFS layer, NFSERR_JUKEBOX
(aka NFS4ERR_DELAY) is returned to guide the client concerning
replay.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Clean up: Introduce a helper to '\0'-terminate XDR strings
that are placed in a page in the page cache.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Change the usage of svc usecnt during command execution:
- we check if svc is registered but we do not need to hold usecnt
reference while under __ip_vs_mutex, only the packet handling needs
it during scheduling
- change __ip_vs_service_get to __ip_vs_service_find and
__ip_vs_svc_fwm_get to __ip_vs_svc_fwm_find because now caller
will increase svc->usecnt
- put common code that calls update_service in __ip_vs_update_dest
- put common code in ip_vs_unlink_service() and use it to unregister
the service
- add comment that svc should not be accessed after ip_vs_del_service
anymore
- all IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE calls are now unified: usecnt > 0
- Properly log the app ports
As result, some problems are fixed:
- possible use-after-free of svc in ip_vs_genl_set_cmd after
ip_vs_del_service because our usecnt reference does not guarantee that
svc is not freed on refcnt==0, eg. when no dests are moved to trash
- possible usecnt leak in do_ip_vs_set_ctl after ip_vs_del_service
when the service is not freed now, for example, when some
destionations are moved into trash and svc->refcnt remains above 0.
It is harmless because svc is not in hash anymore.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Since we don't change the tuple in the original direction, we can save it
in ct->tuplehash[IP_CT_DIR_REPLY].hnode.pprev for __nf_conntrack_confirm()
use.
__hash_conntrack() is split into two steps: hash_conntrack_raw() is used
to get the raw hash, and __hash_bucket() is used to get the bucket id.
In SYN-flood case, early_drop() doesn't need to recompute the hash again.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add new sysctl flag "snat_reroute". Recent kernels use
ip_route_me_harder() to route LVS-NAT responses properly by
VIP when there are multiple paths to client. But setups
that do not have alternative default routes can skip this
routing lookup by using snat_reroute=0.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add more code to IPVS to work with Netfilter connection
tracking and fix some problems.
- Allow IPVS to be compiled without connection tracking as in
2.6.35 and before. This can avoid keeping conntracks for all
IPVS connections because this costs memory. ip_vs_ftp still
depends on connection tracking and NAT as implemented for 2.6.36.
- Add sysctl var "conntrack" to enable connection tracking for
all IPVS connections. For loaded IPVS directors it needs
tuning of nf_conntrack_max limit.
- Add IP_VS_CONN_F_NFCT connection flag to request the connection
to use connection tracking. This allows user space to provide this
flag, for example, in dest->conn_flags. This can be useful to
request connection tracking per real server instead of forcing it
for all connections with the "conntrack" sysctl. This flag is
set currently only by ip_vs_ftp and of course by "conntrack" sysctl.
- Add ip_vs_nfct.c file to hold all connection tracking code,
by this way main code should not depend of netfilter conntrack
support.
- Return back the ip_vs_post_routing handler as in 2.6.35 and use
skb->ipvs_property=1 to allow IPVS to work without connection
tracking
Connection tracking:
- most of the code is already in 2.6.36-rc
- alter conntrack reply tuple for LVS-NAT connections when first packet
from client is forwarded and conntrack state is NEW or RELATED.
Additionally, alter reply for RELATED connections from real server,
again for packet in original direction.
- add IP_VS_XMIT_TUNNEL to confirm conntrack (without altering
reply) for LVS-TUN early because we want to call nf_reset. It is
needed because we add IPIP header and the original conntrack
should be preserved, not destroyed. The transmitted IPIP packets
can reuse same conntrack, so we do not set skb->ipvs_property.
- try to destroy conntrack when the IPVS connection is destroyed.
It is not fatal if conntrack disappears before that, it depends
on the used timers.
Fix problems from long time:
- add skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_NONE for the LVS-TUN transmitters
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The `options_received' struct is redundant, since it re-duplicates the existing
`p' and `x_recv' fields. This patch removes the sub-struct and migrates the
format conversion operations to ccid3_hc_tx_parse_options().
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This adds a function to take care of the following, separate cases occurring in
the computation of the Loss Rate p:
* 1/(2^32-1) is mapped into 0% as per RFC 4342, 8.5;
* 1/0 is mapped into 100%, the maximum;
* to avoid that p = 1/x is rounded down to 0 when x is very large, since this
means accidentally re-entering slow-start indicated by p == 0, the minimum
resolution value of p is now returned instead;
* a bug in ccid3_hc_rx_getsockopt is fixed: 1/0 was mapped into ~0U.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This patch is thanks to an investigation by Leandro Sales de Melo and his
colleagues. They worked out two state diagrams which highlight the fact that
the xxx_TERM states in CCID-3/4 are in fact not necessary.
And this can be confirmed by in turn looking at the code: the xxx_TERM states
are only ever set in ccid3_hc_{rx,tx}_exit(): when CCID-3 sets the state
to xxx_TERM, it is at a time where no more processing should be going on,
hence it is not necessary to introduce a dedicated exit state - this is already
implied by unloading the CCID.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
The constants DCCPO_{MIN,MAX}_CCID_SPECIFIC are nowhere used in the code, but
instead for the CCID-specific options numbers are used.
This patch unifies the use of CCID-specific option numbers, by adding symbolic
names reflecting the definitions in RFC 4340, 10.3.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This
1. adds packet type information to ccid_hc_{rx,tx}_parse_options(). This is
necessary, since table 3 in RFC 4340, 5.8 leaves it to the CCIDs to state
which options may (not) appear on what packet type.
2. adds such a check for CCID-3's {Loss Event, Receive} Rate as specified in
RFC 4340 8.3 ("Receive Rate options MUST NOT be sent on DCCP-Data packets")
and 8.5 ("Loss Event Rate options MUST NOT be sent on DCCP-Data packets").
3. removes an unused argument `idx' from ccid_hc_{rx,tx}_parse_options(). This
is also no longer necessary, since the CCID-specific option-parsing routines
are passed every single parameter of the type-length-value option encoding.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
If a RST comes in immediately after checking sk->sk_err, tcp_poll will
return POLLIN but not POLLOUT. Fix this by checking sk->sk_err at the end
of tcp_poll. Additionally, ensure the correct order of operations on SMP
machines with memory barriers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Marshall <tdm.code@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just use explicit casts, since we really can't change the
types of structures exported to userspace which have been
around for 15 years or so.
Reported-by: Dan Rosenberg <dan.j.rosenberg@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The family parameter xfrm_state_find is used to find a state matching a
certain policy. This value is set to the template's family
(encap_family) right before xfrm_state_find is called.
The family parameter is however also used to construct a temporary state
in xfrm_state_find itself which is wrong for inter-family scenarios
because it produces a selector for the wrong family. Since this selector
is included in the xfrm_user_acquire structure, user space programs
misinterpret IPv6 addresses as IPv4 and vice versa.
This patch splits up the original init_tempsel function into a part that
initializes the selector respectively the props and id of the temporary
state, to allow for differing ip address families whithin the state.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Egerer <thomas.egerer@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a driver doesn't fill the entire buffer, old
heap contents may remain, and if it also doesn't
update the length properly, this old heap content
will be copied back to userspace.
It is very unlikely that this happens in any of
the drivers using private ioctls since it would
show up as junk being reported by iwpriv, but it
seems better to be safe here, so use kzalloc.
Reported-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Under load, netif_rx() can drop incoming packets but administrators dont
have a chance to spot which device needs some tuning (RPS activation for
example)
This patch adds rx_dropped accounting in vlans and tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6 can be a module, we should test CONFIG_IPV6 and CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE
to enable ipv6 bits in ip_gre.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last_close field of a cache_detail is initialized to zero, so the
condition
detail->last_close < seconds_since_boot() - 30
may be false even for a cache that was never opened.
However, we want to immediately fail upcalls to caches that were never
opened: in the case of the auth_unix_gid cache, especially, which may
never be opened by mountd (if the --manage-gids option is not set), we
want to fail the upcall immediately. Otherwise client requests will be
dropped unnecessarily on reboot.
Also document these conditions.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Related dicussion here : http://lkml.org/lkml/2010/9/3/16
Introduce a function br_parse_ip_options that will audit the
skb and possibly refill IP options before a packet enters the
IP stack. If no options are present, the function will zero out
the skb cb area so that it is not misinterpreted as options by some
unsuspecting IP layer routine. If packet consistency fails, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Bandan Das <bandan.das@stratus.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is basically just a cleanup. IRQs were disabled on the previous
line so we don't need to do it again here. In the current code IRQs
would get turned on one line earlier than intended.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the original code if the copy_from_user() fails in rds_rdma_pages()
then the error handling fails and we get a stack trace from kmalloc().
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (21 commits)
dca: disable dca on IOAT ver.3.0 multiple-IOH platforms
netpoll: Disable IRQ around RCU dereference in netpoll_rx
sctp: Do not reset the packet during sctp_packet_config().
net/llc: storing negative error codes in unsigned short
MAINTAINERS: move atlx discussions to netdev
drivers/net/cxgb3/cxgb3_main.c: prevent reading uninitialized stack memory
drivers/net/eql.c: prevent reading uninitialized stack memory
drivers/net/usb/hso.c: prevent reading uninitialized memory
xfrm: dont assume rcu_read_lock in xfrm_output_one()
r8169: Handle rxfifo errors on 8168 chips
3c59x: Remove atomic context inside vortex_{set|get}_wol
tcp: Prevent overzealous packetization by SWS logic.
net: RPS needs to depend upon USE_GENERIC_SMP_HELPERS
phylib: fix PAL state machine restart on resume
net: use rcu_barrier() in rollback_registered_many
bonding: correctly process non-linear skbs
ipv4: enable getsockopt() for IP_NODEFRAG
ipv4: force_igmp_version ignored when a IGMPv3 query received
ppp: potential NULL dereference in ppp_mp_explode()
net/llc: make opt unsigned in llc_ui_setsockopt()
...
The ethtool utility does not set masks for flow parameters that are
not specified, so if both value and mask are 0 then this must be
treated as equivalent to a mask with all bits set. Currently that is
done in the only driver that implements RX n-tuple filtering, ixgbe.
Move it to the ethtool core.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_packet_config() is called when getting the packet ready
for appending of chunks. The function should not touch the
current state, since it's possible to ping-pong between two
transports when sending, and that can result packet corruption
followed by skb overlfow crash.
Reported-by: Thomas Dreibholz <dreibh@iem.uni-due.de>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
previously, if a vlan master device was moved from one network namespace
to another, all 802.1q and macvlan slaves were deleted.
we can use dev->reg_state to figure out whether dev_change_net_namespace
is happening, since that won't set dev->reg_state NETREG_UNREGISTERING.
so, this changes 8021q and macvlan to ignore NETDEV_UNREGISTER when
reg_state is not NETREG_UNREGISTERING.
Signed-off-by: David Lamparter <equinox@diac24.net>
Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to switch on GRO on a device, ethtool_set_gro() checks this
device provides a get_rx_csum() method.
Some devices dont provide this method, while they do support RX
checksumming.
This patch allows bonding to support GRO :
ethtool -K bond0 gro on
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up: rpcb_getport_sync() has no more users, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
- the sync protocol supports 16 bits only, so bits 0..15 should be
used only for flags that should go to backup server, bits 16 and
above should be allocated for flags not sent to backup.
- use IP_VS_CONN_F_DEST_MASK as mask of connection flags in
destination that can be changed by user space
- allow IP_VS_CONN_F_ONE_PACKET to be set in destination
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If the alloc_skb() fails then we return 65431 instead of -ENOBUFS
(-105).
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As RTNL is held while doing tunnels inserts and deletes, we can remove
ip6_tnl_lock spinlock. My initial RCU conversion was conservative and
converted the rwlock to spinlock, with no RTNL requirement.
Use appropriate rcu annotations and modern lockdep checks as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_local_out() is called with rcu_read_lock() held from ip_queue_xmit()
but not from other call sites.
Reported-and-bisected-by: Nick Bowler <nbowler@elliptictech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu_dereference_raw() now needs to know the type of its argument.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some buggy APs do not respond to unicast probe requests
or send unicast probe requests very delayed so in the
worst case we should try to send broadcast probe requests,
otherwise we can get disconnected from these APs.
Even if drivers do not have filters to disregard probe
responses from foreign APs mac80211 will only process
probe responses from our associated AP for re-arming
connection monitoring.
We need to do this since the beacon monitor does not
push back the connection monitor by design so even if we
are getting beacons from these type of APs our connection
monitor currently relies heavily on the way the probe
requests are received on the AP. An example of an AP
affected by this is the Nexus One, but this has also been
observed with random APs.
We can probably optimize this later by using null funcs
instead of probe requests.
For more details refer to:
http://code.google.com/p/chromium-os/issues/detail?id=5715
This patch has fixes for stable kernels [2.6.35+].
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The beacon monitor should be disabled when going off channel
to prevent spurious warnings and triggering connection
deterioration work such as sending probe requests. Re-enable
the beacon monitor once we come back to the home channel.
This patch has fixes for stable kernels [2.6.34+].
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be used by other components next. The beacon
monitor was added as of 2.6.34 so these fixes are applicable
only to kernels >= 2.6.34.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we go offchannel mac80211 currently leaves alive the
connection idle monitor. This should be instead postponed
until we come back to our home channel, otherwise by the
time we get back to the home channel we could be triggering
unecesary probe requests. For APs that do not respond to
unicast probe requests (Nexus One is a simple example) this
means we essentially get disconnected after the probes
fails.
This patch has stable fixes for kernels [2.6.35+]
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Upon beacon loss we send probe requests after 30 seconds of idle
time and we wait for each probe response 1/2 second. We send a
total of 3 probe requests before giving up on the AP. In the case
that we reset the connection idle monitor we should reset the probe
requests count to 0. Right now this won't help in any way but
the next patch will.
This patch has fixes for stable kernel [2.6.35+].
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be used in another place later. The connection
monitor was added as of 2.6.35 so these fixes will be
applicable to >= 2.6.35.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a driver advertises p2p device support,
mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will
rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than
P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need
to be touched that are otherwise identical. A
p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given
interface will be used for p2p or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds P2P-STA and P2P-GO as device types so
we can distinguish between those and normal STA
or AP (respectively) type interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an interface is brought up, the recent changes
to allow changing type-while-up only set the running
bit after everything was done. This broke a number
of things, including idle calculation for monitor
interfaces, and it also broke WDS station insertion
(although nobody noticed yet).
Thus, change the code to set the running bit earlier,
but keep it after the driver's add_interface was
called because otherwise drivers may iterate over
interfaces they haven't fully set up yet.
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of using a WARN_ON(!mutex_is_locked())
use lockdep_assert_held() which compiles away
completely when lockdep isn't enabled, and
also is a more accurate assertion since it
checks that the current thread is holding the
mutex.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This code is modifying the station flags, and
as such should hold the flags lock so it can
do so atomically vs. other flags modifications
and readers. This issue was introduced when
this code was added in eccb8e8f, as it used
the wrong lock (thus not fixing the race that
was previously documented in a comment.)
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.31+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The output becomes:
[ 41.261941] ieee80211 phy0: Selected rate control algorithm 'minstrel_ht'
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
nf_conntrack_alloc() isn't called with nf_conntrack_lock locked, so hash
random initializing code maybe executed more than once on different
CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When alloc_null_binding(), no IP_NAT_RNAGE_MAP_IPS in flags means no IP address
translation is needed. It isn't necessary to specify the address explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Eliminate nf_nat_used_tuple() to save some CPU cycles when there is no
other choice.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The field family of xt_target should be NFPROTO_IPV4, though
NFPROTO_IPV4 and AF_INET are the same.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The default llseek operation is changing from
default_llseek to no_llseek, so all code relying on
the current behaviour needs to make that explicit.
The wireless driver infrastructure and some of the drivers
make use of generated debugfs files, so they cannot
be converted by our script that automatically determines
the right operation.
All these files use debugfs and they typically rely
on simple_read_from_buffer, so the best llseek operation
here is generic_file_llseek.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Currently vlan devices don't have GRO by default as none of the Ethernet
drivers add NETIF_F_GRO to their vlan_features.
As GRO is a software feature add GRO to dev->vlan_features in
register_netdevice() and let vlan_dev_init() take care that it gets
enabled only when dev->features has NETIF_F_GRO too.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Philips <bphilips@suse.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev->ip_ptr is protected by rtnl and rcu.
Yet some places dont use appropriate primitives and/or locking rules.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/phonet/socket.c: In function ‘pn_res_seq_show’:
net/phonet/socket.c:726: warning: format ‘%02X’ expects type ‘unsigned int’, but argument 3 has type ‘long int’
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I wish we could use something cleaner, such as bind(). But that would
not work since resource subscription is orthogonal/in addition to the
normal object ID allocated via bind(). This is similar to multicasting
which also uses ioctl()'s.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When both destination device and object are nul, Phonet routes the
packet according to the resource field. In fact, this is the most
common pattern when sending Phonet "request" packets. In this case,
the packet is delivered to whichever endpoint (socket) has
registered the resource.
This adds a new table so that Linux processes can register their
Phonet sockets to Phonet resources, if they have adequate privileges.
(Namespace support is not implemented at the moment.)
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Closing a pipe endpoint is not normally allowed by the Phonet pipe,
other than as a side after-effect of removing the pipe between two
endpoints. But there is no way to prevent Linux userspace processes
from being killed or suffering from bugs, so this can still happen.
We might as well forcefully close Phonet pipe endpoints then.
The cellular modem supports only a few existing pipes at a time. So we
really should not leak them. This change instructs the modem to destroy
the pipe if either of the pipe's endpoint (Linux socket) is closed too
early.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There may be applications trying to seek
on the irnet character device, so we should
use noop_llseek to avoid returning an error
when the default llseek changes to no_llseek.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As RTNL is held while doing tunnels inserts and deletes, we can remove
ipip6_lock spinlock. My initial RCU conversion was conservative and
converted the rwlock to spinlock, with no RTNL requirement.
Use appropriate rcu annotations and modern lockdep checks as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As RTNL is held while doing tunnels inserts and deletes, we can remove
ipgre_lock spinlock. My initial RCU conversion was conservative and
converted the rwlock to spinlock, with no RTNL requirement.
Use appropriate rcu annotations and modern lockdep checks as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As RTNL is held while doing tunnels inserts and deletes, we can remove
ipip_lock spinlock. My initial RCU conversion was conservative and
converted the rwlock to spinlock, with no RTNL requirement.
Use appropriate rcu annotations and modern lockdep checks as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct ethtool_rawip4_spec and struct ethtool_ether_spec are neither
commented nor used by any driver, so remove them. Adjust padding in
the user-visible unions that included these structures.
Fix references to struct ethtool_rawip4_spec in
ethtool_get_rx_ntuple(), which should use struct ethtool_usrip4_spec.
struct ethtool_usrip4_spec cannot hold IPv6 host addresses and there
is no separate structure that can, so remove ETH_RX_NFC_IP6 and the
reference to it in niu.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a static function nf_nat_csum() to replace the duplicate code in
nf_nat_mangle_udp_packet() and __nf_nat_mangle_tcp_packet().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This simplifies and consolidates the TX option-parsing code:
1. The Loss Intervals option is not currently used, so dead code related to
this option is removed. I am aware of no plans to support the option, but
if someone wants to implement it (e.g. for inter-op tests), it is better
to start afresh than having to also update currently unused code.
2. The Loss Event and Receive Rate options have a lot of code in common (both
are 32 bit, both have same length etc.), so this is consolidated.
3. The test against GSR is not necessary, because
- on first loading CCID3, ccid_new() zeroes out all fields in the socket;
- ccid3_hc_tx_packet_recv() treats 0 and ~0U equivalently, due to
pinv = opt_recv->ccid3or_loss_event_rate;
if (pinv == ~0U || pinv == 0)
hctx->p = 0;
- as a result, the sequence number field is removed from opt_recv.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This removes the RTT-sampling function tfrc_tx_hist_rtt(), since
1. it suffered from complex passing of return values (the return value both
indicated successful lookup while the value doubled as RTT sample);
2. when for some odd reason the sample value equalled 0, this triggered a bug
warning about "bogus Ack", due to the ambiguity of the return value;
3. on a passive host which has not sent anything the TX history is empty and
thus will lead to unwanted "bogus Ack" warnings such as
ccid3_hc_tx_packet_recv: server(e7b7d518): DATAACK with bogus ACK-28197148
ccid3_hc_tx_packet_recv: server(e7b7d518): DATAACK with bogus ACK-26641606.
The fix is to replace the implicit encoding by performing the steps manually.
Furthermore, the "bogus Ack" warning has been removed, since it can actually be
triggered due to several reasons (network reordering, old packet, (3) above),
hence it is not very useful.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
This fixes a subtle bug in the calculation of the inter-packet gap and shows
that t_delta, as it is currently used, is not needed.
The algorithm from RFC 5348, 8.3 below continually computes a send time t_nom,
which is initialised with the current time t_now; t_gran = 1E6 / HZ specifies
the scheduling granularity, s the packet size, and X the sending rate:
t_distance = t_nom - t_now; // in microseconds
t_delta = min(t_ipi, t_gran) / 2; // `delta' parameter in microseconds
if (t_distance >= t_delta) {
reschedule after (t_distance / 1000) milliseconds;
} else {
t_ipi = s / X; // inter-packet interval in usec
t_nom += t_ipi; // compute the next send time
send packet now;
}
Problem:
--------
Rescheduling requires a conversion into milliseconds (sk_reset_timer()). The
highest jiffy resolution with HZ=1000 is 1 millisecond, so using a higher
granularity does not make much sense here.
As a consequence, values of t_distance < 1000 are truncated to 0. This issue
has so far been resolved by using instead
if (t_distance >= t_delta + 1000)
reschedule after (t_distance / 1000) milliseconds;
This is unnecessarily large, a lower bound is t_delta' = max(t_delta, 1000).
And it implies a further simplification:
a) when HZ >= 500, then t_delta <= t_gran/2 = 10^6/(2*HZ) <= 1000, so that
t_delta' = MAX(1000, t_delta) = 1000 (constant value);
b) when HZ < 500, then t_delta = 1/2*MIN(rtt, t_ipi, t_gran) <= t_gran/2,
so that 1000 <= t_delta' <= t_gran/2.
The maximum error of using a constant t_delta in (b) is less than half a jiffy.
Fix:
----
The patch replaces t_delta with a constant, whose value depends on CONFIG_HZ,
changing the above algorithm to:
if (t_distance >= t_delta')
reschedule after (t_distance / 1000) milliseconds;
where t_delta' = 10^6/(2*HZ) if HZ < 500, and t_delta' = 1000 otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
You cannot invoke __smp_call_function_single() unless the
architecture sets this symbol.
Reported-by: Daniel Hellstrom <daniel@gaisler.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Accept already has socket locking.
[ Extend socket locking over TCP_LISTEN state test. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Accept updates socket values in 3 lines so wrapped with lock_sock.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Listen updates socket values and needs lock_sock.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'bugfixes' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6:
SUNRPC: Fix the NFSv4 and RPCSEC_GSS Kconfig dependencies
statfs() gives ESTALE error
NFS: Fix a typo in nfs_sockaddr_match_ipaddr6
sunrpc: increase MAX_HASHTABLE_BITS to 14
gss:spkm3 miss returning error to caller when import security context
gss:krb5 miss returning error to caller when import security context
Remove incorrect do_vfs_lock message
SUNRPC: cleanup state-machine ordering
SUNRPC: Fix a race in rpc_info_open
SUNRPC: Fix race corrupting rpc upcall
Fix null dereference in call_allocate
netdev_wait_allrefs() waits that all references to a device vanishes.
It currently uses a _very_ pessimistic 250 ms delay between each probe.
Some users reported that no more than 4 devices can be dismantled per
second, this is a pretty serious problem for some setups.
Most of the time, a refcount is about to be released by an RCU callback,
that is still in flight because rollback_registered_many() uses a
synchronize_rcu() call instead of rcu_barrier(). Problem is visible if
number of online cpus is one, because synchronize_rcu() is then a no op.
time to remove 50 ipip tunnels on a UP machine :
before patch : real 11.910s
after patch : real 1.250s
Reported-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reported-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Reported-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sta_info_get_bss() is used to match STA pointers
for VLAN/AP interfaces, but if the same station
is also added to multiple other interfaces it
will erroneously match because both pointers are
NULL, fix this by ignoring NULL pointers here.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is needed to avoid warning in ieee80211_restart_hw about hardware
scan in progress.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Wey-Yi W Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
hdr pointer is left dangling after call to ieee80211_skb_resize. This
can cause guards around mesh path selection to fail.
Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <steve@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a path in nl80211_set_wiphy where result is tested but
uninitialized.
I am hitting this path when I attempt:
sh# iw dev wlan0 set channel 10
command failed: Unknown error 1069727332 (-1069727332)
Signed-off-by: William Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace sizeof(rtap_namespace_sizes) / sizeof(rtap_namespace_sizes[0])
with ARRAY_SIZE(rtap_namespace_sizes) in net/wireless/radiotap.c
Signed-off-by: Nikitas Angelinas <nikitasangelinas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allocate hash tables for every online cpus, not every possible ones.
NUMA aware allocations.
Dont use a full page on arches where PAGE_SIZE > 1024*sizeof(void *)
misc:
__percpu , __read_mostly, __cpuinit annotations
flow_compare_t is just an "unsigned long"
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While integrating your man-pages patch for IP_NODEFRAG, I noticed
that this option is settable by setsockopt(), but not gettable by
getsockopt(). I suppose this is not intended. The (untested,
trivial) patch below adds getsockopt() support.
Signed-off-by: Michael kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After all these years, it turns out that the
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/*/force_igmp_version
parameter isn't fully implemented.
*Symptom*:
When set force_igmp_version to a value of 2, the kernel should only perform
multicast IGMPv2 operations (IETF rfc2236). An host-initiated Join message
will be sent as a IGMPv2 Join message. But if a IGMPv3 query message is
received, the host responds with a IGMPv3 join message. Per rfc3376 and
rfc2236, a IGMPv2 host should treat a IGMPv3 query as a IGMPv2 query and
respond with an IGMPv2 Join message.
*Consequences*:
This is an issue when a IGMPv3 capable switch is the querier and will only
issue IGMPv3 queries (which double as IGMPv2 querys) and there's an
intermediate switch that is only IGMPv2 capable. The intermediate switch
processes the initial v2 Join, but fails to recognize the IGMPv3 Join responses
to the Query, resulting in a dropped connection when the intermediate v2-only
switch times it out.
*Identifying issue in the kernel source*:
The issue is in this section of code (in net/ipv4/igmp.c), which is called when
an IGMP query is received (from mainline 2.6.36-rc3 gitweb):
...
A IGMPv3 query has a length >= 12 and no sources. This routine will exit after
line 880, setting the general query timer (random timeout between 0 and query
response time). This calls igmp_gq_timer_expire():
...
.. which only sends a v3 response. So if a v3 query is received, the kernel
always sends a v3 response.
IGMP queries happen once every 60 sec (per vlan), so the traffic is low. A
IGMPv3 query *is* a strict superset of a IGMPv2 query, so this patch properly
short circuit's the v3 behaviour.
One issue is that this does not address force_igmp_version=1. Then again, I've
never seen any IGMPv1 multicast equipment in the wild. However there is a lot
of v2-only equipment. If it's necessary to support the IGMPv1 case as well:
837 if (len == 8 || IGMP_V2_SEEN(in_dev) || IGMP_V1_SEEN(in_dev)) {
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The members of struct llc_sock are unsigned so if we pass a negative
value for "opt" it can cause a sign bug. Also it can cause an integer
overflow when we multiply "opt * HZ".
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The maximum size of the authcache is now set to 1024 (10 bits),
but on our server we need at least 4096 (12 bits). Increase
MAX_HASHTABLE_BITS to 14. This is a maximum of 16384 entries,
each containing a pointer (8 bytes on x86_64). This is
exactly the limit of kmalloc() (128K).
Signed-off-by: Miquel van Smoorenburg <mikevs@xs4all.net>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
spkm3 miss returning error to up layer when import security context,
it may be return ok though it has failed to import security context.
Signed-off-by: Bian Naimeng <biannm@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
krb5 miss returning error to up layer when import security context,
it may be return ok though it has failed to import security context.
Signed-off-by: Bian Naimeng <biannm@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This is just a minor cleanup: net/sunrpc/clnt.c clarifies the rpc client
state machine by commenting each state and by laying out the functions
implementing each state in the order that each state is normally
executed (in the absence of errors).
The previous patch "Fix null dereference in call_allocate" changed the
order of the states. Move the functions and update the comments to
reflect the change.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
There is a race between rpc_info_open and rpc_release_client()
in that nothing stops a process from opening the file after
the clnt->cl_kref goes to zero.
Fix this by using atomic_inc_unless_zero()...
Reported-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
If rpc_queue_upcall() adds a new upcall to the rpci->pipe list just
after rpc_pipe_release calls rpc_purge_list(), but before it calls
gss_pipe_release (as rpci->ops->release_pipe(inode)), then the latter
will free a message without deleting it from the rpci->pipe list.
We will be left with a freed object on the rpc->pipe list. Most
frequent symptoms are kernel crashes in rpc.gssd system calls on the
pipe in question.
Reported-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
In call_allocate we need to reach the auth in order to factor au_cslack
into the allocation.
As of a17c2153d2 "SUNRPC: Move the bound
cred to struct rpc_rqst", call_allocate attempts to do this by
dereferencing tk_client->cl_auth, however this is not guaranteed to be
defined--cl_auth can be zero in the case of gss context destruction (see
rpc_free_auth).
Reorder the client state machine to bind credentials before allocating,
so that we can instead reach the auth through the cred.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
The list_head conversion unearther an unnecessary flow
check. Since flow is always NULL here we don't need to
see if a matching flow exists already.
Reported-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that est_tree_lock is acquired with BH protection, the other
call is unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use rcu_dereference_rtnl() helper
Change hard coded constants in fib_flag_trans()
7 -> RTN_UNREACHABLE
8 -> RTN_PROHIBIT
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove code that trimmed excess trailing info from incoming messages
arriving over an Ethernet interface. TIPC now ignores the extra info
while the message is being processed by the node, and only trims it off
if the message is retransmitted to another node. (This latter step is
done to ensure the extra info doesn't cause the sk_buff to exceed the
outgoing interface's MTU limit.) The outgoing buffer is guaranteed to
be linear.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm4_tunnel_register() & xfrm6_tunnel_register() should
use rcu_assign_pointer() to make sure previous writes
(to handler->next) are committed to memory before chain
insertion.
deregister functions dont need a particular barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__lock_sock() and __release_sock() releases and regrabs lock but
were missing proper annotations. Add it. This removes following
warning from sparse. (Currently __lock_sock() does not emit any
warning about it but I think it is better to add also.)
net/core/sock.c:1580:17: warning: context imbalance in '__release_sock' - unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Namhyung Kim <namhyung@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move_addr_to_kernel() and copy_from_user() requires their argument
as __user pointer but were missing proper markups. Add it.
This removes following warnings from sparse.
net/core/iovec.c:44:52: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
net/core/iovec.c:44:52: expected void [noderef] <asn:1>*uaddr
net/core/iovec.c:44:52: got void *msg_name
net/core/iovec.c:55:34: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different address spaces)
net/core/iovec.c:55:34: expected void const [noderef] <asn:1>*from
net/core/iovec.c:55:34: got struct iovec *msg_iov
Signed-off-by: Namhyung Kim <namhyung@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a list_has_sctp_addr function to simplify loop
Based on a patches by Dan Carpenter and David Miller
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 30fff923 introduced in linux-2.6.33 (udp: bind() optimisation)
added a secondary hash on UDP, hashed on (local addr, local port).
Problem is that following sequence :
fd = socket(...)
connect(fd, &remote, ...)
not only selects remote end point (address and port), but also sets
local address, while UDP stack stored in secondary hash table the socket
while its local address was INADDR_ANY (or ipv6 equivalent)
Sequence is :
- autobind() : choose a random local port, insert socket in hash tables
[while local address is INADDR_ANY]
- connect() : set remote address and port, change local address to IP
given by a route lookup.
When an incoming UDP frame comes, if more than 10 sockets are found in
primary hash table, we switch to secondary table, and fail to find
socket because its local address changed.
One solution to this problem is to rehash datagram socket if needed.
We add a new rehash(struct socket *) method in "struct proto", and
implement this method for UDP v4 & v6, using a common helper.
This rehashing only takes care of secondary hash table, since primary
hash (based on local port only) is not changed.
Reported-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use cmpxchg() to get rid of spinlocks in inet_add_protocol() and
friends.
inet_protos[] & inet6_protos[] are moved to read_mostly section
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two CMSGs for masked versions of cswp and fadd. args
struct modified to use a union for different atomic op type's
arguments. Change IB to do masked atomic ops. Atomic op type
in rds_message similarly unionized.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
This prints the constant identifier for work completion status and rdma
cm event types, like we already do for IB event types.
A core string array helper is added that each string type uses.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
Nothing was canceling the send and receive work that might have been
queued as a conn was being destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
rds_conn_shutdown() can return before the connection is shut down when
it encounters an existing state that it doesn't understand. This lets
rds_conn_destroy() then start tearing down the conn from under paths
that are still using it.
It's more reliable the shutdown work and wait for krdsd to complete the
shutdown callback. This stopped some hangs I was seeing where krdsd was
trying to shut down a freed conn.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
Right now there's nothing to stop the various paths that use
rs->rs_transport from racing with rmmod and executing freed transport
code. The simple fix is to have binding to a transport also hold a
reference to the transport's module, removing this class of races.
We already had an unused t_owner field which was set for the modular
transports and which wasn't set for the built-in loop transport.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
rs_transport is now also used by the rdma paths once the socket is
bound. We don't need this stale comment to tell us what cscope can.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
rds_conn_destroy() can race with all other modifications of the
rds_conn_count but it was modifying the count without locking.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
The RDS IB device list wasn't protected by any locking. Traversal in
both the get_mr and FMR flushing paths could race with additon and
removal.
List manipulation is done with RCU primatives and is protected by the
write side of a rwsem. The list traversal in the get_mr fast path is
protected by a rcu read critical section. The FMR list traversal is
more problematic because it can block while traversing the list. We
protect this with the read side of the rwsem.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
It's nice to not have to go digging in the code to see which event
occurred. It's easy to throw together a quick array that maps the ib
event enums to their strings. I didn't see anything in the stack that
does this translation for us, but I also didn't look very hard.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
Flushing FMRs is somewhat expensive, and is currently kicked off when
the interrupt handler notices that we are getting low. The result of
this is that FMR flushing only happens from the interrupt cpus.
This spreads the load more effectively by triggering flushes just before
we allocate a new FMR.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
We're seeing bugs today where IB connection shutdown clears the send
ring while the tasklet is processing completed sends. Implementation
details cause this to dereference a null pointer. Shutdown needs to
wait for send completion to stop before tearing down the connection. We
can't simply wait for the ring to empty because it may contain
unsignaled sends that will never be processed.
This patch tracks the number of signaled sends that we've posted and
waits for them to complete. It also makes sure that the tasklet has
finished executing.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
We are *definitely* counting cycles as closely as DaveM, so
ensure hwcache alignment for our recv ring control structs.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
The recv refill path was leaking fragments because the recv event handler had
marked a ring element as free without freeing its frag. This was happening
because it wasn't processing receives when the conn wasn't marked up or
connecting, as can be the case if it races with rmmod.
Two observations support always processing receives in the callback.
First, buildup should only post receives, thus triggering recv event handler
calls, once it has built up all the state to handle them. Teardown should
destroy the CQ and drain the ring before tearing down the state needed to
process recvs. Both appear to be true today.
Second, this test was fundamentally racy. There is nothing to stop rmmod and
connection destruction from swooping in the moment after the conn state was
sampled but before real receive procesing starts.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
We were seeing very nasty bugs due to fundamental assumption the current code
makes about concurrent work struct processing. The code simpy isn't able to
handle concurrent connection shutdown work function execution today, for
example, which is very much possible once a multi-threaded krdsd was
introduced. The problem compounds as additional work structs are added to the
mix.
krdsd is no longer perforance critical now that send and receive posting and
FMR flushing are done elsewhere, so the safest fix is to move back to the
single threaded krdsd that the current code was built around.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
This patch moves the FMR flushing work in to its own mult-threaded work queue.
This is to maintain performance in preparation for returning the main krdsd
work queue back to a single threaded work queue to avoid deep-rooted
concurrency bugs.
This is also good because it further separates FMRs, which might be removed
some day, from the rest of the code base.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
IB connections were not being destroyed during rmmod.
First, recently IB device removal callback was changed to disconnect
connections that used the removing device rather than destroying them. So
connections with devices during rmmod were not being destroyed.
Second, rds_ib_destroy_nodev_conns() was being called before connections are
disassociated with devices. It would almost never find connections in the
nodev list.
We first get rid of rds_ib_destroy_conns(), which is no longer called, and
refactor the existing caller into the main body of the function and get rid of
the list and lock wrappers.
Then we call rds_ib_destroy_nodev_conns() *after* ib_unregister_client() has
removed the IB device from all the conns and put the conns on the nodev list.
The result is that IB connections are destroyed by rmmod.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
The RDS IB client removal callback can queue work to drop the final reference
to an IB device. We have to make sure that this function has returned before
we complete rmmod or the work threads can try to execute freed code.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
Using a delayed work queue helps us make sure a healthy number of FMRs
have queued up over the limit. It makes for a large improvement in RDMA
iops.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
FRM allocation and recycling is performance critical and fairly lock
intensive. The current code has a per connection lock that all
processes bang on and it becomes a major bottleneck on large systems.
This changes things to use a number of cmpxchg based lists instead,
allowing us to go through the whole FMR lifecycle without locking inside
RDS.
Zach Brown pointed out that our usage of cmpxchg for xlist removal is
racey if someone manages to remove and add back an FMR struct into the list
while another CPU can see the FMR's address at the head of the list.
The second CPU might assume the list hasn't changed when in fact any
number of operations might have happened in between the deletion and
reinsertion.
This commit maintains a per cpu count of CPUs that are currently
in xlist removal, and establishes a grace period to make sure that
nobody can see an entry we have just removed from the list.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
rds_send_xmit() was changed to hold an interrupt masking spinlock instead of a
mutex so that it could be called from the IB receive tasklet path. This broke
the TCP transport because its xmit method can block and masks and unmasks
interrupts.
This patch serializes callers to rds_send_xmit() with a simple bit instead of
the current spinlock or previous mutex. This enables rds_send_xmit() to be
called from any context and to call functions which block. Getting rid of the
c_send_lock exposes the bare c_lock acquisitions which are changed to block
interrupts.
A waitqueue is added so that rds_conn_shutdown() can wait for callers to leave
rds_send_xmit() before tearing down partial send state. This lets us get rid
of c_senders.
rds_send_xmit() is changed to check the conn state after acquiring the
RDS_IN_XMIT bit to resolve races with the shutdown path. Previously both
worked with the conn state and then the lock in the same order, allowing them
to race and execute the paths concurrently.
rds_send_reset() isn't racing with rds_send_xmit() now that rds_conn_shutdown()
properly ensures that rds_send_xmit() can't start once the conn state has been
changed. We can remove its previous use of the spinlock.
Finally, c_send_generation is redundant. Callers can race to test the c_flags
bit by simply retrying instead of racing to test the c_send_generation atomic.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
conn->c_lock is acquired in interrupt context. rds_conn_message_info() is
called from user context and was acquiring c_lock without blocking interrupts,
leading to possible deadlocks.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
rds_send_acked_before() wasn't blocking interrupts when acquiring c_lock from
user context but nothing calls it. Rather than fix its use of c_lock we just
remove the function.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
When prefilling the rds frags, we end up doing a lot of allocations.
We're not in atomic context here, and so there's no reason to dip into
atomic reserves. This changes the prefills to use masks that allow
waiting.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
This patch is based heavily on an initial patch by Chris Mason.
Instead of freeing slab memory and pages, it keeps them, and
funnels them back to be reused.
The lock minimization strategy uses xchg and cmpxchg atomic ops
for manipulation of pointers to list heads. We anchor the lists with a
pointer to a list_head struct instead of a static list_head struct.
We just have to carefully use the existing primitives with
the difference between a pointer and a static head struct.
For example, 'list_empty()' means that our anchor pointer points to a list with
a single item instead of meaning that our static head element doesn't point to
any list items.
Original patch by Chris, with significant mods and fixes by Andy and Zach.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
All it does is call unmap_sg(), so just call that directly.
The comment above unmap_page also may be incorrect, so we
shouldn't hold on to it, either.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
refill_one() should never be called on a recv struct that
doesn't need a new r_frag allocated. Add a WARN and remove
conditional around r_frag alloc code.
Also, add a comment to explain why r_ibinc may or may not
need refilling.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Instead of splitting up a page into RDS_FRAG_SIZE chunks
ourselves, ask rds_page_remainder_alloc() to do it. While it
is possible PAGE_SIZE > FRAG_SIZE, on x86en it isn't, so having
duplicate "carve up a page into buffers" code seems excessive.
The other modification this spawns is the use of a single
struct scatterlist in rds_page_frag instead of a bare page ptr.
This causes verbosity to increase in some places, and decrease
in others.
Finally, I decided to unify the lifetimes and alloc/free of
rds_page_frag and its page. This is a nice simplification in itself,
but will be extra-nice once we come to adding cmason's recycling
patch.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Currently IB device removal destroys connections which are associated with the
device. This prevents connections from being re-established when replacement
devices are added.
Instead we'll queue shutdown work on the connections as their devices are
removed. When we see that devices are added we triger connection attempts on
all connections that don't currently have a device.
The result is that RDS sockets can resume device-independent work (bcopy, not
RDMA) across IB device removal and restoration.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
A few paths had the same block of code to queue a connection's connect work if
it was in the right state. Let's move this in to a helper function.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
The RDS IB client .remove callback used to free the rds_ibdev for the given
device unconditionally. This could race other users of the struct. This patch
adds refcounting so that we only free the rds_ibdev once all of its users are
done.
Many rds_ibdev users are tied to connections. We give the connection a
reference and change these users to reference the device in the connection
instead of looking it up in the IB client data. The only user of the IB client
data remaining is the first lookup of the device as connections are built up.
Incrementing the reference count of a device found in the IB client data could
race with final freeing so we use an RCU grace period to make sure that freeing
won't happen until those lookups are done.
MRs need the rds_ibdev to get at the pool that they're freed in to. They exist
outside a connection and many MRs can reference different devices from one
socket, so it was natural to have each MR hold a reference. MR refs can be
dropped from interrupt handlers and final device teardown can block so we push
it off to a work struct. Pool teardown had to be fixed to cancel its pending
work instead of deadlocking waiting for all queued work, including itself, to
finish.
MRs get their reference from the global device list, which gets a reference.
It is left unprotected by locks and remains racy. A simple global lock would
be a significant bottleneck. More scalable (complicated) locking should be
done carefully in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
rds_ib_xmit_rdma() was calling ib_get_client_data() to get at the rds_ibdevice
just to get the max_sge for the transmit. This patch instead has it get it
directly off the rds_ibdev which is stored on the connection.
The current code won't free the rds_ibdev until all the IB connections that use
it are freed. So it's safe to reference the rds_ibdev this way. In the future
it also makes it easier to support proper reference counting of the rds_ibdev
struct.
As an additional bonus, this gets rid of the performance hit of calling in to
the IB stack to look up the rds_ibdev. The current implementation in the IB
stack acquires an interrupt blocking spinlock to protect the registration of
client callback data.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
rds_ib_cm_handle_connect() could return without unlocking the c_conn_lock if
rds_setup_qp() failed. Rather than adding another imbalanced mutex_unlock() to
this error path we only unlock the mutex once as we exit the function, reducing
the likelyhood of making this same mistake in the future. We remove the
previous mulitple return sites, leaving one unambigious return path.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
This makes sure we have the proper number of references in
rds_ib_xmit_atomic and rds_ib_xmit_rdma. We also consistently
drop references the same way for all message types as the IOs end.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
The connection hash was almost entirely RCU ready, this
just makes the final couple of changes to use RCU instead
of spinlocks for everything.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
The RDS send_xmit code was trying to get fancy with message
counting and was dropping the final reference on the RDMA messages
too early. This resulted in memory corruption and oopsen.
The fix here is to always add a ref as the parts of the message passes
through rds_send_xmit, and always drop a ref as the parts of the message
go through completion handling.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
This is the first in a long line of patches that tries to fix races
between RDS connection shutdown and RDS traffic.
Here we are maintaining a count of active senders to make sure
the connection doesn't go away while they are using it.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
The RDS bind lookups are somewhat expensive in terms of CPU
time and locking overhead. This commit changes them into a
faster RCU based hash tree instead of the rbtrees they were using
before.
On large NUMA systems it is a significant improvement.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Allocate send/recv rings in memory that is node-local to the HCA.
This significantly helps performance.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
rds_ib_get_device is called very often as we turn an
ip address into a corresponding device structure. It currently
take a global spinlock as it walks different lists to find active
devices.
This commit changes the lists over to RCU, which isn't very complex
because they are not updated very often at all.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
This removes a global waitqueue used to wait for rds messages
and replaces it with a waitqueue inside the rds_message struct.
The global waitqueue turns into a global lock and significantly
bottlenecks operations on large machines.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
The bind_lock is almost entirely readonly, but it gets
hammered during normal operations and is a major bottleneck.
This commit changes it to an rwlock, which takes it from 80%
of the system time on a big numa machine down to much lower
numbers.
A better fix would involve RCU, which is done in a later commit
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Update comments to reflect changes in previous commit.
Keeping as separate commits due to different authorship.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
rds_send_xmit is required to loop around after it releases the lock
because someone else could done a trylock, found someone working on the
list and backed off.
But, once we drop our lock, it is possible that someone else does come
in and make progress on the list. We should detect this and not loop
around if another process is actually working on the list.
This patch adds a generation counter that is bumped every time we
get the lock and do some send work. If the retry notices someone else
has bumped the generation counter, it does not need to loop around and
continue working.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
The purpose of the send quota was really to give fairness
when different connections were all using the same
workq thread to send backlogged msgs -- they could only send
so many before another connection could make progress.
Now that each connection is pushing the backlog from its
completion handler, they are all guaranteed to make progress
and the quota isn't needed any longer.
A thread *will* have to send all previously queued data, as well
as any further msgs placed on the queue while while c_send_lock
was held. In a pathological case a single process can get
roped into doing this for long periods while other threads
get off free. But, since it can only do this until the transport
reports full, this is a bounded scenario.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Now that rds_send_xmit() does not block, we can call it directly
instead of going through the helper thread.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
rds_sendmsg() is calling the send worker function to
send the just-queued datagrams, presumably because it wants
the behavior where anything not sent will re-call the send
worker. We now ensure all queued datagrams are sent by retrying
from the send completion handler, so this isn't needed any more.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
rds_message_put() cannot be called with irqs off, so move it after
irqs are re-enabled.
Spinlocks throughout the function do not to use _irqsave because
the lock of c_send_lock at top already disabled irqs.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
This change allows us to call rds_send_xmit() from a tasklet,
which is crucial to our new operating model.
* Change c_send_lock to a spinlock
* Update stats fields "sem_" to "_lock"
* Remove unneeded rds_conn_is_sending()
About locking between shutdown and send -- send checks if the
connection is up. Shutdown puts the connection into
DISCONNECTING. After this, all threads entering send will exit
immediately. However, a thread could be *in* send_xmit(), so
shutdown acquires the c_send_lock to ensure everyone is out
before proceeding with connection shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Performance is better if we use allocations that don't block
to refill the receive ring. Since the whole reason we were
kicking out to the worker thread was so we could do blocking
allocs, we no longer need to do this.
Remove gfp params from rds_ib_recv_refill(); we always use
GFP_NOWAIT.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
We now ask the transport to give us a rm for the congestion
map, and then we handle it normally. Previously, the
transport defined a function that we would call to send
a congestion map.
Convert TCP and loop transports to new cong map method.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Now that we are signaling send completions much less, we are likely
to have dirty entries in the send queue when the connection is
shut down (on rmmod, for example.) These are cleaned up a little
further down in conn_shutdown, but if we wait on the ring_empty_wait
for them, it'll never happen, and we hand on unload.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Previously, RDS would wait until the final send WR had completed
and then handle cleanup. With silent ops, we do not know
if an atomic, rdma, or data op will be last. This patch
handles any of these cases by keeping a pointer to the last
op in the message in m_last_op.
When the TX completion event fires, rds dispatches to per-op-type
cleanup functions, and then does whole-message cleanup, if the
last op equalled m_last_op.
This patch also moves towards having op-specific functions take
the op struct, instead of the overall rm struct.
rds_ib_connection has a pointer to keep track of a a partially-
completed data send operation. This patch changes it from an
rds_message pointer to the narrower rm_data_op pointer, and
modifies places that use this pointer as needed.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
It hasn't cropped up in the field, but this code ensures it is
impossible to issue operations that pass an rdma cookie (DEST, MAP)
in the same sendmsg call that's actually initiating rdma or atomic
ops.
Disallowing this perverse-but-technically-allowed usage makes silent
RDMA heuristics slightly easier.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Add a flag to the API so users can indicate they want
silent operations. This is needed because silent ops
cannot be used with USE_ONCE MRs, so we can't just
assume silent.
Also, change send_xmit to do atomic op before rdma op if
both are present, and centralize the hairy logic to determine if
we want to attempt silent, or not.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
When dropping ops in the send queue, we notify the client
of failed rdma ops they asked for notifications on, but not
atomic ops. It should be for both.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Do not allocate sgs for data for 0-length datagrams
Set data.op_active in rds_sendmsg() instead of
rds_message_copy_from_user().
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Simplify rds_send_xmit().
Send a congestion map (via xmit_cong_map) without
decrementing send_quota.
Move resetting of conn xmit variables to end of loop.
Update comments.
Implement a special case to turn off sending an rds header
when there is an atomic op and no other data.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
A big changeset, but it's all pretty dumb.
struct rds_rdma_op was already embedded in struct rm_rdma_op.
Remove rds_rdma_op and put its members in rm_rdma_op. Rename
members with "op_" prefix instead of "r_", for consistency.
Of course this breaks a lot, so fixup the code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
cmsg_rdma_args just calls rdma_prepare and does a little
arg checking -- not quite enough to justify its existence.
Plus, it is the only caller of rdma_prepare().
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Maybe things worked fine with the flow control code running
even in the non-flow-control case, but making it explicitly
conditional helps the non-fc case be easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Removed unsignaled_bytes sysctl and code to signal
based on it. I believe unsignaled_wrs is more than
sufficient for our purposes.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Now that the header always goes first, it is possible to
simplify rds_ib_xmit. Instead of having a path to handle 0-byte
dgrams and another path to handle >0, these can both be handled
in one path. This lets us eliminate xmit_populate_wr().
Rename sent to bytes_sent, to differentiate better from other
variable named "send".
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
These functions were to cope with differently ordered
sg entries depending on RDS 3.0 or 3.1+. Now that
we've dropped 3.0 compatibility we no longer need them.
Also, modify usage sites for these to refer to sge[0] or [1]
directly. Reorder code to initialize header sgs first.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
RDS 3.0 connections (in OFED 1.3 and earlier) put the
header at the end. 3.1 connections put it at the head.
The code has significant added complexity in order to
handle both configurations. In OFED 1.6 we can
drop this and simplify the code by only supporting
"header-first" configuration.
This patch checks the protocol version, and if prior
to 3.1, does not complete the connection.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
both atomics and rdmas need to convert ib-specific completion codes
into RDS status codes. Rename rds_ib_rdma_send_complete to
rds_ib_send_complete, and have it take a pointer to the function to
call with the new error code.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Instead of using a constant for initiator_depth and
responder_resources, read the per-QP values when the
device is enumerated, and then use these values when creating
the connection.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Implement a CMSG-based interface to do FADD and CSWP ops.
Alter send routines to handle atomic ops.
Add atomic counters to stats.
Add xmit_atomic() to struct rds_transport
Inline rds_ib_send_unmap_rdma into unmap_rm
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
The previous code was correct, but made the assumption that
if r_notifier was non-NULL then either r_recverr or r_notify
was true. Valid, but fragile. Changed to explicitly check
r_recverr (shows up in greps for recverr now, too.)
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
rds_message_alloc_sgs() now returns correctly-initialized
sg lists, so calleds need not do this themselves.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
This eliminates a separate memory alloc, although
it is now necessary to add an "r_active" flag, since
it is no longer to use the m_rdma_op pointer as an
indicator of if an rdma op is present.
rdma SGs allocated from rm sg pool.
rds_rm_size also gets bigger. It's a little inefficient to
run through CMSGs twice, but it makes later steps a lot smoother.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
r_m_copy_from_user used to allocate the rm as well as kernel
buffers for the data, and then copy the data in. Now, sendmsg()
allocates the rm, although the data buffer alloc still happens
in r_m_copy_from_user.
SGs are still allocated with rm, but now r_m_alloc_sgs() is
used to reserve them. This allows multiple SG lists to be
allocated from the one rm -- this is important once we also
want to alloc our rdma sgl from this pool.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
First, it looks to me like the atomic_inc is wrong.
We should be decrementing refcount only once here, no? It's
already being done by the mr_put() at the end.
Second, simplify the logic a bit by bailing early (with a warning)
if !mr.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Clearly separate rdma-related variables in rm from data-related ones.
This is in anticipation of adding atomic support.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
This function has been the source of numerous bugs; it's just
too complicated. Simplified to nest spinlocks cleanly within
the second loop body, and kick out early if there are no
rms to drop.
This will be a little slower because conn lock is grabbed for
each entry instead of "caching" the lock across rms, but this
should be entirely irrelevant to fastpath performance.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
On second look at this bug (OFED #2002), it seems that the
collision is not with the retransmission queue (packet acked
by the peer), but with the local send completion. A theoretical
sequence of events (from time t0 to t3) is thought to be as
follows,
Thread #1
t0:
sock_release
rds_release
rds_send_drop_to /* wait on send completion */
t2:
rds_rdma_drop_keys() /* destroy & free all mrs */
Thread #2
t1:
rds_ib_send_cq_comp_handler
rds_ib_send_unmap_rm
rds_message_unmapped /* wake up #1 @ t0 */
t3:
rds_message_put
rds_message_purge
rds_mr_put /* memory corruption detected */
The problem with the rds_rdma_drop_keys() is it could
remove a mr's refcount more than its due (i.e. repeatedly
as long as it still remains in the tree (mr->r_refcount > 0)).
Theoretically it should remove only one reference - reference
by the tree.
/* Release any MRs associated with this socket */
while ((node = rb_first(&rs->rs_rdma_keys))) {
mr = container_of(node, struct rds_mr, r_rb_node);
if (mr->r_trans == rs->rs_transport)
mr->r_invalidate = 0;
rds_mr_put(mr);
}
I think the correct way of doing it is to remove the mr from
the tree and rds_destroy_mr it first, then a rds_mr_put()
to decrement its reference count by one. Whichever thread
holds the last reference will free the mr via rds_mr_put().
Signed-off-by: Tina Yang <tina.yang@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
in_interrupt() is true in softirqs. The BUG_ONs are supposed
to check for if irqs are disabled, so we should use
BUG_ON(irqs_disabled()) instead, duh.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Blackhole routes are used when xfrm_lookup() returns -EREMOTE (error
triggered by IKE for example), hence this kind of route is always
temporary and so we should check if a better route exists for next
packets.
Bug has been introduced by commit d11a4dc18b.
Signed-off-by: Jianzhao Wang <jianzhao.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Casts __kernel to __user pointer require __force markup, so add it. Also
sock_get/setsockopt() takes @optval and/or @optlen arguments as user pointers
but were taking kernel pointers, use new variables 'uoptval' and/or 'uoptlen'
to fix it. These remove following warnings from sparse:
net/socket.c:1922:46: warning: cast adds address space to expression (<asn:1>)
net/socket.c:3061:61: warning: incorrect type in argument 4 (different address spaces)
net/socket.c:3061:61: expected char [noderef] <asn:1>*optval
net/socket.c:3061:61: got char *optval
net/socket.c:3061:69: warning: incorrect type in argument 5 (different address spaces)
net/socket.c:3061:69: expected int [noderef] <asn:1>*optlen
net/socket.c:3061:69: got int *optlen
net/socket.c:3063:67: warning: incorrect type in argument 4 (different address spaces)
net/socket.c:3063:67: expected char [noderef] <asn:1>*optval
net/socket.c:3063:67: got char *optval
net/socket.c:3064:45: warning: incorrect type in argument 5 (different address spaces)
net/socket.c:3064:45: expected int [noderef] <asn:1>*optlen
net/socket.c:3064:45: got int *optlen
net/socket.c:3078:61: warning: incorrect type in argument 4 (different address spaces)
net/socket.c:3078:61: expected char [noderef] <asn:1>*optval
net/socket.c:3078:61: got char *optval
net/socket.c:3080:67: warning: incorrect type in argument 4 (different address spaces)
net/socket.c:3080:67: expected char [noderef] <asn:1>*optval
net/socket.c:3080:67: got char *optval
Signed-off-by: Namhyung Kim <namhyung@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is only one rps_cpus, skb_get_rxhash() can be eliminated.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This simple patch copies the current approach for SIOCINQ ioctl() from DCCP
into SCTP so that the userland code working with SCTP can use a similar
interface across different protocols to know how much space to allocate for
a buffer.
Signed-off-by: Diego Elio Pettenò <flameeyes@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Do not create expectation when forwarding the PORT
command to avoid blocking the connection. The problem is that
nf_conntrack_ftp.c:help() tries to create the same expectation later in
POST_ROUTING and drops the packet with "dropping packet" message after
failure in nf_ct_expect_related.
- Change ip_vs_update_conntrack to alter the conntrack
for related connections from real server. If we do not alter the reply in
this direction the next packet from client sent to vport 20 comes as NEW
connection. We alter it but may be some collision happens for both
conntracks and the second conntrack gets destroyed immediately. The
connection stucks too.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch: "gro: fix different skb headrooms" in its part:
"2) allocate a minimal skb for head of frag_list" is buggy. The copied
skb has p->data set at the ip header at the moment, and skb_gro_offset
is the length of ip + tcp headers. So, after the change the length of
mac header is skipped. Later skb_set_mac_header() sets it into the
NET_SKB_PAD area (if it's long enough) and ip header is misaligned at
NET_SKB_PAD + NET_IP_ALIGN offset. There is no reason to assume the
original skb was wrongly allocated, so let's copy it as it was.
bugzilla : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16626
fixes commit: 3d3be4333f
Reported-by: Plamen Petrov <pvp-lsts@fs.uni-ruse.bg>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Plamen Petrov <pvp-lsts@fs.uni-ruse.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attempt to make obvious the first-try-sleeping-then-try-deferral logic
by putting that logic into a top-level function that calls helpers.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The current practice of waiting for cache updates by queueing the
whole request to be retried has (at least) two problems.
1/ With NFSv4, requests can be quite complex and re-trying a whole
request when a later part fails should only be a last-resort, not a
normal practice.
2/ Large requests, and in particular any 'write' request, will not be
queued by the current code and doing so would be undesirable.
In many cases only a very sort wait is needed before the cache gets
valid data.
So, providing the underlying transport permits it by setting
->thread_wait,
arrange to wait briefly for an upcall to be completed (as reflected in
the clearing of CACHE_PENDING).
If the short wait was not long enough and CACHE_PENDING is still set,
fall back on the old approach.
The 'thread_wait' value is set to 5 seconds when there are spare
threads, and 1 second when there are no spare threads.
These values are probably much higher than needed, but will ensure
some forward progress.
Note that as we only request an update for a non-valid item, and as
non-valid items are updated in place it is extremely unlikely that
cache_check will return -ETIMEDOUT. Normally cache_defer_req will
sleep for a short while and then find that the item is_valid.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
This protects us from confusion when the wallclock time changes.
We convert to and from wallclock when setting or reading expiry
times.
Also use seconds since boot for last_clost time.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (26 commits)
pkt_sched: Fix lockdep warning on est_tree_lock in gen_estimator
ipvs: avoid oops for passive FTP
Revert "sky2: don't do GRO on second port"
gro: fix different skb headrooms
bridge: Clear INET control block of SKBs passed into ip_fragment().
3c59x: Remove incorrect locking; correct documented lock hierarchy
sky2: don't do GRO on second port
ipv4: minor fix about RPF in help of Kconfig
xfrm_user: avoid a warning with some compiler
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c: initialize parent's cl_cfmin properly in init_vf()
pxa168_eth: fix a mdiobus leak
net sched: fix kernel leak in act_police
vhost: stop worker only if created
MAINTAINERS: Add ehea driver as Supported
ath9k_hw: fix parsing of HT40 5 GHz CTLs
ath9k_hw: Fix EEPROM uncompress block reading on AR9003
wireless: register wiphy rfkill w/o holding cfg80211_mutex
netlink: Make NETLINK_USERSOCK work again.
irda: Correctly clean up self->ias_obj on irda_bind() failure.
wireless extensions: fix kernel heap content leak
...
Actually iterate over the next-hops to make sure we have
a device match. Otherwise RP filtering is always elided
when the route matched has multiple next-hops.
Reported-by: Igor M Podlesny <for.poige@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We assumed that unix_autobind() never fails if kzalloc() succeeded.
But unix_autobind() allows only 1048576 names. If /proc/sys/fs/file-max is
larger than 1048576 (e.g. systems with more than 10GB of RAM), a local user can
consume all names using fork()/socket()/bind().
If all names are in use, those who call bind() with addr_len == sizeof(short)
or connect()/sendmsg() with setsockopt(SO_PASSCRED) will continue
while (1)
yield();
loop at unix_autobind() till a name becomes available.
This patch adds a loop counter in order to give up after 1048576 attempts.
Calling yield() for once per 256 attempts may not be sufficient when many names
are already in use, for __unix_find_socket_byname() can take long time under
such circumstance. Therefore, this patch also adds cond_resched() call.
Note that currently a local user can consume 2GB of kernel memory if the user
is allowed to create and autobind 1048576 UNIX domain sockets. We should
consider adding some restriction for autobind operation.
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an off by one. We would go past the end when we NUL terminate
the "value" string at end of the function. The "value" buffer is
allocated in irlan_client_parse_response() or
irlan_provider_parse_command().
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC5722 prohibits reassembling IPv6 fragments when some data overlaps.
Bug spotted by Zhang Zuotao <zuotao.zhang@6wind.com>.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC5722 prohibits reassembling fragments when some data overlaps.
Bug spotted by Zhang Zuotao <zuotao.zhang@6wind.com>.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a net device is implementing the select_queue callback and is part of
a bridge, frames coming from the bridge already have a tx queue associated
to the socket (introduced in commit a4ee3ce329,
"net: Use sk_tx_queue_mapping for connected sockets"). The call to
sk_tx_queue_get will then return the tx queue used by the bridge instead
of calling the select_queue callback.
In case of mac80211 this broke QoS which is implemented by using the
select_queue callback. Furthermore it introduced problems with rt2x00
because frames with the same TID and RA sometimes appeared on different
tx queues which the hw cannot handle correctly.
Fix this by always calling select_queue first if it is available and only
afterwards use the socket tx queue mapping.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds tracepoint to consume_skb and add trace_kfree_skb
before __kfree_skb in skb_free_datagram_locked and net_tx_action.
Combinating with tracepoint on dev_hard_start_xmit, we can check
how long it takes to free transmitted packets. And using it, we can
calculate how many packets driver had at that time. It is useful when
a drop of transmitted packet is a problem.
sshd-6828 [000] 112689.258154: consume_skb: skbaddr=f2d99bb8
Signed-off-by: Koki Sanagi <sanagi.koki@jp.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: Kaneshige Kenji <kaneshige.kenji@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Izumo Taku <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Kosaki Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Scott Mcmillan <scott.a.mcmillan@intel.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
LKML-Reference: <4C724364.50903@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
No need to test twice sk->sk_shutdown & RCV_SHUTDOWN
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert pr_<level>("%s" ..., (struct netdev *)->name ...)
to netdev_<level>((struct netdev *), ...)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch standardizes caif message logging prefixes.
Add #define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ":%s(): " fmt, __func__
Add missing "\n"s to some logging messages
Convert pr_warning to pr_warn
This changes the logging message prefix from CAIF: to caif:
for all uses but caif_socket.c and chnl_net.c. Those now use
their filename without extension.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function has an unsigned return type, but returns a negative constant
to indicate an error condition. The result of calling the function is
always stored in a variable of type (signed) int, and thus unsigned can be
dropped from the return type.
A sematic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@exists@
identifier f;
constant C;
@@
unsigned f(...)
{ <+...
* return -C;
...+> }
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_expand_head() blindly takes references on fragments before calling
skb_release_data(), potentially releasing these references.
We can add a fast path, avoiding these atomic operations, if we own the
last reference on skb->head.
Based on a previous patch from David
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cause TIPC to return EAGAIN if it is unable to enable a new Ethernet
bearer because one or more recently disabled Ethernet bearers are
temporarily consuming resources during shut down. (The previous error
code, EDQUOT, is now returned only if all available Ethernet bearer
data structures are fully enabled at the time the request to enable an
additional bearer is received.)
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add code to expand the headroom of an outgoing TIPC message if the
sk_buff has insufficient room to hold the header for the associated
Ethernet device. This change is necessary to ensure that messages
TIPC does not create itself (eg. incoming messages that are being
routed to another node) do not cause problems, since TIPC has no
control over the amount of headroom available in such messages.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Optimizes TIPC's name table translation code to avoid unnecessary
manipulation of the node address field of the resulting port id when
name translation fails. This change is possible because a valid port
id cannot have a reference field of zero, so examining the reference
only is sufficient to determine if the translation was successful.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__alloc_skb() uses a memset() to clear all the beginning of skb,
including bitfields contained in 'flags1' & 'flags2'.
We dont need any more to use kmemcheck_annotate_bitfield() on these
fields. However, we still need it for the clone part, which is not
cleared.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to accepting router advertisement, the IPv6 stack does not send router
solicitations if forwarding is enabled.
This patch enables this behavior to be overruled by setting forwarding to the
special value 2.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current IPv6 behavior is to not accept router advertisements while
forwarding, i.e. configured as router.
This does make sense, a router is typically not supposed to be auto
configured. However there are exceptions and we should allow the
current behavior to be overwritten.
Therefore this patch enables the user to overrule the "if forwarding
enabled then don't listen to RAs" rule by setting accept_ra to the
special value of 2.
An alternative would be to ignore the forwarding switch alltogether
and solely accept RAs based on the value of accept_ra. However, I
found that if not intended, accepting RAs as a router can lead to
strange unwanted behavior therefore we it seems wise to only do so
if the user explicitely asks for this behavior.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a lockdep warning:
[ 516.287584] =========================================================
[ 516.288386] [ INFO: possible irq lock inversion dependency detected ]
[ 516.288386] 2.6.35b #7
[ 516.288386] ---------------------------------------------------------
[ 516.288386] swapper/0 just changed the state of lock:
[ 516.288386] (&qdisc_tx_lock){+.-...}, at: [<c12eacda>] est_timer+0x62/0x1b4
[ 516.288386] but this lock took another, SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock in the past:
[ 516.288386] (est_tree_lock){+.+...}
[ 516.288386]
[ 516.288386] and interrupts could create inverse lock ordering between them.
...
So, est_tree_lock needs BH protection because it's taken by
qdisc_tx_lock, which is used both in BH and process contexts.
(Full warning with this patch at netdev, 02 Sep 2010.)
Fixes commit: ae638c47dc
("pkt_sched: gen_estimator: add a new lock")
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean the code up according to Documentation/CodingStyle.
Don't initialize the variable dont_send in arp_process().
Remove the temporary varialbe flags in arp_state_to_flags().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a small helper ptype_head() to get the head to manipulate
dev_add_pack() & __dev_remove_pack() can use a spinlock without
blocking BH, since softirq use RCU, and these functions are run from
process context only.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix Passive FTP problem in ip_vs_ftp:
- Do not oops in nf_nat_set_seq_adjust (adjust_tcp_sequence) when
iptable_nat module is not loaded
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use correctly the in_pkts packet counter also for SCTP
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets entering GRO might have different headrooms, even for a given
flow (because of implementation details in drivers, like copybreak).
We cant force drivers to deliver packets with a fixed headroom.
1) fix skb_segment()
skb_segment() makes the false assumption headrooms of fragments are same
than the head. When CHECKSUM_PARTIAL is used, this can give csum_start
errors, and crash later in skb_copy_and_csum_dev()
2) allocate a minimal skb for head of frag_list
skb_gro_receive() uses netdev_alloc_skb(headroom + skb_gro_offset(p)) to
allocate a fresh skb. This adds NET_SKB_PAD to a padding already
provided by netdevice, depending on various things, like copybreak.
Use alloc_skb() to allocate an exact padding, to reduce cache line
needs:
NET_SKB_PAD + NET_IP_ALIGN
bugzilla : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16626
Many thanks to Plamen Petrov, testing many debugging patches !
With help of Jarek Poplawski.
Reported-by: Plamen Petrov <pvp-lsts@fs.uni-ruse.bg>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a similar vain to commit 17762060c2
("bridge: Clear IPCB before possible entry into IP stack")
Any time we call into the IP stack we have to make sure the state
there is as expected by the ipv4 code.
With help from Eric Dumazet and Herbert Xu.
Reported-by: Bandan Das <bandan.das@stratus.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thanks to Ilpo Jarvinen, this updates also the initial window
setting for tcp_output with regard to RFC 5681.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attached is a small patch to remove a warning ("warning: ISO C90 forbids
mixed declarations and code" with gcc 4.3.2).
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes init_vf() function, so on each new backlog period parent's
cl_cfmin is properly updated (including further propgation towards the root),
even if the activated leaf has no upperlimit curve defined.
Signed-off-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While reviewing commit 1c40be12f7, I
audited other users of tc_action_ops->dump for information leaks.
That commit covered almost all of them but act_police still had a leak.
opt.limit and opt.capab aren't zeroed out before the structure is
passed out.
This patch uses the C99 initializers to zero everything unused out.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise the hardware scan handler could access an invalid scan request
structure. The driver should cancel any pending hardware scans during
the suspend process anyway, so also add a warning if the hardware scan
is still pending when the device resumes.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
(skb->data - skb->head) can be changed by skb_headroom(skb)
Remove some uses of NET_SKBUFF_DATA_USES_OFFSET, using
(skb_end_pointer(skb) - skb->head) or
(skb_tail_pointer(skb) - skb->head) : compiler does the right thing,
and this is more readable for us ;)
(struct skb_shared_info *) casts in pskb_expand_head() to help memcpy()
to use aligned moves.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- napi_gro_flush() is exported from net/core/dev.c, to avoid
an irq_save/irq_restore in the packet receive path.
- use napi_gro_receive() instead of netif_receive_skb()
- use napi_gro_flush() before calling __napi_complete()
- turn on NETIF_F_GRO by default
- Tested on a Marvell 88E8001 Gigabit NIC
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tunnel4_handlers, tunnel64_handlers, tunnel6_handlers and
tunnel46_handlers are protected by RCU, but we dont use appropriate rcu
primitives to scan them. rcu_lock() is already held by caller.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp4_gro_receive() and tcp4_gro_complete() dont need to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove non used variable "queue" in pg_cleanup
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
[patch net-next-2.6] vlan: Use vlan_dev_real_dev in vlan_hwaccel_do_receive
Use helper as in other places.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function exists to clean-up after a hardware error or something
similar. The restart is accomplished using the same infrastructure used
to resume after a suspend. The suspend path cancels running scans, so
it seems appropriate to do that here as well for software-based scans.
If a hardware-based scan is pending, issue a warning message since this
indicates that the drivers has failed to clean-up after itself.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The same expression is tested twice and the result is the same each time.
The sematic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@expression@
expression E;
@@
(
* E
|| ... || E
|
* E
&& ... && E
)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The signal strength value in a single RX frame is not that reliable,
so it is better to delay start of CQM events until there is a real
average signal strength from more than a single Beacon frame
available.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ave_beacon_signal value uses 1/16 dB unit and as such, must be
initialized with the signal level of the first Beacon frame multiplied
by 16. This fixes an issue where the initial CQM events are reported
incorrectly with a burst of events while the running average
approaches the correct value after the incorrect initialization. This
could cause user space -based roaming decision process to get quite
confused at the moment when we would like to go through authentication
and DHCP.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Once we started enforcing the a nl_table[] entry exist for
a protocol, NETLINK_USERSOCK stopped working. Add a dummy
table entry so that it works again.
Reported-by: Thomas Voegtle <tv@lio96.de>
Tested-by: Thomas Voegtle <tv@lio96.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If irda_open_tsap() fails, the irda_bind() code tries to destroy
the ->ias_obj object by hand, but does so wrongly.
In particular, it fails to a) release the hashbin attached to the
object and b) reset the self->ias_obj pointer to NULL.
Fix both problems by using irias_delete_object() and explicitly
setting self->ias_obj to NULL, just as irda_release() does.
Reported-by: Tavis Ormandy <taviso@cmpxchg8b.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tunnel6_handlers chain being scanned for each incoming packet,
make sure it doesnt share an often dirtied cache line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tunnel4_handlers chain being scanned for each incoming packet,
make sure it doesnt share an often dirtied cache line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes RTAX_RTO_MIN also available to CCID-3, replacing the compile-time
RTO lower bound with a per-route tunable value.
The original Kconfig option solved the problem that a very low RTT (in the
order of HZ) can trigger too frequent and unnecessary reductions of the
sending rate.
This tunable does not affect the initial RTO value of 2 seconds specified in
RFC 5348, section 4.2 and Appendix B. But like the hardcoded Kconfig value,
it allows to adapt to network conditions.
The same effect as the original Kconfig option of 100ms is now achieved by
> ip route replace to unicast 192.168.0.0/24 rto_min 100j dev eth0
(assuming HZ=1000).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a fixed RTO_MIN of 0.2 seconds was found to cause problems for CCID-2
over 802.11g: at least once per session there was a spurious timeout. It
helped to then increase the the value of RTO_MIN over this link.
Since the problem is the same as in TCP, this patch makes the solution from
commit "05bb1fad1cde025a864a90cfeb98dcbefe78a44a"
"[TCP]: Allow minimum RTO to be configurable via routing metrics."
available to DCCP.
This avoids reinventing the wheel, so that e.g. the following works in the
expected way now also for CCID-2:
> ip route change 10.0.0.2 rto_min 800 dev ath0
Luckily this useful rto_min function was recently moved to net/tcp.h,
which simplifies sharing code originating from TCP.
Documentation also updated (plus minor whitespace fixes).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch consolidates initial-window code common to TCP and CCID-2:
* TCP uses RFC 3390 in a packet-oriented manner (tcp_input.c) and
* CCID-2 uses RFC 3390 in packet-oriented manner (RFC 4341).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the wrappers around the sk timer functions, since not much is
gained from using them: the BUG_ON in start_rto_timer will never trigger
since that function is called only if:
* the RTO timer expires (rto_expire, and then timer_pending() is false);
* in tx_packet_sent only if !timer_pending() (BUG_ON is redundant here);
* previously in new_ack, after stopping the timer (timer_pending() false).
Removing the wrappers also clears the way for eventually replacing the
RTO timer with the icsk-retransmission-timer, as it is already part of the
DCCP socket.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since CCID-2 is de facto a mini implementation of TCP, it makes sense to share
as much code as possible.
Hence this patch aligns CCID-2 timestamping with TCP timestamping.
This also halves the space consumption (on 64-bit systems).
The necessary include file <net/tcp.h> is already included by way of
net/dccp.h. Redundant includes have been removed.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wireless extensions have an unfortunate, undocumented
requirement which requires drivers to always fill
iwp->length when returning a successful status. When
a driver doesn't do this, it leads to a kernel heap
content leak when userspace offers a larger buffer
than would have been necessary.
Arguably, this is a driver bug, as it should, if it
returns 0, fill iwp->length, even if it separately
indicated that the buffer contents was not valid.
However, we can also at least avoid the memory content
leak if the driver doesn't do this by setting the iwp
length to max_tokens, which then reflects how big the
buffer is that the driver may fill, regardless of how
big the userspace buffer is.
To illustrate the point, this patch also fixes a
corresponding cfg80211 bug (since this requirement
isn't documented nor was ever pointed out by anyone
during code review, I don't trust all drivers nor
all cfg80211 handlers to implement it correctly).
Cc: stable@kernel.org [all the way back]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch provides a "user timeout" support as described in RFC793. The
socket option is also needed for the the local half of RFC5482 "TCP User
Timeout Option".
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT is a TCP level socket option that takes an unsigned int,
when > 0, to specify the maximum amount of time in ms that transmitted
data may remain unacknowledged before TCP will forcefully close the
corresponding connection and return ETIMEDOUT to the application. If
0 is given, TCP will continue to use the system default.
Increasing the user timeouts allows a TCP connection to survive extended
periods without end-to-end connectivity. Decreasing the user timeouts
allows applications to "fail fast" if so desired. Otherwise it may take
upto 20 minutes with the current system defaults in a normal WAN
environment.
The socket option can be made during any state of a TCP connection, but
is only effective during the synchronized states of a connection
(ESTABLISHED, FIN-WAIT-1, FIN-WAIT-2, CLOSE-WAIT, CLOSING, or LAST-ACK).
Moreover, when used with the TCP keepalive (SO_KEEPALIVE) option,
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT will overtake keepalive to determine when to close a
connection due to keepalive failure.
The option does not change in anyway when TCP retransmits a packet, nor
when a keepalive probe will be sent.
This option, like many others, will be inherited by an acceptor from its
listener.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new workqueue changes helped me find this bug
that's been lingering since the changes to the work
processing in mac80211 -- the work timer is never
deleted properly. Do that to avoid having it fire
after all data structures have been freed. It can't
be re-armed because all it will do, if running, is
schedule the work, but that gets flushed later and
won't have anything to do since all work items are
gone by now (by way of interface removal).
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.34+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixes this build error:
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_core.c: In function 'ip_vs_nat_icmp_v6':
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_core.c:640: error: implicit declaration of function 'csum_ipv6_magic'
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have unused buffer space, then we should make use of that rather
than unnecessarily truncating the message.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The "copy" variable value can be computed using the existing
logic rather than repeating it.
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
to clean up the code "copy" will be set prior to the block
hence it mustn't be used there.
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
char *p is used only as a shorthand for tail->iov_base + len in a nested
block. Move it there.
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
On Jan. 14, 2009, 2:50 +0200, andros@netapp.com wrote:
> From: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
>
> The buflen is reset for all cases at the end of xdr_shrink_pagelen.
> The data left in the tail after xdr_read_pages is not processed when the
> buflen is incorrectly set.
Note that in this case we also lose (len - tail->iov_len)
bytes from the buffered data in pages.
Reported-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
net/ipv4: Eliminate kstrdup memory leak
net/caif/cfrfml.c: use asm/unaligned.h
ax25: missplaced sock_put(sk)
qlge: reset the chip before freeing the buffers
l2tp: test for ethernet header in l2tp_eth_dev_recv()
tcp: select(writefds) don't hang up when a peer close connection
tcp: fix three tcp sysctls tuning
tcp: Combat per-cpu skew in orphan tests.
pxa168_eth: silence gcc warnings
pxa168_eth: update call to phy_mii_ioctl()
pxa168_eth: fix error handling in prope
pxa168_eth: remove unneeded null check
phylib: Fix race between returning phydev and calling adjust_link
caif-driver: add HAS_DMA dependency
3c59x: Fix deadlock between boomerang_interrupt and boomerang_start_tx
qlcnic: fix poll implementation
netxen: fix poll implementation
bridge: netfilter: fix a memory leak
Replace open-coded loop with for_each_set_bit().
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The spinlock aun_queue_lock is initialized statically. It is unnecessary
to initialize by spin_lock_init() at module load time.
This is detected by the semantic patch.
// <smpl>
@def@
declarer name DEFINE_SPINLOCK;
identifier spinlock;
@@
DEFINE_SPINLOCK(spinlock);
@@
identifier def.spinlock;
@@
- spin_lock_init(&spinlock);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The string clone is only used as a temporary copy of the argument val
within the while loop, and so it should be freed before leaving the
function. The call to strsep, however, modifies clone, so a pointer to the
front of the string is kept in saved_clone, to make it possible to free it.
The sematic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r exists@
local idexpression x;
expression E;
identifier l;
statement S;
@@
*x= \(kasprintf\|kstrdup\)(...);
...
if (x == NULL) S
... when != kfree(x)
when != E = x
if (...) {
<... when != kfree(x)
* goto l;
...>
* return ...;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somebody noticed this problem, and I outlined
to them how to fix it, but haven't heard back
from them. So while I was adding the state
field I figured I could use it to fix it.
The problem, as I understand it, is that when
we go offchannel while the driver has a queue
stopped, the driver will likely start draining
the queue and then enable it while offchannel.
This in turn will enable the interface queue,
and that leads to transmitting data frames on
the wrong channel.
Fix this by keeping track of offchannel status
per interface, and not enabling the interface
queues on interfaces that are offchannel when
the driver enables a queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface
type even when the interface is UP, if the driver
supports it.
To achieve this
* add a new driver callback for switching,
* split some of the interface up/down code out
into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and
* maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will
not be set during interface type, so that any
other code doesn't use the interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Split the concurrent virtual interface checks
into a new function that can be used to check
for any given new interface type.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The libertas_tf special code for zero addresses
is a bit too complex, it compares against a stack
value instead of using is_zero_ether_addr() and
tries to update all interfaces even if just the
one that's being brought up needs to be changed.
Additionally, the repeated check for a valid MAC
address need only be done if we actually changed
it on the fly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the introduction of ieee80211_sdata_running(),
some new code was introduced that uses netif_running()
instead. Switch all these instances over.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a lot of redundant code in mac80211's
interface cleanup/down, for example freeing
AP beacons is done both when the interface is
set DOWN as well as when it is torn down, of
which only the former has any effect.
Also, a bunch of things should be closer to
where they matter, like the MLME timers that
we should cancel when disassociating, rather
than only when the interface is set DOWN.
Clean up all this code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are subqueue helpers so that we don't
need to get the TX queue and then wake/stop
it, use those helpers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Support this
in mac80211 via the cfg80211 API for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Allow setting
the ethertype for the protocol when a driver has
support for this. The default if unspecified is
EAP, of course.
Note: This is suitable only for station mode, not
for AP implementation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow drivers to specify their own set of cipher
suites to advertise vendor-specific ciphers. The
driver is then required to implement hardware
crypto offload for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 currently rejects all cipher suites it
doesn't know about for key length checking
purposes. This can lead to inconsistencies when
a driver advertises an algorithm that cfg80211
doesn't know about. Remove this rejection so
drivers can specify any algorithm they like.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ieee80211_scan_completed() function was a frequent
source of potential deadlocks, since it is called by
drivers but may call back into drivers, so drivers had
to make sure to call it without any locks held, which
frequently lead to more complex code in drivers. Avoid
that problem by allowing the function to be called in
any context, and queueing the actual work it does.
Also update the documentation for it to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since cfg80211 manages the BSS list completely,
this define hasn't been used for a long time
and will never be used again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
compare_ether_header() can have a special implementation on 64 bit
arches if CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is defined.
__napi_gro_receive() and vlan_gro_common() can avoid a conditional
branch to perform device match.
On x86_64, __napi_gro_receive() has now 38 instructions instead of 53
As gcc-4.4.3 still choose to not inline it, add inline keyword to this
performance critical function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
caif does not build on ia64 starting with 2.6.32-rc1. Using
asm/unaligned.h instead of linux/unaligned/le_byteshift.h fixes the issue.
include/linux/unaligned/le_byteshift.h:40:50: error: redefinition of 'get_unaligned_le16'
include/linux/unaligned/le_byteshift.h:45:50: error: redefinition of 'get_unaligned_le32'
include/linux/unaligned/le_byteshift.h:50:50: error: redefinition of 'get_unaligned_le64'
include/linux/unaligned/le_byteshift.h:55:51: error: redefinition of 'put_unaligned_le16'
include/linux/unaligned/le_byteshift.h:60:51: error: redefinition of 'put_unaligned_le32'
include/linux/unaligned/le_byteshift.h:65:51: error: redefinition of 'put_unaligned_le64'
include/linux/unaligned/le_struct.h:31:51: note: previous definition of 'put_unaligned_le64' was here
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves a missplaced sock_put(sk) after
bh_unlock_sock(sk)
like in other parts of AX25 driver.
Signed-off-by: Bernard Pidoux <f6bvp@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
strlcpy() returns the total length of the string they tried to create, so
we should not use its return value without any check. scnprintf() returns
the number of characters written into @buf not including the trailing '\0',
so use it instead here.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK and SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_IPADDR to
use do { print } while (0) guards.
Add SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_CONT to fix errors in log when
lines were continued.
Add #define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
Add a missing newline in "Failed bind hash alloc"
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
close https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16529
Before calling dev_forward_skb(), we should make sure skb head contains
at least an ethernet header, even if length included in upper layer said
so. Use pskb_may_pull() to make sure this ethernet header is present in
skb head.
Reported-by: Thomas Heil <heil@terminal-consulting.de>
Reported-by: Ian Campbell <Ian.Campbell@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch from GFP_ATOMIC allocations to GFP_KERNEL ones in
ip_vs_add_service() and ip_vs_new_dest(), as we hold a mutex and are
allowed to sleep in this context.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also rename __ip_vs_securetcp_lock to ip_vs_securetcp_lock.
Spinlock conversion was suggested by Eric Dumazet.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also rename __ip_vs_sched_lock to ip_vs_sched_lock.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Xiaoyu Du <tingsrain@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This issue come from ruby language community. Below test program
hang up when only run on Linux.
% uname -mrsv
Linux 2.6.26-2-486 #1 Sat Dec 26 08:37:39 UTC 2009 i686
% ruby -rsocket -ve '
BasicSocket.do_not_reverse_lookup = true
serv = TCPServer.open("127.0.0.1", 0)
s1 = TCPSocket.open("127.0.0.1", serv.addr[1])
s2 = serv.accept
s2.close
s1.write("a") rescue p $!
s1.write("a") rescue p $!
Thread.new {
s1.write("a")
}.join'
ruby 1.9.3dev (2010-07-06 trunk 28554) [i686-linux]
#<Errno::EPIPE: Broken pipe>
[Hang Here]
FreeBSD, Solaris, Mac doesn't. because Ruby's write() method call
select() internally. and tcp_poll has a bug.
SUS defined 'ready for writing' of select() as following.
| A descriptor shall be considered ready for writing when a call to an output
| function with O_NONBLOCK clear would not block, whether or not the function
| would transfer data successfully.
That said, EPIPE situation is clearly one of 'ready for writing'.
We don't have read-side issue because tcp_poll() already has read side
shutdown care.
| if (sk->sk_shutdown & RCV_SHUTDOWN)
| mask |= POLLIN | POLLRDNORM | POLLRDHUP;
So, Let's insert same logic in write side.
- reference url
http://blade.nagaokaut.ac.jp/cgi-bin/scat.rb/ruby/ruby-core/31065http://blade.nagaokaut.ac.jp/cgi-bin/scat.rb/ruby/ruby-core/31068
Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discovered by Anton Blanchard, current code to autotune
tcp_death_row.sysctl_max_tw_buckets, sysctl_tcp_max_orphans and
sysctl_max_syn_backlog makes little sense.
The bigger a page is, the less tcp_max_orphans is : 4096 on a 512GB
machine in Anton's case.
(tcp_hashinfo.bhash_size * sizeof(struct inet_bind_hashbucket))
is much bigger if spinlock debugging is on. Its wrong to select bigger
limits in this case (where kernel structures are also bigger)
bhash_size max is 65536, and we get this value even for small machines.
A better ground is to use size of ehash table, this also makes code
shorter and more obvious.
Based on a patch from Anton, and another from David.
Reported-and-tested-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If bridge port is offline, don't call ethtool to query speed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The carrier check is not called from work queue in current code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__ip_vs_service_get and __ip_vs_svc_fwm_get increment a reference count, so
that reference count should be decremented before leaving the function in an
error case.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r exists@
local idexpression x;
expression E;
identifier f1;
iterator I;
@@
x = __ip_vs_service_get(...);
<... when != x
when != true (x == NULL || ...)
when != if (...) { <+...x...+> }
when != I (...) { <+...x...+> }
(
x == NULL
|
x == E
|
x->f1
)
...>
* return ...;
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a mac80211-based driver advertises mesh mode
support, this will be advertised to userspace.
However, if mac80211 was compiled without mesh
support, then that won't actually be true. Fix
this by removing the bit for mesh if mesh isn't
compiled in.
Since this synchronizes what we advertise to
cfg80211 and actually support, it means we can
now rely on cfg80211's interface type checks
and need not check again in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes a potential crash (null-pointer de-
reference) which was introduced in my previous patch:
"mac80211: AMPDU rx reorder timeout timer"
During a BA teardown, the pointer to the soon-to-be-gone
tid_ampdu_rx element will be nullified. Therefore the
release timer mechanism has to be careful not to
accidentally access the item without any RCU protection.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 95a6ccbb46c70cff376684c752831c014c87029d
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Thu Aug 12 15:38:38 2010 +0200
cfg80211/mac80211: extensible frame processing
introduced a netlink bug that caused parsing errors
in userspace because it forgot to close a nesting,
which would advertise a nesting length of zero to
userspace, which then completely threw off parsing
and led to
Illegal nla->nla_type == 0
being printed by libnl.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Unlike most other workqueue-tasks, the restart_work is
not scheduled onto mac80211's private per-interface
workqueue, but onto one of the system-wide workqueues.
Therefore the mac80211-stack has to cancel any pending
restarts, before destroying the shared device context
and handing back the memory. Otherwise - under very
unlucky circumstances - there could be a stale work-
item left, because some other kernel component might
have delayed the execution of ieee80211_restart_work
for too long.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mesh_hdr only used when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is defined
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Standardize logging messages from
printk(KERN_<level> "%s: " fmt , wiphy_name(foo), args);
to
wiphy_<level>(foo, fmt, args);
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As reported by Anton Blanchard when we use
percpu_counter_read_positive() to make our orphan socket limit checks,
the check can be off by up to num_cpus_online() * batch (which is 32
by default) which on a 128 cpu machine can be as large as the default
orphan limit itself.
Fix this by doing the full expensive sum check if the optimized check
triggers.
Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Trivial extension to existing meta data match rules to allow
matching on skb receive hash value.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Compiler is not smart enough to avoid a conditional branch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow userspace to register for more than just
action frames by giving the frame subtype, and
make it possible to use this in various modes
as well.
With some tweaks and some added functionality
this will, in the future, also be usable in AP
mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor
interface currently used in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When MFP is disabled, action frames will not
be encrypted since they are management frames
and the only management frames that can then
be encrypted are authentication frames.
Therefore, setting the don't-encrypt flag on
action frames is unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function analyses only its single, value-passed
argument, and has no side effects. Thus it can be
const, which makes mac80211 smaller, for example:
text data bss dec hex filename
362518 16720 884 380122 5ccda mac80211.ko (before)
362358 16720 884 379962 5cc3a mac80211.ko (after)
a 160 byte saving in text size, and an optimisation
because the function won't be called as often.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The SNMP daemon uses ethtool to determine the speed of
network interfaces. This fails on Debian (and probably elsewhere)
because for security SNMP daemon runs as non-root user (snmp).
Note: A similar patch was rejected previously because of a concern about
the possibility that on some hardware querying the ethtool settings
requires access to the PHY and could slow the machine down. But the
security risk of requiring SNMP daemon (and related services)
to run as root far out weighs the risk of denial-of-service.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to use a temporary struct rtnl_link_stats64 variable,
just copy the source to skb buffer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_bridge_alloc() always reset the skb->nf_bridge, so we should always
put the old one.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bart De Schuymer <bdschuym@pandora.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current CCID-2 RTT estimator code is in parts broken and lags behind the
suggestions in RFC2988 of using scaled variants for SRTT/RTTVAR.
That code is replaced by the present patch, which reuses the Linux TCP RTT
estimator code.
Further details:
----------------
1. The minimum RTO of previously one second has been replaced with TCP's, since
RFC4341, sec. 5 says that the minimum of 1 sec. (suggested in RFC2988, 2.4)
is not necessary. Instead, the TCP_RTO_MIN is used, which agrees with DCCP's
concept of a default RTT (RFC 4340, 3.4).
2. The maximum RTO has been set to DCCP_RTO_MAX (64 sec), which agrees with
RFC2988, (2.5).
3. De-inlined the function ccid2_new_ack().
4. Added a FIXME: the RTT is sampled several times per Ack Vector, which will
give the wrong estimate. It should be replaced with one sample per Ack.
However, at the moment this can not be resolved easily, since
- it depends on TX history code (which also needs some work),
- the cleanest solution is not to use the `sent' time at all (saves 4 bytes
per entry) and use DCCP timestamps / elapsed time to estimated the RTT,
which however is non-trivial to get right (but needs to be done).
Reasons for reusing the Linux TCP estimator algorithm:
------------------------------------------------------
Some time was spent to find a better alternative, using basic RFC2988 as a first
step. Further analysis and experimentation showed that the Linux TCP RTO
estimator is superior to a basic RFC2988 implementation. A summary is on
http://www.erg.abdn.ac.uk/users/gerrit/dccp/notes/ccid2/rto_estimator/
In addition, this estimator fared well in a recent empirical evaluation:
Rewaskar, Sushant, Jasleen Kaur and F. Donelson Smith.
A Performance Study of Loss Detection/Recovery in Real-world TCP
Implementations. Proceedings of 15th IEEE International
Conference on Network Protocols (ICNP-07), 2007.
Thus there is significant benefit in reusing the existing TCP code.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the dec_pipe function and improves the way the RTO timer is rearmed
when a new acknowledgment comes in.
Details and justification for removal:
--------------------------------------
1) The BUG_ON in dec_pipe is never triggered: pipe is only decremented for TX
history entries between tail and head, for which it had previously been
incremented in tx_packet_sent; and it is not decremented twice for the same
entry, since it is
- either decremented when a corresponding Ack Vector cell in state 0 or 1
was received (and then ccid2s_acked==1),
- or it is decremented when ccid2s_acked==0, as part of the loss detection
in tx_packet_recv (and hence it can not have been decremented earlier).
2) Restarting the RTO timer happens for every single entry in each Ack Vector
parsed by tx_packet_recv (according to RFC 4340, 11.4 this can happen up to
16192 times per Ack Vector).
3) The RTO timer should not be restarted when all outstanding data has been
acknowledged. This is currently done similar to (2), in dec_pipe, when
pipe has reached 0.
The patch onsolidates the code which rearms the RTO timer, combining the
segments from new_ack and dec_pipe. As a result, the code becomes clearer
(compare with tcp_rearm_rto()).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the ccid2_hc_tx_check_sanity function: it is redundant.
Details:
The tx_check_sanity function performs three tests:
1) it checks that the circular TX list is sorted
- in ascending order of sequence number (ccid2s_seq)
- and time (ccid2s_sent),
- in the direction from `tail' (hctx_seqt) to `head' (hctx_seqh);
2) it ensures that the entire list has the length seqbufc * CCID2_SEQBUF_LEN;
3) it ensures that pipe equals the number of packets that were not
marked `acked' (ccid2s_acked) between `tail' and `head'.
The following argues that each of these tests is redundant, this can be verified
by going through the code.
(1) is not necessary, since both time and GSS increase from one packet to the
next, so that subsequent insertions in tx_packet_sent (which advance the `head'
pointer) will be in ascending order of time and sequence number.
In (2), the length of the list is always equal to seqbufc times CCID2_SEQBUF_LEN
(set to 1024) unless allocation caused an earlier failure, because:
* at initialisation (tx_init), there is one chunk of size 1024 and seqbufc=1;
* subsequent calls to tx_alloc_seq take place whenever head->next == tail in
tx_packet_sent; then a new chunk of size 1024 is inserted between head and
tail, and seqbufc is incremented by one.
To show that (3) is redundant requires looking at two cases.
The `pipe' variable of the TX socket is incremented only in tx_packet_sent, and
decremented in tx_packet_recv. When head == tail (TX history empty) then pipe
should be 0, which is the case directly after initialisation and after a
retransmission timeout has occurred (ccid2_hc_tx_rto_expire).
The first case involves parsing Ack Vectors for packets recorded in the live
portion of the buffer, between tail and head. For each packet marked by the
receiver as received (state 0) or ECN-marked (state 1), pipe is decremented by
one, so for all such packets the BUG_ON in tx_check_sanity will not trigger.
The second case is the loss detection in the second half of tx_packet_recv,
below the comment "Check for NUMDUPACK".
The first while-loop here ensures that the sequence number of `seqp' is either
above or equal to `high_ack', or otherwise equal to the highest sequence number
sent so far (of the entry head->prev, as head points to the next unsent entry).
The next while-loop ("while (1)") counts the number of acked packets starting
from that position of seqp, going backwards in the direction from head->prev to
tail. If NUMDUPACK=3 such packets were counted within this loop, `seqp' points
to the last acknowledged packet of these, and the "if (done == NUMDUPACK)" block
is entered next.
The while-loop contained within that block in turn traverses the list backwards,
from head to tail; the position of `seqp' is saved in the variable `last_acked'.
For each packet not marked as `acked', a congestion event is triggered within
the loop, and pipe is decremented. The loop terminates when `seqp' has reached
`tail', whereupon tail is set to the position previously stored in `last_acked'.
Thus, between `last_acked' and the previous position of `tail',
- pipe has been decremented earlier if the packet was marked as state 0 or 1;
- pipe was decremented if the packet was not marked as acked.
That is, pipe has been decremented by the number of packets between `last_acked'
and the previous position of `tail'. As a consequence, pipe now again reflects
the number of packets which have not (yet) been acked between the new position
of tail (at `last_acked') and head->prev, or 0 if head==tail. The result is that
the BUG_ON condition in check_sanity will also not be triggered, hence the test
(3) is also redundant.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CCIDs are activated as last of the features, at the end of the handshake,
were the LISTEN state of the master socket is inherited into the server
state of the child socket. Thus, the only states visible to CCIDs now are
OPEN/PARTOPEN, and the closing states.
This allows to remove tests which were previously necessary to protect
against referencing a socket in the listening state (in CCID-3), but which
now have become redundant.
As a further byproduct of enabling the CCIDs only after the connection has been
fully established, several typecast-initialisations of ccid3_hc_{rx,tx}_sock
can now be eliminated:
* the CCID is loaded, so it is not necessary to test if it is NULL,
* if it is possible to load a CCID and leave the private area NULL, then this
is a bug, which should crash loudly - and earlier,
* the test for state==OPEN || state==PARTOPEN now reduces only to the closing
phase (e.g. when the node has received an unexpected Reset).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch collects cosmetics-only changes to separate these from
code changes:
* update with regard to CodingStyle and whitespace changes,
* documentation:
- adding/revising comments,
- remove CCID-3 RX socket documentation which is either
duplicate or refers to fields that no longer exist,
* expand embedded tfrc_tx_info struct inline for consistency,
removing indirections via #define.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (27 commits)
netfilter: fix CONFIG_COMPAT support
isdn/avm: fix build when PCMCIA is not enabled
header: fix broken headers for user space
e1000e: don't check for alternate MAC addr on parts that don't support it
e1000e: disable ASPM L1 on 82573
ll_temac: Fix poll implementation
netxen: fix a race in netxen_nic_get_stats()
qlnic: fix a race in qlcnic_get_stats()
irda: fix a race in irlan_eth_xmit()
net: sh_eth: remove unused variable
netxen: update version 4.0.74
netxen: fix inconsistent lock state
vlan: Match underlying dev carrier on vlan add
ibmveth: Fix opps during MTU change on an active device
ehea: Fix synchronization between HW and SW send queue
bnx2x: Update bnx2x version to 1.52.53-4
bnx2x: Fix PHY locking problem
rds: fix a leak of kernel memory
netlink: fix compat recvmsg
netfilter: fix userspace header warning
...
commit f3c5c1bfd4
(netfilter: xtables: make ip_tables reentrant) forgot to
also compute the jumpstack size in the compat handlers.
Result is that "iptables -I INPUT -j userchain" turns into -j DROP.
Reported by Sebastian Roesner on #netfilter, closes
http://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=669.
Note: arptables change is compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikael Pettersson <mikpe@it.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SKBs can be "fragmented" in two ways, via a page array (called
skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[]) and via a list of SKBs (called
skb_shinfo(skb)->frag_list).
Since skb_has_frags() tests the latter, it's name is confusing
since it sounds more like it's testing the former.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Via setsockopt it is possible to reduce the socket RX buffer
(SO_RCVBUF). TCP method to select the initial window and window scaling
option in tcp_select_initial_window() currently misbehaves and do not
consider a reduced RX socket buffer via setsockopt.
Even though the server's RX buffer is reduced via setsockopt() to 256
byte (Initial Window 384 byte => 256 * 2 - (256 * 2 / 4)) the window
scale option is still 7:
192.168.1.38.40676 > 78.47.222.210.5001: Flags [S], seq 2577214362, win 5840, options [mss 1460,sackOK,TS val 338417 ecr 0,nop,wscale 0], length 0
78.47.222.210.5001 > 192.168.1.38.40676: Flags [S.], seq 1570631029, ack 2577214363, win 384, options [mss 1452,sackOK,TS val 2435248895 ecr 338417,nop,wscale 7], length 0
192.168.1.38.40676 > 78.47.222.210.5001: Flags [.], ack 1, win 5840, options [nop,nop,TS val 338421 ecr 2435248895], length 0
Within tcp_select_initial_window() the original space argument - a
representation of the rx buffer size - is expanded during
tcp_select_initial_window(). Only sysctl_tcp_rmem[2], sysctl_rmem_max
and window_clamp are considered to calculate the initial window.
This patch adjust the window_clamp argument if the user explicitly
reduce the receive buffer.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking at using netdev_rx_handler_register for openvswitch Jesse
Gross suggested that an unlikely() might be worthwhile in that code.
I'm interested to see if its appropriate for the bridge code.
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() always returns 0, so make it return void.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
for the declararion of csum_ipv6_magic.
Fixes this build error on PowerPC (at least):
net/sched/act_csum.c: In function 'tcf_csum_ipv6_icmp':
net/sched/act_csum.c:178: error: implicit declaration of function 'csum_ipv6_magic'
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can use rxhash to classify the traffic into flows. As rxhash maybe
supplied by NIC or RPS, it is cheaper.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net_device has its own struct net_device_stats member, so use
this one instead of a private copy in the irlan_cb struct.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPP: introduce "pptp" module which implements point-to-point tunneling protocol using pppox framework
NET: introduce the "gre" module for demultiplexing GRE packets on version criteria
(required to pptp and ip_gre may coexists)
NET: ip_gre: update to use the "gre" module
This patch introduces then pptp support to the linux kernel which
dramatically speeds up pptp vpn connections and decreases cpu usage in
comparison of existing user-space implementation
(poptop/pptpclient). There is accel-pptp project
(https://sourceforge.net/projects/accel-pptp/) to utilize this module,
it contains plugin for pppd to use pptp in client-mode and modified
pptpd (poptop) to build high-performance pptp NAS.
There was many changes from initial submitted patch, most important are:
1. using rcu instead of read-write locks
2. using static bitmap instead of dynamically allocated
3. using vmalloc for memory allocation instead of BITS_PER_LONG + __get_free_pages
4. fixed many coding style issues
Thanks to Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kozlov <xeb@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__skb_get_rxhash() was broken after the commit:
commit bfb564e739
Author: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Date: Wed Aug 4 06:15:52 2010 +0000
core: Factor out flow calculation from get_rps_cpu
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched: add ACT_CSUM action to update packets checksums
ACT_CSUM can be called just after ACT_PEDIT in order to re-compute some
altered checksums in IPv4 and IPv6 packets. The following checksums are
supported by this patch:
- IPv4: IPv4 header, ICMP, IGMP, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
- IPv6: ICMPv6, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
It's possible to request in the same action to update different kind of
checksums, if the packets flow mix TCP, UDP and UDPLite, ...
An example of usage is done in the associated iproute2 patch.
Version 3 changes:
- remove useless goto instructions
- improve IPv6 hop options decoding
Version 2 changes:
- coding style correction
- remove useless arguments of some functions
- use stack in tcf_csum_dump()
- add tcf_csum_skb_nextlayer() to factor code
Signed-off-by: Gregoire Baron <baronchon@n7mm.org>
Acked-by: jamal <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now cmpxchg() is available on all arches, we can use it in
build_ehash_secret() and rt_bind_peer() instead of using spinlocks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fragmented IP packets may have no transfer header, so when computing
rxhash, we should skip them.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_get_rxhash() assumes the network header pointer of the skb is set
properly after the commit:
commit bfb564e739
Author: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Date: Wed Aug 4 06:15:52 2010 +0000
core: Factor out flow calculation from get_rps_cpu
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After skb is queued, its illegal to dereference it.
Cache skb->len into a temporary variable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When adding a new vlan, if the underlying interface has no carrier,
then the newly added vlan interface should also have no carrier.
At present, this is not true - the newly added vlan is added with
carrier up. Fix by checking state of real device.
Signed-off-by: Phil Oester <kernel@linuxace.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the abstraction introduced by the union skb_shared_tx in
the shared skb data.
The access of the different union elements at several places led to some
confusion about accessing the shared tx_flags e.g. in skb_orphan_try().
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=128084897415886&w=2
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct rds_rdma_notify contains a 32 bits hole on 64bit arches,
make sure it is zeroed before copying it to user.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since
commit 1dacc76d00
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Jul 1 11:26:02 2009 +0000
net/compat/wext: send different messages to compat tasks
we had a race condition when setting and then
restoring frag_list. Eric attempted to fix it,
but the fix created even worse problems.
However, the original motivation I had when I
added the code that turned out to be racy is
no longer clear to me, since we only copy up
to skb->len to userspace, which doesn't include
the frag_list length. As a result, not doing
any frag_list clearing and restoring avoids
the race condition, while not introducing any
other problems.
Additionally, while preparing this patch I found
that since none of the remaining netlink code is
really aware of the frag_list, we need to use the
original skb's information for packet information
and credentials. This fixes, for example, the
group information received by compat tasks.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.31+, for 2.6.35 revert 1235f504aa]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'bugfixes' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6:
NFS: Fix an Oops in the NFSv4 atomic open code
NFS: Fix the selection of security flavours in Kconfig
NFS: fix the return value of nfs_file_fsync()
rpcrdma: Fix SQ size calculation when memreg is FRMR
xprtrdma: Do not truncate iova_start values in frmr registrations.
nfs: Remove redundant NULL check upon kfree()
nfs: Add "lookupcache" to displayed mount options
NFS: allow close-to-open cache semantics to apply to root of NFS filesystem
SUNRPC: fix NFS client over TCP hangs due to packet loss (Bug 16494)
Error codes are stored in err, but the return value is always 0. Return
err instead.
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
local idexpression x;
constant C;
@@
if (...) { ...
x = -C
... when != x
(
return <+...x...+>;
|
return NULL;
|
return;
|
* return ...;
)
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Error codes are stored in err, but the return value is always 0. Return
err instead.
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
local idexpression x;
constant C;
@@
if (...) { ...
x = -C
... when != x
(
return <+...x...+>;
|
return NULL;
|
return;
|
* return ...;
)
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to check "s". nla_data() doesn't return NULL. Also we
already dereferenced "s" at this point so it would have oopsed ealier if
it were NULL.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
>Xin Xiaohui wrote:
> I looked into the code dev_gro_receive(), found the code here:
> if the frags[0] is pulled to 0, then the page will be released,
> and memmove() frags left.
> Is that right? I'm not sure if memmove do right or not, but
> frags[0].size is never set after memove at least. what I think
> a simple way is not to do anything if we found frags[0].size == 0.
> The patch is as followed.
...
This version of the patch fixes the bug directly in memmove.
Reported-by: "Xin, Xiaohui" <xiaohui.xin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ensure that TIPC does not re-establish communication with a
neighboring node until it has finished updating all data structures
containing information about that node to reflect the earlier loss of
contact. Previously, it was possible for TIPC to perform its purge of
name table entries relating to the node once contact had already been
re-established, resulting in the unwanted removal of valid name table
entries.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cause a socket whose TIPC_CONN_TIMEOUT option is zero to wait
indefinitely for a response to a connection request using connect().
Previously, specifying a timeout of 0 ms resulted in an immediate
timeout, which was inconsistent with the behavior specified by Posix
for a socket's receive and send timeout.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate printing of dashes after name table column headers
(to adhere more closely to the standard format used in tipc-config),
and simplify name table display logic using array lookups rather
than if-then-else logic.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate unnecessary checking for null node pointer and redundant
check of second active link array entry.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove validation of the per-connection sequence numbers on routable
connections, since routable connections are not supported by TIPC.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify TIPC's broadcast link so that it counts each piece of a
fragmented message individually, rather than as treating the group
as a single message. This ensures that proper correlation of sent
and received traffic can be done when the broadcast link statistics
are displayed, and is consistent with the way fragments are counted
by TIPC's unicast links.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prevent a TIPC node from sending out a LINK_STATE message
advertising a broadcast message that it is in the process
of sending, but has not yet actually sent. Previously, it was
possible for a link timeout to occur in between the time the
broadcast link updated its "last message sent" counter and the
time the broadcast message was passed to the broadcast bearer
for transmission. This ensures that the code which issues
the LINK_STATE message isn't informed of the new message until
the broadcast bearer has had a chance to send it.
Note: The "last message sent" value is stored in the "fsm_msg_count"
field of the link structure used by the broadcast link. Since the
broadcast link doesn't utilize the normal link FSM, this field can
be re-used rather than adding a new field to the broadcast link.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow TIPC's broadcast link to continue operation when it is unable
to send a message to all nodes in the cluster. Previously, the
broadcast link attempted to put the broadcast pseudo-bearer into a
blocked state; however, this caused a crash because the associated
bearer structure is only partially initialized. Further
investigation has revealed some conceptual problems with blocking
the pseudo-bearer; consequently, this functionality has been
disabled for the time being and the undelivered message is
eventually resent by the broadcast link's existing message
retransmission mechanism (if possible).
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a check to tipc_recv_msg() to ensure it discards messages
arriving on a newly disabled bearer. This is needed to deal with a
race condition that can arise if the bearer is in the midst of being
disabled when it receives a message. Performing the check after
tipc_net_lock has been taken ensures that TIPC's bearers are in a
stable state while the message is being processed.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prevent TIPC from incorrectly setting returned flags to poll()
in the following cases:
- an unconnected socket no longer indicates that it is always readable
- an unconnected, connecting, or listening socket no longer indicates
that it is always writable
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modify TIPC to return EOPNOTSUPP if an application attempts to perform
a non-blocking connect() operation, which is not supported by TIPC.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the SO_RCVLOWAT socket option to TIPC's stream socket
type.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves log buffer cleanup into tipc_core_stop() so that memory allocated
for the log buffer is freed if tipc_core_start() is unsuccessful.
Signed-off-by: Anders Kaseorg <andersk@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We leak at least 32bits of kernel memory to user land in tc dump,
because we dont init all fields (capab ?) of the dumped structure.
Use C99 initializers so that holes and non explicit fields are zeroed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 24b36f019 (netfilter: {ip,ip6,arp}_tables: dont block
bottom half more than necessary), lockdep can raise a warning
because we attempt to lock a spinlock with BH enabled, while
the same lock is usually locked by another cpu in a softirq context.
Disable again BH to avoid these lockdep warnings.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Diagnosed-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Randy Dunlap reports:
ERROR: "svc_gss_principal" [fs/nfs/nfs.ko] undefined!
because in fs/nfs/Kconfig, NFS_V4 selects RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5
and/or in fs/nfsd/Kconfig, NFSD_V4 selects RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5.
RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5 does 5 selects, but none of these is enforced/followed
by the fs/nfs[d]/Kconfig configs:
select SUNRPC_GSS
select CRYPTO
select CRYPTO_MD5
select CRYPTO_DES
select CRYPTO_CBC
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@fieldses.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The driver name and bus address for a net_device can normally be found
through the driver model now. Instead of requiring drivers to provide
this information redundantly through the ethtool_ops::get_drvinfo
operation, use the driver model to do so if the driver does not define
the operation. Since ETHTOOL_GDRVINFO no longer requires the driver
to implement any operations, do not require net_device::ethtool_ops to
be set either.
Remove implementations of get_drvinfo and ethtool_ops that provide
only this information.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indent the branch of an if.
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable braces4@
position p1,p2;
statement S1,S2;
@@
(
if (...) { ... }
|
if (...) S1@p1 S2@p2
)
@script:python@
p1 << r.p1;
p2 << r.p2;
@@
if (p1[0].column == p2[0].column):
cocci.print_main("branch",p1)
cocci.print_secs("after",p2)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Outdent the code following an if.
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable braces4@
position p1,p2;
statement S1,S2;
@@
(
if (...) { ... }
|
if (...) S1@p1 S2@p2
)
@script:python@
p1 << r.p1;
p2 << r.p2;
@@
if (p1[0].column == p2[0].column):
cocci.print_main("branch",p1)
cocci.print_secs("after",p2)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out flow calculation code from get_rps_cpu, since other
functions can use the same code.
Revisions:
v2 (Ben): Separate flow calcuation out and use in select queue.
v3 (Arnd): Don't re-implement MIN.
v4 (Changli): skb->data points to ethernet header in macvtap, and
make a fast path. Tested macvtap with this patch.
v5 (Changli):
- Cache skb->rxhash in skb_get_rxhash
- macvtap may not have pow(2) queues, so change code for
queue selection.
(Arnd):
- Use first available queue if all fails.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When shared key auth is requested, cfg80211
should verify that the device is capable of
WEP crypto which is required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When WEP is unavailable, don't advertise it
to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The decryption code verifies whether or not
a given frame was decrypted and verified by
hardware. This is unnecessary, as the crypto
RX handler already does it long before the
decryption code is even invoked, so remove
that code to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need to keep separate if statements
for setting up the CCMP/AES-CMAC tfm structs;
move that into the existing switch statement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211
cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values.
That isn't all too useful, and some drivers
benefit from the distinction between WEP40
and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it
all to use the cipher suite selectors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable using network namespaces with
wireless devices even when sysfs is
enabled using the same infrastructure
that was built for netdevs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes drivers have more information than the
stack about how their antennas/chains are used,
and may require that the SM PS mode be changed.
This could happen, for example, when detecting
that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this
patch introduces API to allow drivers to request
SM PS mode changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or
not the device is idle, but also per interface.
This adds that reporting capability to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an AP sends a deauth frame, or we send one
to an AP, that only means we lost our connection
if we were actually connected to that AP. Check
this to avoid sending spurious "disconnected"
events and breaking "iw ... link" reporting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a new timer, which will release
queued-up MPDUs from the reorder buffer, whenever
they've waited for more than HT_RX_REORDER_BUF_TIMEOUT
(which is at around 100 ms).
The advantage of having a dedicated timer, instead of
relying on a constant stream of freshly arriving aMPDUs
to release the old ones, is particularly observable when
even a small fraction of MPDUs are forever lost at
low network speeds.
Previously under these circumstances frames would become
stuck in the reorder buffer and the network stack of both
HT peers throttled back, instead of revving up and
gunning the pipes.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes a few stale parameters and variables
which survived the last, large rx-path reorganization:
"mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code"
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch takes the reorder logic from the RX path and
moves it into separate routines to make the expired frame
release accessible.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_add_key() currently returns -ENOMEM in case of any error,
including a missing crypto algorithm. Change ieee80211_key_alloc()
and ieee80211_aes_{key_setup_encrypt,cmac_key_setup}() to encode
errors with ERR_PTR() rather than returning NULL, and change
ieee80211_add_key() accordingly.
Compile-tested only.
Reported-by: Marcin Owsiany <porridge@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Having both scan and work mutexes is not just
a bit too fine grained, it also creates issues
when there's code that needs both since they
then need to be acquired in the right order,
which can be hard to do.
Therefore, use just a single mutex for both.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Frames that failed PLCP error checks are most likely
microwave transmissions (well, maybe not ...) and
don't have a proper rate detected, so ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When running in client mode and associating to an AP, the channel
change is usually performed with the offchannel flag still set.
However after the assoc is complete, the following channel change event
is suppressed because the run time channel is already set to the operating channel.
Fix this by sending channel change notifications to the driver even if
only the offchannel flag changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This provides a little more flexibility for human users, and it allows
us to use isalpha rather than the custom is_alpha_upper.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by
mac80211-based hardware drivers.
Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev
is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network
stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the
actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the
poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers
can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 1235f504aa.
It causes regressions worse than the problem it was trying
to fix. Eric will try to solve the problem another way.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl output ipv6 gc_elasticity and min_adv_mss as values divided by
HZ. However, they are not in unit of jiffies, since ip6_rt_min_advmss
refers to packet size and ip6_rt_fc_elasticity is used as scaler as in
expire>>ip6_rt_gc_elasticity, so replace the jiffies conversion
handler will regular handler for them.
This has impact on scripts that are currently working assuming the
divide by HZ, will yield different results with this patch in place.
Signed-off-by: Min Zhang <mzhang@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As xfrm_compile_policy runs within a read_lock, we cannot use
GFP_KERNEL for memory allocations.
Reported-by: Luca Tettamanti <kronos.it@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sfrench/cifs-2.6:
[NFS] Set CONFIG_KEYS when CONFIG_NFS_USE_KERNEL_DNS is set
AFS: Implement an autocell mount capability [ver #2]
DNS: If the DNS server returns an error, allow that to be cached [ver #2]
NFS: Use kernel DNS resolver [ver #2]
cifs: update README to include details about 'fsc' option
* 'params' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux-2.6-for-linus: (22 commits)
param: don't deref arg in __same_type() checks
param: update drivers/acpi/debug.c to new scheme
param: use module_param in drivers/message/fusion/mptbase.c
ide: use module_param_named rather than module_param_call
param: update drivers/char/ipmi/ipmi_watchdog.c to new scheme
param: lock if_sdio's lbs_helper_name and lbs_fw_name against sysfs changes.
param: lock myri10ge_fw_name against sysfs changes.
param: simple locking for sysfs-writable charp parameters
param: remove unnecessary writable charp
param: add kerneldoc to moduleparam.h
param: locking for kernel parameters
param: make param sections const.
param: use free hook for charp (fix leak of charp parameters)
param: add a free hook to kernel_param_ops.
param: silence .init.text references from param ops
Add param ops struct for hvc_iucv driver.
nfs: update for module_param_named API change
AppArmor: update for module_param_named API change
param: use ops in struct kernel_param, rather than get and set fns directly
param: move the EXPORT_SYMBOL to after the definitions.
...
Add a dummy printk function for the maintenance of unused printks through gcc
format checking, and also so that side-effect checking is maintained too.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch adds a limit for nframes as the number of frames in TX_SETUP and
RX_SETUP are derived from a single byte multiplex value by default.
Use-cases that would require to send/filter more than 256 CAN frames should
be implemented in userspace for complexity reasons anyway.
Additionally the assignments of unsigned values from userspace to signed
values in kernelspace and vice versa are fixed by using unsigned values in
kernelspace consistently.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Reported-by: Ben Hawkes <hawkes@google.com>
Acked-by: Urs Thuermann <urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the DNS server returns an error, allow that to be cached in the DNS resolver
key in lieu of a value. Userspace passes the desired error number as an option
in the payload:
"#dnserror=<number>"
Userspace must map h_errno from the name resolution routines to an appropriate
Linux error before passing it up. Something like the following mapping is
recommended:
[HOST_NOT_FOUND] = ENODATA,
[TRY_AGAIN] = EAGAIN,
[NO_RECOVERY] = ECONNREFUSED,
[NO_DATA] = ENODATA,
in lieu of Linux errors specifically for representing name service errors. The
filesystem must map these errors appropropriately before passing them to
userspace. AFS is made to map ENODATA and EAGAIN to EDESTADDRREQ for the
return to userspace; ECONNREFUSED is allowed to stand as is.
The error can be seen in /proc/keys as a negative number after the description
of the key. Compare, for example, the following key entries:
2f97238c I--Q-- 1 53s 3f010000 0 0 dns_resol afsdb:grand.centrall.org: -61
338bfbbe I--Q-- 1 59m 3f010000 0 0 dns_resol afsdb:grand.central.org: 37
If the error option is supplied in the payload, the main part of the payload is
discarded. The key should have an expiry time set by userspace.
Signed-off-by: Wang Lei <wang840925@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve French <sfrench@us.ibm.com>
This patch updates the computation to include the worst case situation
where three FRMR are required to map a single RPC REQ.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@ogc.us>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
A bad cast causes the iova_start, which in this case is a 64b DMA
bus address, to be truncated on 32b systems. This breaks frmrs on
32b systems. No cast is needed.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Since the writing to sysfs can free the old one, we need to block that
when we access the charp variables.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Tested-by: Phil Carmody <ext-phil.2.carmody@nokia.com>
Cc: Jeff Dike <jdike@addtoit.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Jing Huang <huangj@brocade.com>
Cc: James E.J. Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: user-mode-linux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: libertas-dev@lists.infradead.org
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
After merging the rr tree, today's linux-next build (powerpc
ppc64_defconfig) failed like this:
net/sunrpc/auth.c:74: error: 'param_ops_hashtbl_sz' undeclared here (not in a function)
Caused by commit 0685652df0929cec7d78efa85127f6eb34962132
("param:param_ops") interacting with commit
f8f853ab19fcc415b6eadd273373edc424916212 ("SUNRPC: Make the credential
cache hashtable size configurable") from the nfs tree.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
This is more kernel-ish, saves some space, and also allows us to
expand the ops without breaking all the callers who are happy for the
new members to be NULL.
The few places which defined their own param types are changed to the
new scheme (more which crept in recently fixed in following patches).
Since we're touching them anyway, we change get() and set() to take a
const struct kernel_param (which they really are). This causes some
harmless warnings until we fix them (in following patches).
To reduce churn, module_param_call creates the ops struct so the callers
don't have to change (and casts the functions to reduce warnings).
The modern version which takes an ops struct is called module_param_cb.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Tested-by: Phil Carmody <ext-phil.2.carmody@nokia.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Ville Syrjala <syrjala@sci.fi>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Cc: Alessandro Rubini <rubini@ipvvis.unipv.it>
Cc: Michal Januszewski <spock@gentoo.org>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-fbdev-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Require qdisc class ops .walk and .leaf for classful qdisc in
register_qdisc(). The checks could be done later insted, but these
ops are really needed and used by most of classful qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_sfq as a classful qdisc needs the .leaf handler. Otherwise, there
is an oops possible in tc_modify_qdisc()/check_loop().
Fixes commit 7d2681a6ff
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Headroom size for control channel must be at least 48 bytes in some scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When reusing a TCP connection, ensure that it's aborted if a previous
shutdown attempt has been made on that connection so that the RPC over
TCP recovery mechanism succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Andy Chittenden <andyc.bluearc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
remote_tx_win is intended to be set on receipt of an L2CAP
configuration request. The value is used to determine the size of the
transmit window on the remote side of an ERTM connection, so L2CAP
can stop sending frames when that remote window is full.
An incorrect remote_tx_win value will cause the stack to not fully
utilize the tx window (performance impact), or to overfill the remote
tx window (causing dropped frames or a disconnect).
This patch removes an extra setting of remote_tx_win when a
configuration response is received. The transmit window has a
different meaning in a response - it is an informational value
less than or equal to the local tx_win.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Incoming configuration values must be converted to native CPU order
before use. This fixes a bug where a little-endian MPS value is
compared to a native CPU value. On big-endian processors, this
can cause ERTM and streaming mode segmentation to produce PDUs
that are larger than the remote stack is expecting, or that would
produce fragmented skbs that the current FCS code cannot handle.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is based on work originally done by Patric McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Verify in register_qdisc() some basic qdisc class handlers are present.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dummy .unbind_tcf and .put qdisc class ops for easier verification.
(All other schedulers have it like this.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (59 commits)
igbvf.txt: Add igbvf Documentation
igb.txt: Add igb documentation
e100/e1000*/igb*/ixgb*: Add missing read memory barrier
ixgbe: fix build error with FCOE_CONFIG without DCB_CONFIG
netxen: protect tx timeout recovery by rtnl lock
isdn: gigaset: use after free
isdn: gigaset: add missing unlock
solos-pci: Fix race condition in tasklet RX handling
pkt_sched: Fix sch_sfq vs tcf_bind_filter oops
net: disable preemption before call smp_processor_id()
tcp: no md5sig option size check bug
iwlwifi: fix locking assertions
iwlwifi: fix TX tracer
isdn: fix information leak
net: Fix napi_gro_frags vs netpoll path
usbnet: remove noisy and hardly useful printk
rtl8180: avoid potential NULL deref in rtl8180_beacon_work
ath9k: Remove myself from the MAINTAINERS list
libertas: scan before assocation if no BSSID was given
libertas: fix association with some APs by using extended rates
...
Accesses to "wdev->current_bss" must be
locked with the wdev lock, which action
frame transmission is missing.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To avoid more patches, I also fixed other spelling
and grammar bugs when they were in the same or
following line:
successfull -> successful
parse -> parses
controler -> controller
controlers -> controllers
Cc: Jiri Kosina <trivial@kernel.org>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stefan Weil <weil@mail.berlios.de>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Since there was added ->tcf_chain() method without ->bind_tcf() to
sch_sfq class options, there is oops when a filter is added with
the classid parameter.
Fixes commit 7d2681a6ff
netdev thread: null pointer at cls_api.c
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Franchoze Eric <franchoze@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although netif_rx() isn't expected to be called in process context with
preemption enabled, it'd better handle this case. And this is why get_cpu()
is used in the non-RPS #ifdef branch. If tree RCU is selected,
rcu_read_lock() won't disable preemption, so preempt_disable() should be
called explictly.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_parse_md5sig_option doesn't check md5sig option (TCPOPT_MD5SIG)
length, but tcp_v[46]_inbound_md5_hash assume that it's at least 16
bytes long.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Popov <dp@highloadlab.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.36' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (34 commits)
nfsd4: fix file open accounting for RDWR opens
nfsd: don't allow setting maxblksize after svc created
nfsd: initialize nfsd versions before creating svc
net: sunrpc: removed duplicated #include
nfsd41: Fix a crash when a callback is retried
nfsd: fix startup/shutdown order bug
nfsd: minor nfsd read api cleanup
gcc-4.6: nfsd: fix initialized but not read warnings
nfsd4: share file descriptors between stateid's
nfsd4: fix openmode checking on IO using lock stateid
nfsd4: miscellaneous process_open2 cleanup
nfsd4: don't pretend to support write delegations
nfsd: bypass readahead cache when have struct file
nfsd: minor nfsd_svc() cleanup
nfsd: move more into nfsd_startup()
nfsd: just keep single lockd reference for nfsd
nfsd: clean up nfsd_create_serv error handling
nfsd: fix error handling in __write_ports_addxprt
nfsd: fix error handling when starting nfsd with rpcbind down
nfsd4: fix v4 state shutdown error paths
...
* 'nfs-for-2.6.36' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6: (42 commits)
NFS: NFSv4.1 is no longer a "developer only" feature
NFS: NFS_V4 is no longer an EXPERIMENTAL feature
NFS: Fix /proc/mount for legacy binary interface
NFS: Fix the locking in nfs4_callback_getattr
SUNRPC: Defer deleting the security context until gss_do_free_ctx()
SUNRPC: prevent task_cleanup running on freed xprt
SUNRPC: Reduce asynchronous RPC task stack usage
SUNRPC: Move the bound cred to struct rpc_rqst
SUNRPC: Clean up of rpc_bindcred()
SUNRPC: Move remaining RPC client related task initialisation into clnt.c
SUNRPC: Ensure that rpc_exit() always wakes up a sleeping task
SUNRPC: Make the credential cache hashtable size configurable
SUNRPC: Store the hashtable size in struct rpc_cred_cache
NFS: Ensure the AUTH_UNIX credcache is allocated dynamically
NFS: Fix the NFS users of rpc_restart_call()
SUNRPC: The function rpc_restart_call() should return success/failure
NFSv4: Get rid of the bogus RPC_ASSASSINATED(task) checks
NFSv4: Clean up the process of renewing the NFSv4 lease
NFSv4.1: Handle NFS4ERR_DELAY on SEQUENCE correctly
NFS: nfs_rename() should not have to flush out writebacks
...
Fixes for the DNS query module, including:
(1) Use 'negative' instead of '-ve' in the documentation.
(2) Mark the kdoc comment with '/**' on dns_query().
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve French <sfrench@us.ibm.com>
Fixes build errors:
net/dns_resolver/dns_key.c: In function 'init_dns_resolver':
net/dns_resolver/dns_key.c:170: error: implicit declaration of function 'IS_ERR'
net/dns_resolver/dns_key.c:171: error: implicit declaration of function 'PTR_ERR'
net/dns_resolver/dns_query.c: In function 'dns_query':
net/dns_resolver/dns_query.c:126: error: implicit declaration of function 'IS_ERR'
net/dns_resolver/dns_query.c:127: error: implicit declaration of function 'PTR_ERR'
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve French <sfrench@us.ibm.com>
The netpoll_rx_on() check in __napi_gro_receive() skips part of the
"common" GRO_NORMAL path, especially "pull:" in dev_gro_receive(),
where at least eth header should be copied for entirely paged skbs.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate out the DNS resolver key type from the CIFS filesystem into its own
module so that it can be made available for general use, including the AFS
filesystem module.
This facility makes it possible for the kernel to upcall to userspace to have
it issue DNS requests, package up the replies and present them to the kernel
in a useful form. The kernel is then able to cache the DNS replies as keys
can be retained in keyrings.
Resolver keys are of type "dns_resolver" and have a case-insensitive
description that is of the form "[<type>:]<domain_name>". The optional <type>
indicates the particular DNS lookup and packaging that's required. The
<domain_name> is the query to be made.
If <type> isn't given, a basic hostname to IP address lookup is made, and the
result is stored in the key in the form of a printable string consisting of a
comma-separated list of IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
This key type is supported by userspace helpers driven from /sbin/request-key
and configured through /etc/request-key.conf. The cifs.upcall utility is
invoked for UNC path server name to IP address resolution.
The CIFS functionality is encapsulated by the dns_resolve_unc_to_ip() function,
which is used to resolve a UNC path to an IP address for CIFS filesystem. This
part remains in the CIFS module for now.
See the added Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt for more information.
Signed-off-by: Wang Lei <wang840925@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve French <sfrench@us.ibm.com>
The PPP channel ops structure should be const.
Cleanup the declarations to use standard C99 format.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RxRPC can potentially deadlock as rxrpc_resend_time_expired() wants to get
call->state_lock so that it can alter the state of an RxRPC call. However, its
caller (call_timer_fn()) has an apparent lock on the timer struct.
The problem is that rxrpc_resend_time_expired() isn't permitted to lock
call->state_lock as this could cause a deadlock against rxrpc_send_abort() as
that takes state_lock and then attempts to delete the resend timer by calling
del_timer_sync().
The deadlock can occur because del_timer_sync() will sit there forever waiting
for rxrpc_resend_time_expired() to return, but the latter may then wait for
call->state_lock, which rxrpc_send_abort() holds around del_timer_sync()...
This leads to a warning appearing in the kernel log that looks something like
the attached.
It should be sufficient to simply dispense with the locks. It doesn't matter
if we set the resend timer expired event bit and queue the event processor
whilst we're changing state to one where the resend timer is irrelevant as the
event can just be ignored by the processor thereafter.
=======================================================
[ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
2.6.35-rc3-cachefs+ #115
-------------------------------------------------------
swapper/0 is trying to acquire lock:
(&call->state_lock){++--..}, at: [<ffffffffa00200d4>] rxrpc_resend_time_expired+0x56/0x96 [af_rxrpc]
but task is already holding lock:
(&call->resend_timer){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff8103b675>] run_timer_softirq+0x182/0x2a5
which lock already depends on the new lock.
the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
-> #1 (&call->resend_timer){+.-...}:
[<ffffffff810560bc>] __lock_acquire+0x889/0x8fa
[<ffffffff81056184>] lock_acquire+0x57/0x6d
[<ffffffff8103bb9c>] del_timer_sync+0x3c/0x86
[<ffffffffa002bb7a>] rxrpc_send_abort+0x50/0x97 [af_rxrpc]
[<ffffffffa002bdd9>] rxrpc_kernel_abort_call+0xa1/0xdd [af_rxrpc]
[<ffffffffa0061588>] afs_deliver_to_call+0x129/0x368 [kafs]
[<ffffffffa006181b>] afs_process_async_call+0x54/0xff [kafs]
[<ffffffff8104261d>] worker_thread+0x1ef/0x2e2
[<ffffffff81045f47>] kthread+0x7a/0x82
[<ffffffff81002cd4>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
-> #0 (&call->state_lock){++--..}:
[<ffffffff81055237>] validate_chain+0x727/0xd23
[<ffffffff810560bc>] __lock_acquire+0x889/0x8fa
[<ffffffff81056184>] lock_acquire+0x57/0x6d
[<ffffffff813e6b69>] _raw_read_lock_bh+0x34/0x43
[<ffffffffa00200d4>] rxrpc_resend_time_expired+0x56/0x96 [af_rxrpc]
[<ffffffff8103b6e6>] run_timer_softirq+0x1f3/0x2a5
[<ffffffff81036828>] __do_softirq+0xa2/0x13e
[<ffffffff81002dcc>] call_softirq+0x1c/0x28
[<ffffffff810049f0>] do_softirq+0x38/0x80
[<ffffffff810361a2>] irq_exit+0x45/0x47
[<ffffffff81018fb3>] smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x88/0x96
[<ffffffff81002893>] apic_timer_interrupt+0x13/0x20
[<ffffffff810011ac>] cpu_idle+0x4d/0x83
[<ffffffff813e06f3>] start_secondary+0x1bd/0x1c1
other info that might help us debug this:
1 lock held by swapper/0:
#0: (&call->resend_timer){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff8103b675>] run_timer_softirq+0x182/0x2a5
stack backtrace:
Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 2.6.35-rc3-cachefs+ #115
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff81054414>] print_circular_bug+0xae/0xbd
[<ffffffff81055237>] validate_chain+0x727/0xd23
[<ffffffff810560bc>] __lock_acquire+0x889/0x8fa
[<ffffffff810539a7>] ? mark_lock+0x42f/0x51f
[<ffffffff81056184>] lock_acquire+0x57/0x6d
[<ffffffffa00200d4>] ? rxrpc_resend_time_expired+0x56/0x96 [af_rxrpc]
[<ffffffff813e6b69>] _raw_read_lock_bh+0x34/0x43
[<ffffffffa00200d4>] ? rxrpc_resend_time_expired+0x56/0x96 [af_rxrpc]
[<ffffffffa00200d4>] rxrpc_resend_time_expired+0x56/0x96 [af_rxrpc]
[<ffffffff8103b6e6>] run_timer_softirq+0x1f3/0x2a5
[<ffffffff8103b675>] ? run_timer_softirq+0x182/0x2a5
[<ffffffffa002007e>] ? rxrpc_resend_time_expired+0x0/0x96 [af_rxrpc]
[<ffffffff810367ef>] ? __do_softirq+0x69/0x13e
[<ffffffff81036828>] __do_softirq+0xa2/0x13e
[<ffffffff81002dcc>] call_softirq+0x1c/0x28
[<ffffffff810049f0>] do_softirq+0x38/0x80
[<ffffffff810361a2>] irq_exit+0x45/0x47
[<ffffffff81018fb3>] smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x88/0x96
[<ffffffff81002893>] apic_timer_interrupt+0x13/0x20
<EOI> [<ffffffff81049de1>] ? __atomic_notifier_call_chain+0x0/0x86
[<ffffffff8100955b>] ? mwait_idle+0x6e/0x78
[<ffffffff81009552>] ? mwait_idle+0x65/0x78
[<ffffffff810011ac>] cpu_idle+0x4d/0x83
[<ffffffff813e06f3>] start_secondary+0x1bd/0x1c1
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packet length should be checked before the packet data is dereferenced.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packet length should be checked before the packet data is dereferenced.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packet length should be checked before the packet data is dereferenced.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the TX path, skb->data points to the ethernet header, not the network
header. So when validating the packet length for accessing we should
take the ethernet header into account.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The warning is:
net/mac80211/main.c:688: warning: label ‘fail_ifa’ defined but not used
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Releasing the scan mutex while starting scans
can lead to unexpected things happening, so
we shouldn't do that. Fix that and hold the
mutex across the scan triggering.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1443 commits)
phy/marvell: add 88ec048 support
igb: Program MDICNFG register prior to PHY init
e1000e: correct MAC-PHY interconnect register offset for 82579
hso: Add new product ID
can: Add driver for esd CAN-USB/2 device
l2tp: fix export of header file for userspace
can-raw: Fix skb_orphan_try handling
Revert "net: remove zap_completion_queue"
net: cleanup inclusion
phy/marvell: add 88e1121 interface mode support
u32: negative offset fix
net: Fix a typo from "dev" to "ndev"
igb: Use irq_synchronize per vector when using MSI-X
ixgbevf: fix null pointer dereference due to filter being set for VLAN 0
e1000e: Fix irq_synchronize in MSI-X case
e1000e: register pm_qos request on hardware activation
ip_fragment: fix subtracting PPPOE_SES_HLEN from mtu twice
net: Add getsockopt support for TCP thin-streams
cxgb4: update driver version
cxgb4: add new PCI IDs
...
Manually fix up conflicts in:
- drivers/net/e1000e/netdev.c: due to pm_qos registration
infrastructure changes
- drivers/net/phy/marvell.c: conflict between adding 88ec048 support
and cleaning up the IDs
- drivers/net/wireless/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c: trivial ipw2100_pm_qos_req
conflict (registration change vs marking it static)
Check result code of L2CAP information response. Otherwise
it would read invalid feature mask and access invalid memory.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the remote side doesn't support Enhanced Retransmission Mode neither
Streaming Mode, we shall not send the RFC option.
Some devices that only supports Basic Mode do not understanding the RFC
option. This patch fixes the regression found with these devices.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is no need to delete the gss context separately from the rest
of the security context information, and doing so gives rise to a
an rcu_dereference_check() warning.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We saw a report of a NULL dereference in xprt_autoclose:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=611938
This appears to be the result of an xprt's task_cleanup running after
the xprt is destroyed. Nothing in the current code appears to prevent
that.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This will allow us to save the original generic cred in rpc_message, so
that if we migrate from one server to another, we can generate a new bound
cred without having to punt back to the NFS layer.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Now that rpc_run_task() is the sole entry point for RPC calls, we can move
the remaining rpc_client-related initialisation of struct rpc_task from
sched.c into clnt.c.
Also move rpc_killall_tasks() into the same file, since that too is
relative to the rpc_clnt.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Make rpc_exit() non-inline, and ensure that it always wakes up a task that
has been queued.
Kill off the now unused rpc_wake_up_task().
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This patch allows the user to configure the credential cache hashtable size
using a new module parameter: auth_hashtable_size
When set, this parameter will be rounded up to the nearest power of two,
with a maximum allowed value of 1024 elements.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Both rpc_restart_call_prepare() and rpc_restart_call() test for the
RPC_TASK_KILLED flag, and fail to restart the RPC call if that flag is set.
This patch allows callers to know whether or not the restart was
successful, so that they can perform cleanups etc in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Commit fc6055a5ba (net: Introduce
skb_orphan_try()) allows an early orphan of the skb and takes care on
tx timestamping, which needs the sk-reference in the skb on driver level.
So does the can-raw socket, which has not been taken into account here.
The patch below adds a 'prevent_sk_orphan' bit in the skb tx shared info,
which fixes the problem discovered by Matthias Fuchs here:
http://marc.info/?t=128030411900003&r=1&w=2
Even if it's not a primary tx timestamp topic it fits well into some skb
shared tx context. Or should be find a different place for the information to
protect the sk reference until it reaches the driver level?
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 15e83ed788.
As explained by Johannes Berg, the optimization made here is
invalid. Or, at best, incomplete.
Not only destructor invocation, but conntract entry releasing
must be executed outside of hw IRQ context.
So just checking "skb->destructor" is insufficient.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ab95bfe01f replaces bridge and macvlan
hooks in __netif_receive_skb(), so dev.c doesn't need to include their headers.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was possible to use a negative offset in a u32 match to reference
the ethernet header or other parts of the link layer header.
This fixes the regression caused by:
commit fbc2e7d9cf
Author: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Date: Wed Jun 2 07:32:42 2010 -0700
cls_u32: use skb_header_pointer() to dereference data safely
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
6c79bf0f24 subtracts PPPOE_SES_HLEN from mtu at
the front of ip_fragment(). So the later subtraction should be removed. The
MTU of 802.1q is also 1500, so MTU should not be changed.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bart De Schuymer <bdschuym@pandora.bo>
----
net/ipv4/ip_output.c | 6 ++----
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: Bart De Schuymer <bdschuym@pandora.bo>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initial TCP thin-stream commit did not add getsockopt support for the new
socket options: TCP_THIN_LINEAR_TIMEOUTS and TCP_THIN_DUPACK. This adds support
for them.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Tested-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Acked-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
9P spec says:
"It is correct to consider remove to be a clunk with the
side effect of removing the file if permissions allow. "
So even if remove fails we need to destroy the fid.
Without this patch an rmdir on a directory with contents leave
the new cloned directory fid fid attached to fidlist. On umount
we dump the fids on the fidlist
~# rmdir /mnt2/test4/
rmdir: failed to remove `/mnt2/test4/': Directory not empty
~# umount /mnt2/
~# dmesg
[ 228.474323] Found fid 3 not clunked
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
TXATTRCREATE: Prepare a fid for setting xattr value on a file system object.
size[4] TXATTRCREATE tag[2] fid[4] name[s] attr_size[8] flags[4]
size[4] RXATTRCREATE tag[2]
txattrcreate gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to set the xattr value.
flag value is derived from set Linux setxattr. The manpage says
"The flags parameter can be used to refine the semantics of the operation.
XATTR_CREATE specifies a pure create, which fails if the named attribute
exists already. XATTR_REPLACE specifies a pure replace operation, which
fails if the named attribute does not already exist. By default (no flags),
the extended attribute will be created if need be, or will simply replace
the value if the attribute exists."
The actual setxattr operation happens when the fid is clunked. At that point
the written byte count and the attr_size specified in TXATTRCREATE should be
same otherwise an error will be returned.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
TXATTRWALK: Descend a ATTR namespace
size[4] TXATTRWALK tag[2] fid[4] newfid[4] name[s]
size[4] RXATTRWALK tag[2] size[8]
txattrwalk gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to read the xattr value. If name is NULL the fid returned
can be used to get the list of extended attribute associated to
the file system object.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Implement 9p2000.L version of open(LOPEN) interface in 9p client.
For LOPEN, no need to convert the flags to and from 9p mode to VFS mode.
Synopsis:
size[4] Tlopen tag[2] fid[4] mode[4]
size[4] Rlopen tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]
[Fix mode bit format - jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com]
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tlcreate tag[2] fid[4] name[s] flags[4] mode[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rlcreate tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]
DESCRIPTION
The Tlreate request asks the file server to create a new regular file with the
name supplied, in the directory (dir) represented by fid.
The mode argument specifies the permissions to use. New file is created with
the uid if the fid and with supplied gid.
The flags argument represent Linux access mode flags with which the caller
is requesting to open the file with. Protocol allows all the Linux access
modes but it is upto the server to allow/disallow any of these acess modes.
If the server doesn't support any of the access mode, it is expected to
return error.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Implement TMKDIR as part of 2000.L Work
Synopsis
size[4] Tmkdir tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rmkdir tag[2] qid[13]
Description
mkdir asks the file server to create a directory with given name,
mode and gid. The qid for the new directory is returned with
the mkdir reply message.
Note: 72 is selected as the opcode for TMKDIR from the reserved list.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] Tmknod tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] major[4] minor[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rmknod tag[2] qid[13]
Description
mknod asks the file server to create a device node with given major and
minor number, mode and gid. The qid for the new device node is returned
with the mknod reply message.
[sripathik@in.ibm.com: Fix error handling code]
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Create a symbolic link
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tsymlink tag[2] fid[4] name[s] symtgt[s] gid[4]
size[4] Rsymlink tag[2] qid[13]
DESCRIPTION
Create a symbolic link named 'name' pointing to 'symtgt'.
gid represents the effective group id of the caller.
The permissions of a symbolic link are irrelevant hence it is omitted
from the protocol.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds a helper function to get the dentry from inode and
uses it in creating a Hardlink
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tlink tag[2] dfid[4] oldfid[4] newpath[s]
size[4] Rlink tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
Create a link 'newpath' in directory pointed by dfid linking to oldfid path.
[sripathik@in.ibm.com : p9_client_link should not free req structure
if p9_client_rpc has returned an error.]
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tsetattr tag[2] attr[n]
size[4] Rsetattr tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The setattr command changes some of the file status information.
attr resembles the iattr structure used in Linux kernel. It
specifies which status parameter is to be changed and to what
value. It is laid out as follows:
valid[4]
specifies which status information is to be changed. Possible
values are:
ATTR_MODE (1 << 0)
ATTR_UID (1 << 1)
ATTR_GID (1 << 2)
ATTR_SIZE (1 << 3)
ATTR_ATIME (1 << 4)
ATTR_MTIME (1 << 5)
ATTR_ATIME_SET (1 << 7)
ATTR_MTIME_SET (1 << 8)
The last two bits represent whether the time information
is being sent by the client's user space. In the absense
of these bits the server always uses server's time.
mode[4]
File permission bits
uid[4]
Owner id of file
gid[4]
Group id of the file
size[8]
File size
atime_sec[8]
Time of last file access, seconds
atime_nsec[8]
Time of last file access, nanoseconds
mtime_sec[8]
Time of last file modification, seconds
mtime_nsec[8]
Time of last file modification, nanoseconds
Explanation of the patches:
--------------------------
*) The kernel just copies relevent contents of iattr structure to
p9_iattr_dotl structure and passes it down to the client. The
only check it has is calling inode_change_ok()
*) The p9_iattr_dotl structure does not have ctime and ia_file
parameters because I don't think these are needed in our case.
The client user space can request updating just ctime by calling
chown(fd, -1, -1). This is handled on server side without a need
for putting ctime on the wire.
*) The server currently supports changing mode, time, ownership and
size of the file.
*) 9P RFC says "Either all the changes in wstat request happen, or
none of them does: if the request succeeds, all changes were made;
if it fails, none were."
I have not done anything to implement this specifically because I
don't see a reason.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tgetattr tag[2] fid[4] request_mask[8]
size[4] Rgetattr tag[2] lstat[n]
DESCRIPTION
The getattr transaction inquires about the file identified by fid.
request_mask is a bit mask that specifies which fields of the
stat structure is the client interested in.
The reply will contain a machine-independent directory entry,
laid out as follows:
st_result_mask[8]
Bit mask that indicates which fields in the stat structure
have been populated by the server
qid.type[1]
the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
word.
qid.vers[4]
version number for given path
qid.path[8]
the file server's unique identification for the file
st_mode[4]
Permission and flags
st_uid[4]
User id of owner
st_gid[4]
Group ID of owner
st_nlink[8]
Number of hard links
st_rdev[8]
Device ID (if special file)
st_size[8]
Size, in bytes
st_blksize[8]
Block size for file system IO
st_blocks[8]
Number of file system blocks allocated
st_atime_sec[8]
Time of last access, seconds
st_atime_nsec[8]
Time of last access, nanoseconds
st_mtime_sec[8]
Time of last modification, seconds
st_mtime_nsec[8]
Time of last modification, nanoseconds
st_ctime_sec[8]
Time of last status change, seconds
st_ctime_nsec[8]
Time of last status change, nanoseconds
st_btime_sec[8]
Time of creation (birth) of file, seconds
st_btime_nsec[8]
Time of creation (birth) of file, nanoseconds
st_gen[8]
Inode generation
st_data_version[8]
Data version number
request_mask and result_mask bit masks contain the following bits
#define P9_STATS_MODE 0x00000001ULL
#define P9_STATS_NLINK 0x00000002ULL
#define P9_STATS_UID 0x00000004ULL
#define P9_STATS_GID 0x00000008ULL
#define P9_STATS_RDEV 0x00000010ULL
#define P9_STATS_ATIME 0x00000020ULL
#define P9_STATS_MTIME 0x00000040ULL
#define P9_STATS_CTIME 0x00000080ULL
#define P9_STATS_INO 0x00000100ULL
#define P9_STATS_SIZE 0x00000200ULL
#define P9_STATS_BLOCKS 0x00000400ULL
#define P9_STATS_BTIME 0x00000800ULL
#define P9_STATS_GEN 0x00001000ULL
#define P9_STATS_DATA_VERSION 0x00002000ULL
#define P9_STATS_BASIC 0x000007ffULL
#define P9_STATS_ALL 0x00003fffULL
This patch implements the client side of getattr implementation for
9P2000.L. It introduces a new structure p9_stat_dotl for getting
Linux stat information along with QID. The data layout is similar to
stat structure in Linux user space with the following major
differences:
inode (st_ino) is not part of data. Instead qid is.
device (st_dev) is not part of data because this doesn't make sense
on the client.
All time variables are 64 bit wide on the wire. The kernel seems to use
32 bit variables for these variables. However, some of the architectures
have used 64 bit variables and glibc exposes 64 bit variables to user
space on some architectures. Hence to be on the safer side we have made
these 64 bit in the protocol. Refer to the comments in
include/asm-generic/stat.h
There are some additional fields: st_btime_sec, st_btime_nsec, st_gen,
st_data_version apart from the bitmask, st_result_mask. The bit mask
is filled by the server to indicate which stat fields have been
populated by the server. Currently there is no clean way for the
server to obtain these additional fields, so it sends back just the
basic fields.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
We need to get the negative errno value in the kernel
even for dotl.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch implements the kernel part of readdir() implementation for 9p2000.L
Change from V3: Instead of inode, server now sends qids for each dirent
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Treaddir tag[2] fid[4] offset[8] count[4]
size[4] Rreaddir tag[2] count[4] data[count]
DESCRIPTION
The readdir request asks the server to read the directory specified by 'fid'
at an offset specified by 'offset' and return as many dirent structures as
possible that fit into count bytes. Each dirent structure is laid out as
follows.
qid.type[1]
the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
word.
qid.vers[4]
version number for given path
qid.path[8]
the file server's unique identification for the file
offset[8]
offset into the next dirent.
type[1]
type of this directory entry.
name[256]
name of this directory entry.
This patch adds v9fs_dir_readdir_dotl() as the readdir() call for 9p2000.L.
This function sends P9_TREADDIR command to the server. In response the server
sends a buffer filled with dirent structures. This is different from the
existing v9fs_dir_readdir() call which receives stat structures from the server.
This results in significant speedup of readdir() on large directories.
For example, doing 'ls >/dev/null' on a directory with 10000 files on my
laptop takes 1.088 seconds with the existing code, but only takes 0.339 seconds
with the new readdir.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
use skb->len for accounting as xt_quota does. Since nf_conntrack works
at the network layer, skb_network_offset should always returns ZERO.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This is an off by one bug because strlen() doesn't count the NULL
terminator. We strcpy() addr into a fixed length array of size
UNIX_PATH_MAX later on.
The addr variable is the name of the device being mounted.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The tuple got from unique_tuple() doesn't need to be really unique, so the
check for the unique tuple isn't necessary, when there isn't any other
choice. Eliminating the unnecessary nf_nat_used_tuple() can save some CPU
cycles too.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The only user of unique_tuple() get_unique_tuple() doesn't care about the
return value of unique_tuple(), so make unique_tuple() return void (nothing).
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This removes duplicate code by providing a default implementation
which is used by 3 of the 4 modules that provide these call.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
IPVS was merged into the kernel quite a long time ago and
has been seeing wide-spread production use for even longer.
It seems appropriate for it to be no longer tagged as EXPERIMENTAL
Signed-off-as: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
some users of nf_ct_ext_exist() know ct->ext isn't NULL. For these users, the
check for ct->ext isn't necessary, the function __nf_ct_ext_exist() can be
used instead.
the type of the return value of nf_ct_ext_exist() is changed to bool.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
We currently disable BH for the whole duration of get_counters()
On machines with a lot of cpus and large tables, this might be too long.
We can disable preemption during the whole function, and disable BH only
while fetching counters for the current cpu.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If user misconfigures ingress and causes a redirection loop, don't
overwhelm the log. This is also a error case so make it unlikely.
Found by inspection, luckily not in real system.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The other calls to kmalloc in the same function use GFP_ATOMIC, and indeed
two locks are held within the body of the function.
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@ identifier f; @@
*f(...,GFP_ATOMIC,...)
... when != spin_unlock(...)
when != read_unlock(...)
when != write_unlock(...)
when != read_unlock_irq(...)
when != write_unlock_irq(...)
when != read_unlock_irqrestore(...)
when != write_unlock_irqrestore(...)
when != spin_unlock_irq(...)
when != spin_unlock_irqrestore(...)
*f(...,GFP_KERNEL,...)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
after updating the value of the ICMP payload, inet_proto_csum_replace4() should
be called with zero pseudohdr.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pskb_may_pull() may change skb pointers, so adjust icmph after pskb_may_pull().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rfcomm_cleanup_ttys() is also called from rfcomm_init(), so it can't
have __exit.
Reported-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The bdaddr in the list root is completely unused and just
taking up space.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently you cannot disable multicast snooping while a device is
down. There is no good reason for this restriction and this patch
removes it.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the bridge TX path we're leaking an skb when br_multicast_rcv
returns an error.
Reported-by: David Lamparter <equinox@diac24.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a bug in do_tcp_setsockopt(net/ipv4/tcp.c),
TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS case.
In some cases (when tp->cookie_values == NULL) new tcp_cookie_values
structure can be allocated (at cvp), but not bound to
tp->cookie_values. So a memory leak occurs.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Popov <dp@highloadlab.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some features require knowing the DTIM period
before associating. This implements the ability
to wait for a beacon in mac80211 before assoc
to provide this value. It is optional since
most likely not all drivers will need this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're
supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or
scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while
longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which
takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if
the channel temporarily changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts this commit. While in theory the change is
correct the patch does not address current assumptions made
by some drivers, one which is definitley affected is ath9k.
Prior to this change the scan complete callback would be
called after we returned to the home channel and configured
the hardware RX filters. After this change we call the scan
complete callback prior to both the hw config and the config
filter. At least for ath9k this breaks quite a few assumptions
on the callback, leading to disconnects to the AP after every scan
making the driver pretty useless on STA mode. The goal behind
this commit was to address the now understood spurious warnings
from ath9k and mac80211_hwsim on scanning on two wiphys at the
same time but we have now supressed these and will address this
issue in the next kernel release.
When fixing this for good next we must first review the other
driver's dependence on this logic and perhaps consider removal
of the scan complete callback all together.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In some cases there could be possible dereferencing freed pointer. The
update is intended to avoid this issue.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of errors during message composing msg should be freed after canceling.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Kululin <ext-yuri.kululin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the function ieee80211_subif_start_xmit the logic related with
meshdrlen is under CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH macro, but in one place it isn't.
This is some update for this
Signed-off-by: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Long ago, when bridge was converted to RCU, rcu lock was equivalent
to having preempt disabled. RCU has changed a lot since then and
bridge code was still assuming the since transmit was called with
bottom half disabled, it was RCU safe.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Tested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Those annotation save memory and space on the binary. __init code is
discarded just after execute and __exit code is discarded if the module
is built into the kernel image or unload of modules is not allowed.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Testing first we avoid enter the loop when count = 0.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Save a few bytes of text
(allyesconfig)
$ size drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
3924568 100548 871056 4896172 4ab5ac drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.new
3926520 100548 871464 4898532 4abee4 drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.old
$ size net/wireless/core.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
12843 216 3768 16827 41bb net/wireless/core.o.new
12328 216 3656 16200 3f48 net/wireless/core.o
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Key locking simplification removed key->sdata != NULL verification from
ieee80211_key_free(). While that is fine for most use cases, there is one
path where this function can be called with an unlinked key (i.e.,
key->sdata == NULL && key->local == NULL). This results in a NULL pointer
dereference with the current implementation. This is known to happen at
least with FT protocol when wpa_supplicant tries to configure the key
before association.
Avoid the issue by passing in the local pointer to
ieee80211_key_free(). In addition, do not clear the key from hw_accel
or debugfs if it has not yet been added. At least the hw_accel one could
trigger another NULL pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
s2io: fixing DBG_PRINT() macro
ath9k: fix dma direction for map/unmap in ath_rx_tasklet
net: dev_forward_skb should call nf_reset
net sched: fix race in mirred device removal
tun: avoid BUG, dump packet on GSO errors
bonding: set device in RLB ARP packet handler
wimax/i2400m: Add PID & VID for Intel WiMAX 6250
ipv6: Don't add routes to ipv6 disabled interfaces.
net: Fix skb_copy_expand() handling of ->csum_start
net: Fix corruption of skb csum field in pskb_expand_head() of net/core/skbuff.c
macvtap: Limit packet queue length
ixgbe/igb: catch invalid VF settings
bnx2x: Advance a module version
bnx2x: Protect statistics ramrod and sequence number
bnx2x: Protect a SM state change
wireless: use netif_rx_ni in ieee80211_send_layer2_update
[ Fix unused local variable build warnings. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the function is exported, the EXPORT* macro for it should follow immediately
after the closing function brace line.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
net/netlink/genetlink.c | 9 ++++-----
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 1dacc76d00
(net/compat/wext: send different messages to compat tasks)
introduced a race condition on netlink, in case MSG_PEEK is used.
An skb given by skb_recv_datagram() might be shared, we must copy it
before any modification, or risk fatal corruption.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In AP mode, there is no need to notify the driver about QoS
changes for the monitor interface that is created. The warning
in ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify() would be hit otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I just had the following:
WARNING: at drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-tx.c:574 iwlagn_tx_skb+0x1576/0x15f0 [iwlagn]()
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff8105c5df>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7f/0xc0
[<ffffffff8105c63a>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20
[<ffffffffa0290b46>] iwlagn_tx_skb+0x1576/0x15f0 [iwlagn]
[<ffffffffa027076c>] iwl_mac_tx+0x5c/0x260 [iwlagn]
[<ffffffffa01bdf5b>] __ieee80211_tx+0x10b/0x1a0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa01bfb86>] ieee80211_tx_pending+0x186/0x2d0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffff81062ea5>] tasklet_action+0x125/0x130
[<ffffffff810634a6>] __do_softirq+0x106/0x270
[<ffffffff8100c09c>] call_softirq+0x1c/0x30
iwlagn 0000:02:00.0: Attempting to modify non-existing station 107
Note that 107 == 0x6b which is slab poison.
The reason is that mac80211 passed a freed station
pointer to mac80211, because as it happened iwlwifi
reset itself while mac80211 was disconnecting from
the network.
It turns out that we do take care to look up the
station pointer in ieee80211_tx_pending_skb, but
then don't use it, which obviously is a bug. Fix
this by removing the ieee80211_tx_h_sta handler
and assigning the station pointer directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When wireless extensions are used to control
an encrypted IBSS, we erroneously can try to
set the default management key. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another remnant of the previous key locking scheme
needs to be removed -- this causes a warning
otherwise as ieee80211_set_default_mgmt_key will
acquire a mutex.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The "rd" variable isn't needed any more since 4f366c5dab
"wireless: only use alpha2 regulatory information from country IE"
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The intent was to free "msp->ratelist" here. "msp->sample_table" is
always NULL at this point.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"It's not problematic if minstrel gets feedback for rates that it
doesn't have in its list, it should just ignore it. - Felix"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
If sta is NULL, we will have problems long before we get here...
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
With conn-track zones and probably with different network
namespaces, the netfilter logic needs to be re-calculated
on packet receive. If the netfilter logic is not reset,
it will not be recalculated properly. This patch adds
the nf_reset logic to dev_forward_skb.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move frags[] at the end of struct skb_shared_info, and make
pskb_expand_head() copy only the used part of it instead of whole array.
This should avoid kmemcheck warnings and speedup pskb_expand_head() as
well, avoiding a lot of cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes hang when target device of mirred packet classifier
action is removed.
If a mirror or redirection action is configured to cause packets
to go to another device, the classifier holds a ref count, but was assuming
the adminstrator cleaned up all redirections before removing. The fix
is to add a notifier and cleanup during unregister.
The new list is implicitly protected by RTNL mutex because
it is held during filter add/delete as well as notifier.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add addr_assign_type to struct net_device and expose it via sysfs.
This new attribute has the purpose of giving user-space the ability to
distinguish between different assignment types of MAC addresses.
For example user-space can treat NICs with randomly generated MAC
addresses differently than NICs that have permanent (locally assigned)
MAC addresses.
For the former udev could write a persistent net rule by matching the
device path instead of the MAC address.
There's also the case of devices that 'steal' MAC addresses from slave
devices. In which it is also be beneficial for user-space to be aware
of the fact.
This patch also introduces a helper function to assist adoption of
drivers that generate MAC addresses randomly.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_hdr(skb)->payload_len is ZERO and can't be used for accounting, if
the payload is a Jumbo Payload specified in RFC2675.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
We should copy the initial value to userspace for iptables-save and
to allow removal of specific quota rules.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
proto->unique_tuple() will be called finally, if the previous calls fail. This
patch checks the false condition of (range->flags &IP_NAT_RANGE_PROTO_RANDOM)
instead to avoid duplicate line of code: proto->unique_tuple().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In some situations a CPU match permits a better spreading of
connections, or select targets only for a given cpu.
With Remote Packet Steering or multiqueue NIC and appropriate IRQ
affinities, we can distribute trafic on available cpus, per session.
(all RX packets for a given flow is handled by a given cpu)
Some legacy applications being not SMP friendly, one way to scale a
server is to run multiple copies of them.
Instead of randomly choosing an instance, we can use the cpu number as a
key so that softirq handler for a whole instance is running on a single
cpu, maximizing cache effects in TCP/UDP stacks.
Using NAT for example, a four ways machine might run four copies of
server application, using a separate listening port for each instance,
but still presenting an unique external port :
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp --dport 80 -m cpu --cpu 0 \
-j REDIRECT --to-port 8080
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp --dport 80 -m cpu --cpu 1 \
-j REDIRECT --to-port 8081
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp --dport 80 -m cpu --cpu 2 \
-j REDIRECT --to-port 8082
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp --dport 80 -m cpu --cpu 3 \
-j REDIRECT --to-port 8083
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Use nf_conntrack/nf_nat code to do the packet mangling and the TCP
sequence adjusting. The function 'ip_vs_skb_replace' is now dead
code, so it is removed.
To SNAT FTP, use something like:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
--vport 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
and for the data connections in passive mode:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
--vportctl 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
using '-m state --state RELATED' would also works.
Make sure the kernel modules ip_vs_ftp, nf_conntrack_ftp, and
nf_nat_ftp are loaded.
[ up-port and minor fixes by Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au> ]
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Update the nf_conntrack tuple in reply direction, as we will see
traffic from the real server (RIP) to the client (CIP). Once this is
done we can use netfilters SNAT in POSTROUTING, especially with
xt_ipvs, to do source NAT, e.g.:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 --vport 80 \
-j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
[ minor fixes by Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au> ]
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This implements the kernel-space side of the netfilter matcher xt_ipvs.
[ minor fixes by Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au> ]
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
[ Patrick: added xt_ipvs.h to Kbuild ]
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Negate has precedence over comparison so the original assert only
checked that "rfml->fragment_size" was larger than 1 or 0.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new rt attribute, RTA_MARK, and use it in
rt_fill_info()/inet_rtm_getroute() to support following commands :
ip route get 192.168.20.110 mark NUMBER
ip route get 192.168.20.108 from 192.168.20.110 iif eth1 mark NUMBER
ip route list cache [192.168.20.110] mark NUMBER
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the interface has IPv6 disabled, don't add a multicast or
link-local route since we won't be adding a link-local address.
Reported-by: Mahesh Kelkar <maheshkelkar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make pskb_expand_head() check ip_summed to make sure csum_start is really
csum_start and not csum before adjusting it.
This fixes a bug I encountered using a Sun Quad-Fast Ethernet card and VLANs.
On my configuration, the sunhme driver produces skbs with differing amounts
of headroom on receive depending on the packet size. See line 2030 of
drivers/net/sunhme.c; packets smaller than RX_COPY_THRESHOLD have 52 bytes
of headroom but packets larger than that cutoff have only 20 bytes.
When these packets reach the VLAN driver, vlan_check_reorder_header()
calls skb_cow(), which, if the packet has less than NET_SKB_PAD (== 32) bytes
of headroom, uses pskb_expand_head() to make more.
Then, pskb_expand_head() needs to adjust a lot of offsets into the skb,
including csum_start. Since csum_start is a union with csum, if the packet
has a valid csum value this will corrupt it, which was the effect I observed.
The sunhme hardware computes receive checksums, so the skbs would be created
by the driver with ip_summed == CHECKSUM_COMPLETE and a valid csum field, and
then pskb_expand_head() would corrupt the csum field, leading to an "hw csum
error" message later on, for example in icmp_rcv() for pings larger than the
sunhme RX_COPY_THRESHOLD.
On the basis of the comment at the beginning of include/linux/skbuff.h,
I believe that the csum_start skb field is only meaningful if ip_csummed is
CSUM_PARTIAL, so this patch makes pskb_expand_head() adjust it only in that
case to avoid corrupting a valid csum value.
Please see my more in-depth disucssion of tracking down this bug for
more details if you like:
http://puellavulnerata.livejournal.com/112186.htmlhttp://puellavulnerata.livejournal.com/112567.htmlhttp://puellavulnerata.livejournal.com/112891.htmlhttp://puellavulnerata.livejournal.com/113096.htmlhttp://puellavulnerata.livejournal.com/113591.html
I am not subscribed to this list, so please CC me on replies.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Shepard <andrea@persephoneslair.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Network code uses the __packed macro instead of __attribute__((packed)).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IBSS has never had locking, instead relying on some
memory barriers etc. That's hard to get right, and
I think we had it wrong too until the previous patch.
Since this is not performance sensitive, it doesn't
make sense to have the maintenance overhead of that,
so add proper locking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Bob reported a lockdep complaint originating in
the mac80211 IBSS code due to the common work
struct patch. The reason is that the IBSS and
station mode code have different locking orders
for the cfg80211 wdev lock and the work struct
(where "locking" implies running/canceling).
Fix this by simply not canceling the work in
the IBSS code, it is not necessary since when
the REQ_RUN bit is cleared, the work will run
without effect if it runs. When the interface
is set down, it is flushed anyway, so there's
no concern about it running after memory has
been invalidated either.
This fixes
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16419
Additionally, looking into this I noticed that
there's a small window while the IBSS is torn
down in which the work may be rescheduled and
the REQ_RUN bit be set again after leave() has
cleared it when a scan finishes at exactly the
same time. Avoid that by setting the ssid_len
to zero before clearing REQ_RUN which signals
to the scan finish code that this interface is
not active.
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When WEP is not available, we should reject shared
key authentication because it could never succeed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
device_add() is called before adding the phy to the cfg80211 device
list.
So if a userspace program uses sysfs uevents to detect new phy
devices, and queries nl80211 to get phy info, it can get ENODEV even
though the phy exists in sysfs.
An easy workaround is to hold the cfg80211 mutex until the phy is
present in sysfs/cfg80211/debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change the enable_ertm param to disable_ertm and default value to 0. That
means that L2CAP Extended features are enabled by default now.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Modified packet based reassembly function hci_recv_fragment() to use
hci_reassembly()
Signed-off-by: Suraj Sumangala <suraj@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implements feature to reassemble received HCI frames from any input stream
Signed-off-by: Suraj Sumangala <suraj@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We did some changes on the L2CAP configuration process and its behaviour
is bit different now. That justifies a updated on the L2CAP version.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Copyright for the time I worked on L2CAP during the Google Summer of Code
program.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Purely a cosmetic change, it doesn't change the code flow.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Probably a typo error. We were using the wrong struct to get size.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The extended L2CAP features requires that one should initiate a
ConfigReq after send the ConnectionRsp. This patch changes the behaviour
of the configuration process of our stack.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
L2CAP only deals with ACL links. EINVAL should be returned otherwise.
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the socket is in a bad state EBADFD is more appropriate then EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we try to send a message bigger than the outgoing MTU value
EMSGSIZE (message too long) should be returned.
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It doesn't make sense to have a return value since we always set it
to 0.
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Return a proper error value if socket is already connected.
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now we also check if can push skb userspace just after receive a new
skb instead of only wait the l2cap_busy_work wake up from time to time
to check the local busy condition.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
backlog queue is the canonical mechanism to avoid race conditions due
interrupts in bottom half context. After the socket lock is released the
net core take care of push all skb in its backlog queue.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using a lock to deal with the ERTM race condition - interruption with
new data from the hci layer - is wrong. We should use the native skb
backlog queue.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If such event happens we shall reply with a Command Reject, because we are
not expecting any configure request.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When mode is mandatory we shall not send connect request and report this
to the userspace as well.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since now we have checks for the supported mode before on
l2cap_info_rsp we can remove the check for it here.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If our mode is Basic Mode we have to refuse any ConfigRsp that proposes
a different mode.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Profile Tuning Suite requires that we send a RFC containing the
Basic Mode configuration when requesting Basic Mode.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we choose to use Basic Mode then we have to refuse the received mode
and propose Basic Mode again.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the device is a STATE 2 then it should disconnect the channel if the
remote device propose a mode different from its mandatory mode.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the socket type is SOCK_STREAM we set Enhanced Retransmisson Mode or
Streaming Mode as mandatory. That means that we will close the channel
if the other side doesn't support or request the the mandatory mode.
Basic mode can't be set as mandatory.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
l2cap_send_sframe() already set the F-bit if we set L2CAP_CONN_SEND_FBIT
and unset L2CAP_CONN_SEND_FBIT after send the F-bit.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If any error occurs during transfers we have to tell userspace that
something wrong happened.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth SIG Profile Tuning Suite Software uses the CSA1 spec
to run the L2CAP tests. The new 3.0 spec has a missing
Retransmit-I-Frames action when the Remote side is Busy.
We still start the retransmission timer if Remote is Busy and unacked
frames > 0. We do everything we did before this change plus the
Retransmission of I-frames.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This way, if FCS is enabled and the packet is corrupted, we just drop it
without read it len, which could be corrupted.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We have to check if the proposed tx_window value is not greater that
maximum value supported.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
ERTM spec mandates that after receive a P-bit we shall send an F-bit in
response. This patch fixes this for retransmitted packets, on
retransmitting we were missing to check for a pending F-bit to be sent.
Also we were missing some annotation to send a F-bit.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Updating buffer_seq first make us able to ack the last I-frame received.
This is also a requirement of the Profile Tuning Suite software.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ack_timer is implemation specific, disabling it in such situation
avoids some potencial errors in the ERTM protocol.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Qualcomm, Inc. has reassigned rights to Code Aurora Forum. Accordingly,
as files are modified by Code Aurora Forum members, the copyright
statement will be updated.
Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a debugfs blacklist entry for each HCI device which can
be used to list the current content of the blacklist.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In some circumstances it could be desirable to reject incoming
connections on the baseband level. This patch adds this feature through
two new ioctl's: HCIBLOCKADDR and HCIUNBLOCKADDR. Both take a simple
Bluetooth address as a parameter. BDADDR_ANY can be used with
HCIUNBLOCKADDR to remove all devices from the blacklist.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When resending an I-frame, ERTM was reusing the control bits from the last
time it was sent, that was causing a corruption in the new control field
due to it dirty fields.
This patches extracts only the SAR bits from the old field and reuse it to
resend the packet, the others bits should be reset and receive the
updated value.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Fix a crash regarding the Monitor Timeout, it was running even after the
shutdown of the ACL connection, which doesn't make sense.
The same code also fixes another issue, before this patch L2CAP was sending
many Disconnections Requests while we have to send only one.
The issues are related to each other, a expired Monitor Timeout can
trigger a Disconnection Request and then we may have a crash if the link
was already deleted.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
ERTM and streaming mode L2CAP sockets have no minimum packet length. Only
basic mode connections have minimum length.
Instead, validate the packet containing all necessary control, FCS,
and SAR fields.
The patch fixes the drop of valid packets with length lower than 4.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Holstein <ngh@isomerica.net>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since all TxSeq values are modulo, we shall not compare them directly. We
have to compare their offset inside the TxWindow instead.
Signed-off-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes l2cap_ertm_send() similar to the Send-Data action of
the ERTM spec. We shall not check for RemoteBusy or WAIT_F state
inside l2cap_ertm_send().
Such checks were causing a bug in the retransmission logic of ERTM and
making ERTM stalls until the ACL is dropped.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The SAR bits doesn't make sense for an S-frame. It doesn't use SAR.
Checking SAR for a S-frames can lead to L2CAP errors, it could close
the channel with an invalid packet length, since we was removing the 2
of the of any frame that match SAR start bits, without check if it is
an I-frame.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All ERTM operations regarding the txWindow should be modulo 64,
otherwise we confuse the ERTM logic and connections will break.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We shall not use an unsigned var since we are expecting negatives value
there. Using unsigned causes ERTM connection to close due to invalid
ReqSeq numbers.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This reverts commit 84fb0a6334 which adds
the L2CAP Extended Features to the Kconfig, that is actually not needed.
One can use other mechanisms to enable L2CAP Extended Features.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We don't need these parameters anymore since we have socket options for
them.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add the shrinkers missed in the first conversion of the API in
commit 7f8275d0d6 ("mm: add context argument to
shrinker callback").
Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/vhost/net.c
net/bridge/br_device.c
Fix merge conflict in drivers/vhost/net.c with guidance from
Stephen Rothwell.
Revert the effects of net-2.6 commit 573201f36f
since net-next-2.6 has fixes that make bridge netpoll work properly thus
we don't need it disabled.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (24 commits)
bridge: Partially disable netpoll support
tcp: fix crash in tcp_xmit_retransmit_queue
IPv6: fix CoA check in RH2 input handler (mip6_rthdr_input())
ibmveth: lost IRQ while closing/opening device leads to service loss
rt2x00: Fix lockdep warning in rt2x00lib_probe_dev()
vhost: avoid pr_err on condition guest can trigger
ipmr: Don't leak memory if fib lookup fails.
vhost-net: avoid flush under lock
net: fix problem in reading sock TX queue
net/core: neighbour update Oops
net: skb_tx_hash() fix relative to skb_orphan_try()
rfs: call sock_rps_record_flow() in tcp_splice_read()
xfrm: do not assume that template resolving always returns xfrms
hostap_pci: set dev->base_addr during probe
axnet_cs: use spin_lock_irqsave in ax_interrupt
dsa: Fix Kconfig dependencies.
act_nat: not all of the ICMP packets need an IP header payload
r8169: incorrect identifier for a 8168dp
Phonet: fix skb leak in pipe endpoint accept()
Bluetooth: Update sec_level/auth_type for already existing connections
...
"Might as well remove reg_same_country_ie_hint() completely since we
already dealt with suspend/resume through the regulatory hint
disconnect." -- Luis
Reported-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CHECK net/wireless/sme.c
net/wireless/sme.c:38:6: warning: symbol 'cfg80211_is_all_idle' was not declared. Should it be static?
It is not used elsewhere, so mark it static.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CHECK net/wireless/regdb.c
net/wireless/regdb.c:8:34: warning: symbol 'reg_regdb' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/wireless/regdb.c:11:5: warning: symbol 'reg_regdb_size' was not declared. Should it be static?
Simply include the also generated regdb.h.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CHECK net/wireless/wext-compat.c
net/wireless/wext-compat.c:1434:5: warning: symbol 'cfg80211_wext_siwpmksa' was not declared. Should it be static?
Add declaration in cfg80211.h. Also add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL, since all
the peer functions have it.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CHECK net/wireless/lib80211_crypt_tkip.c
net/wireless/lib80211_crypt_tkip.c:581:27: warning: cast to restricted __le16
Caused by dereferencing a "u8 *" and passing it to le16_to_cpu...
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The meaning and/or usage of the country IE is somewhat poorly defined.
In practice, this means that regulatory rulesets in a country IE are
often incomplete and might be untrustworthy. This removes the code
associated with interpreting those rulesets while preserving respect
for country "alpha2" codes also contained in the country IE.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Convert a few calls from kfree_skb to consume_skb
Noticed while I was working on dropwatch that I was detecting lots of internal
skb drops in several places. While some are legitimate, several were not,
freeing skbs that were at the end of their life, rather than being discarded due
to an error. This patch converts those calls sites from using kfree_skb to
consume_skb, which quiets the in-kernel drop_monitor code from detecting them as
drops. Tested successfully by myself
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch to add -EAGAIN error to dropwatch netlink message handling code.
-EAGAIN will be returned anytime userspace attempts to transition the state of
the drop monitor service to a state that its already in. That allows user space
to detect this condition, so it doesn't wait for a success ACK that will never
arrive. Tested successfully by me
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a station interface is reused as monitor interface it is possible that
the carrier is still set to off. This breaks packet injection on that
monitor interface.
Force the carrier on in monitor interface initialisation like it is also done
for other interface types (e.g. adhoc, mesh point, ap).
Signed-off-by: David Gnedt <david.gnedt@davizone.at>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ever since
commit e1b3ec1a2a
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular
iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not.
However, this is only relevant for station mode,
since only then will any device send nullfunc
frames and need to know whether they should be
QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are
(currently) no frames the device is supposed to
send.
When you now consider virtual interfaces, it
becomes apparent that the current mechanism is
inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a
global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has
to be on a per-interface scale.
Due to the above considerations, we can change
the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to
drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in
station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting.
Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When aggregation related action frames are enqueued for further work,
and they originate from a STA that is part of an AP VLAN, they are
currently enqueued for the AP interface. This breaks the sta_info_get()
lookup in the actual work function, and because of that, aggregation
sessions are not established for this STA.
Fix this by replacing the sta_info_get call with a call to
sta_info_get_bss.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new netpoll code in bridging contains use-after-free bugs
that are non-trivial to fix.
This patch fixes this by removing the code that uses skbs after
they're freed.
As a consequence, this means that we can no longer call bridge
from the netpoll path, so this patch also removes the controller
function in order to disable netpoll.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Thanks,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use modern this_cpu_xxx() api, saving few bytes on x86
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It can happen that there are no packets in queue while calling
tcp_xmit_retransmit_queue(). tcp_write_queue_head() then returns
NULL and that gets deref'ed to get sacked into a local var.
There is no work to do if no packets are outstanding so we just
exit early.
This oops was introduced by 08ebd1721a (tcp: remove tp->lost_out
guard to make joining diff nicer).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Reported-by: Lennart Schulte <lennart.schulte@nets.rwth-aachen.de>
Tested-by: Lennart Schulte <lennart.schulte@nets.rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since struct netdev_queue tx_bytes/tx_packets/tx_dropped are already
protected by _xmit_lock, its easy to convert these fields to u64 instead
of unsigned long.
This completes 64bit stats for devices using them (vlan, macvlan, ...)
Strictly, we could avoid the locking in dev_txq_stats_fold() on 64bit
arches, but its slow path and we prefer keep it simple.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new networking option to allow hardware time stamps
from PHY devices. When enabled, likely candidates among incoming and
outgoing network packets are offered to the PHY driver for possible
time stamping. When accepted by the PHY driver, incoming packets are
deferred for later delivery by the driver.
The patch also adds phylib driver methods for the SIOCSHWTSTAMP ioctl
and callbacks for transmit and receive time stamping. Drivers may
optionally implement these functions.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richard.cochran@omicron.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy_mii_ioctl() function unnecessarily throws away the original ifreq.
We need access to the ifreq in order to support PHYs that can perform
hardware time stamping.
Two maverick drivers filter the ioctl commands passed to phy_mii_ioctl().
This is unnecessary since phylib will check the command in any case.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richard.cochran@omicron.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Without the 8021q module loaded in the kernel, all 802.1p packets
(VLAN 0 but QoS tagging) are silently discarded (as expected, as
the protocol is not loaded).
- Without this patch in 8021q module, these packets are forwarded to
the module, but they are discarded also if VLAN 0 is not configured,
which should not be the default behaviour, as VLAN 0 is not really
a VLANed packet but a 802.1p packet. Defining VLAN 0 makes it almost
impossible to communicate with mixed 802.1p and non 802.1p devices on
the same network due to arp table issues.
- Changed logic to skip vlan specific code in vlan_skb_recv if VLAN
is 0 and we have not defined a VLAN with ID 0, but we accept the
packet with the encapsulated proto and pass it later to netif_rx.
- In the vlan device event handler, added some logic to add VLAN 0
to HW filter in devices that support it (this prevented any traffic
in VLAN 0 to reach the stack in e1000e with HW filter under 2.6.35,
and probably also with other HW filtered cards, so we fix it here).
- In the vlan unregister logic, prevent the elimination of VLAN 0
in devices with HW filter.
- The default behaviour is to ignore the VLAN 0 tagging and accept
the packet as if it was not tagged, but we can still define a
VLAN 0 if desired (so it is backwards compatible).
Signed-off-by: Pedro Garcia <pedro.netdev@dondevamos.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MAX_SOCK_ADDR is no longer used because commit 230b1839 "net: Use standard
structures for generic socket address structures." replaced
"char address[MAX_SOCK_ADDR];" with "struct sockaddr_storage address;".
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'gap' is unsigned, so this code is wrong:
gap = -new_head;
...
if (gap > 0) { ... }
Make 'gap' signed.
The semantic patch that finds this problem (many false-positive results):
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@ r1 @
identifier f;
@@
int f(...) { ... }
@@
identifier r1.f;
type T;
unsigned T x;
@@
*x = f(...)
...
*x > 0
Signed-off-by: Kulikov Vasiliy <segooon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The input handler for Type 2 Routing Header (mip6_rthdr_input())
checks if the CoA in the packet matches the CoA in the XFRM state.
Current check is buggy: it compares the adddress in the Type 2
Routing Header, i.e. the HoA, against the expected CoA in the state.
The comparison should be made against the address in the destination
field of the IPv6 header.
The bug remained unnoticed because the main (and possibly only current)
user of the code (UMIP MIPv6 Daemon) initializes the XFRM state with the
unspecified address, i.e. explicitly allows everything.
Yoshifuji-san, can you ack that one?
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do this by poisoning the values of wep_tx_tfm and wep_rx_tfm if either
crypto allocation fails.
Reported-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch will also fix the odd freeze which occurred
when minstrel_ht connects to an 802.11n network with
legacy hardware.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This was detected using two mcast router tables. The
pimreg for the second interface did not have a specific
mrule, so packets received by it were handled by the
default table, which had nothing configured.
This caused the ipmr_fib_lookup to fail, causing
the memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_skip_exthdr() can return error code that is below zero.
'offset' is unsigned, so it makes no sense.
ipv6_skip_exthdr() returns 'int' so we can painlessly change type of
offset to int.
Signed-off-by: Kulikov Vasiliy <segooon@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a `CHECKSUM' target, which can be used in the iptables mangle
table.
You can use this target to compute and fill in the checksum in
a packet that lacks a checksum. This is particularly useful,
if you need to work around old applications such as dhcp clients,
that do not work well with checksum offloads, but don't want to
disable checksum offload in your device.
The problem happens in the field with virtualized applications.
For reference, see Red Hat bz 605555, as well as
http://www.spinics.net/lists/kvm/msg37660.html
Typical expected use (helps old dhclient binary running in a VM):
iptables -A POSTROUTING -t mangle -p udp --dport bootpc \
-j CHECKSUM --checksum-fill
Includes fixes by Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds the missing bits to support the recovery of TCP flows
without disabling window tracking (aka be_liberal). To ensure a
successful recovery, we have to inject the window scale factor via
ctnetlink.
This patch has been tested with a development snapshot of conntrackd
and the new clause `TCPWindowTracking' that allows to perform strict
TCP window tracking recovery across fail-overs.
With this patch, we don't update the receiver's window until it's not
initiated. We require this to perform a successful recovery. Jozsef
confirmed in a private email that this spotted a real issue since that
should not happen.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix problem in reading the tx_queue recorded in a socket. In
dev_pick_tx, the TX queue is read by doing a check with
sk_tx_queue_recorded on the socket, followed by a sk_tx_queue_get.
The problem is that there is not mutual exclusion across these
calls in the socket so it it is possible that the queue in the
sock can be invalidated after sk_tx_queue_recorded is called so
that sk_tx_queue get returns -1, which sets 65535 in queue_index
and thus dev_pick_tx returns 65536 which is a bogus queue and
can cause crash in dev_queue_xmit.
We fix this by only calling sk_tx_queue_get which does the proper
checks. The interface is that sk_tx_queue_get returns the TX queue
if the sock argument is non-NULL and TX queue is recorded, else it
returns -1. sk_tx_queue_recorded is no longer used so it can be
completely removed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix a code style issue, if a function is exported, the
EXPORT_SYMBOL macro for it should follow immediately after the closing
function brace line.
Signed-off-by: Chihau Chau <chihau@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When configuring DMVPN (GRE + openNHRP) and a GRE remote
address is configured a kernel Oops is observed. The
obserseved Oops is caused by a NULL header_ops pointer
(neigh->dev->header_ops) in neigh_update_hhs() when
void (*update)(struct hh_cache*, const struct net_device*, const unsigned char *)
= neigh->dev->header_ops->cache_update;
is executed. The dev associated with the NULL header_ops is
the GRE interface. This patch guards against the
possibility that header_ops is NULL.
This Oops was first observed in kernel version 2.6.26.8.
Signed-off-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reset_policy() does:
memset(d->tcfd_defdata, 0, SIMP_MAX_DATA);
strlcpy(d->tcfd_defdata, defdata, SIMP_MAX_DATA);
In the original code, the size of d->tcfd_defdata wasn't fixed and if
strlen(defdata) was less than 31, reset_policy() would cause memory
corruption.
Please Note: The original alloc_defdata() assumes defdata is 32
characters and a NUL terminator while reset_policy() assumes defdata is
31 characters and a NUL. This patch updates alloc_defdata() to match
reset_policy() (ie a shorter string). I'm not very familiar with this
code so please review carefully.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit fc6055a5ba (net: Introduce skb_orphan_try()) added early
orphaning of skbs.
This unfortunately added a performance regression in skb_tx_hash() in
case of stacked devices (bonding, vlans, ...)
Since skb->sk is now NULL, we cannot access sk->sk_hash anymore to
spread tx packets to multiple NIC queues on multiqueue devices.
skb_tx_hash() in this case only uses skb->protocol, same value for all
flows.
skb_orphan_try() can copy sk->sk_hash into skb->rxhash and skb_tx_hash()
can use this saved sk_hash value to compute its internal hash value.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rfs: call sock_rps_record_flow() in tcp_splice_read()
call sock_rps_record_flow() in tcp_splice_read(), so the applications using
splice(2) or sendfile(2) can utilize RFS.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
net/ipv4/tcp.c | 1 +
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm_resolve_and_create_bundle() assumed that, if policies indicated
presence of xfrms, bundle template resolution would always return
some xfrms. This is not true for 'use' level policies which can
result in no xfrm's being applied if there is no suitable xfrm states.
This fixes a crash by this incorrect assumption.
Reported-by: George Spelvin <linux@horizon.com>
Bisected-by: George Spelvin <linux@horizon.com>
Tested-by: George Spelvin <linux@horizon.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When kernel-internal users use cfg80211_get_bss()
to get a reference to a BSS struct, they may end
up getting one that would have been removed from
the list if there had been any userspace access
to the list. This leads to inconsistencies and
problems.
Fix it by making cfg80211_get_bss() ignore BSSes
that cfg80211_bss_expire() would remove.
Fixes http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2180
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Jiajia Zheng <jiajia.zheng@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jiajia Zheng <jiajia.zheng@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All these files use the big kernel lock in a trivial
way to serialize their private file operations,
typically resulting from an earlier semi-automatic
pushdown from VFS.
None of these drivers appears to want to lock against
other code, and they all use the BKL as the top-level
lock in their file operations, meaning that there
is no lock-order inversion problem.
Consequently, we can remove the BKL completely,
replacing it with a per-file mutex in every case.
Using a scripted approach means we can avoid
typos.
file=$1
name=$2
if grep -q lock_kernel ${file} ; then
if grep -q 'include.*linux.mutex.h' ${file} ; then
sed -i '/include.*<linux\/smp_lock.h>/d' ${file}
else
sed -i 's/include.*<linux\/smp_lock.h>.*$/include <linux\/mutex.h>/g' ${file}
fi
sed -i ${file} \
-e "/^#include.*linux.mutex.h/,$ {
1,/^\(static\|int\|long\)/ {
/^\(static\|int\|long\)/istatic DEFINE_MUTEX(${name}_mutex);
} }" \
-e "s/\(un\)*lock_kernel\>[ ]*()/mutex_\1lock(\&${name}_mutex)/g" \
-e '/[ ]*cycle_kernel_lock();/d'
else
sed -i -e '/include.*\<smp_lock.h\>/d' ${file} \
-e '/cycle_kernel_lock()/d'
fi
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid two extra instructions in sock_free(), to reload
skb->truesize and skb->sk
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a new boolean flag no_autobind is added to structure proto to avoid the autobind
calls when the protocol is TCP. Then sock_rps_record_flow() is called int the
TCP's sendmsg() and sendpage() pathes.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/inet_common.h | 4 ++++
include/net/sock.h | 1 +
include/net/tcp.h | 8 ++++----
net/ipv4/af_inet.c | 15 +++++++++------
net/ipv4/tcp.c | 11 +++++------
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c | 3 +++
net/ipv6/af_inet6.c | 8 ++++----
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c | 3 +++
8 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an off by one bug because strlen() doesn't count the NULL
terminator. We strcpy() addr into a fixed length array of size
UNIX_PATH_MAX later on.
The addr variable is the name of the device being mounted.
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based upon a report by Randy Dunlap.
DSA needs PHYLIB, but PHYLIB needs NET_ETHERNET. So, in order
to select PHYLIB we have to make DSA depend upon NET_ETHERNET.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
not all of the ICMP packets need an IP header payload, so we check the length
of the skbs only when the packets should have an IP header payload.
Based upon analysis and initial patch by Rodrigo Partearroyo González.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
----
net/sched/act_nat.c | 5 ++++-
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ever since mac80211/drivers are no longer
fully in charge of keeping track of the
auth status, trying to make them do so will
fail. Instead of warning and reporting the
deauthentication to userspace, cfg80211 must
simply ignore it so that spurious
deauthentications, e.g. before starting
authentication, aren't seen by userspace as
actual deauthentications.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CodingStyle cleanups
EXPORT_SYMBOL should immediately follow the symbol declaration.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CodingStyle cleanups
EXPORT_SYMBOL should immediately follow the symbol declaration.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Document that dev_get_stats() returns the same stats pointer it was
given. Remove const qualification from the returned pointer since the
caller may do what it likes with that structure.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit be1f3c2c02 "net: Enable 64-bit
net device statistics on 32-bit architectures" I redefined struct
net_device_stats so that it could be used in a union with struct
rtnl_link_stats64, avoiding the need for explicit copying or
conversion between the two. However, this is unsafe because there is
no locking required and no lock consistently held around calls to
dev_get_stats() and use of the statistics structure it returns.
In commit 28172739f0 "net: fix 64 bit
counters on 32 bit arches" Eric Dumazet dealt with that problem by
requiring callers of dev_get_stats() to provide storage for the
result. This means that the net_device::stats64 field and the padding
in struct net_device_stats are now redundant, so remove them.
Update the comment on net_device_ops::ndo_get_stats64 to reflect its
new usage.
Change dev_txq_stats_fold() to use struct rtnl_link_stats64, since
that is what all its callers are really using and it is no longer
going to be compatible with struct net_device_stats.
Eric Dumazet suggested the separate function for the structure
conversion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the Documentation/CodingStyle, the length of lines should
be within 80.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
lvs sctp protocol handler is incorrectly invoked ip_vs_app_pkt_out
Since there's no sctp helpers at present, it does the same thing as
ip_vs_app_pkt_in.
Signed-off-by: Xiaoyu Du <tingsrain@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When a signal change event occurs call netif_carrier_on/off.
Signed-off-by: Karl Hiramoto <karl@hiramoto.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add notifier chain for changes in atm_dev.
Clients like br2684 will call register_atmdevice_notifier() to be notified of
changes. Drivers will call atm_dev_signal_change() to notify clients like
br2684 of the change.
On DSL and ATM devices it's usefull to have a know if you have a carrier
signal. netdevice LOWER_UP changes can be propagated to userspace via netlink
monitor.
Signed-off-by: Karl Hiramoto <karl@hiramoto.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we need to shape traffic using low speeds, we need to
disable tso on network interface :
ethtool -K eth0.2240 tso off
It seems vlan interfaces miss the set_tso() ethtool method.
Before enabling TSO, we must check real device supports
TSO for VLAN-tagged packets and enables TSO.
Note that a TSO change on real device propagates TSO setting
on all vlans, even if admin selected a different TSO setting.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes IPV6 over IPv4 GRE tunnel propagate the transport
class field from the underlying IPV6 header to the IPV4 Type Of Service
field. Without the patch, all IPV6 packets in tunnel look the same to QoS.
This assumes that IPV6 transport class is exactly the same
as IPv4 TOS. Not sure if that is always the case? Maybe need
to mask off some bits.
The mask and shift to get tclass is copied from ipv6/datagram.c
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update auth level for already existing connections if it is lower
than required by new connection.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Emeltchenko Andrei <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When authentication fails for a connection the assumed security level
should be set back to BT_SECURITY_LOW so that subsequent connect
attempts over the same link don't falsely assume that security is
adequate enough.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Due to race condition in L2CAP state machine L2CAP Connection Request
may be sent twice for SDP with the same source channel id. Problems
reported connecting to Apple products, some carkit, Blackberry phones.
...
2010-06-07 21:18:03.651031 < ACL data: handle 1 flags 0x02 dlen 12
L2CAP(s): Connect req: psm 1 scid 0x0040
2010-06-07 21:18:03.653473 > HCI Event: Number of Completed Packets (0x13) plen 5
handle 1 packets 1
2010-06-07 21:18:03.653808 > HCI Event: Auth Complete (0x06) plen 3
status 0x00 handle 1
2010-06-07 21:18:03.653869 < ACL data: handle 1 flags 0x02 dlen 12
L2CAP(s): Connect req: psm 1 scid 0x0040
...
Patch uses L2CAP_CONF_CONNECT_PEND flag to mark that L2CAP Connection
Request has been sent already.
Modified version of patch from Ville Tervo.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current mac80211 code assumes that WEP is always available. If WEP
fails to initialize, ieee80211_register_hw will always fail.
In some cases (e.g. FIPS certification), the cryptography used by WEP is
unavailable. However, in such cases there is no good reason why CCMP
encryption (or even no link level encryption) cannot be used. So, this
patch removes mac80211's assumption that WEP (and TKIP) will always be
available for use.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (35 commits)
NET: SB1250: Initialize .owner
vxge: show startup message with KERN_INFO
ll_temac: Fix missing iounmaps
bridge: Clear IPCB before possible entry into IP stack
bridge br_multicast: BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference
net: Fix definition of netif_vdbg() when VERBOSE_DEBUG is defined
net/ne: fix memory leak in ne_drv_probe()
xfrm: fix xfrm by MARK logic
virtio_net: fix oom handling on tx
virtio_net: do not reschedule rx refill forever
s2io: resolve statistics issues
linux/net.h: fix kernel-doc warnings
net: decreasing real_num_tx_queues needs to flush qdisc
sched: qdisc_reset_all_tx is calling qdisc_reset without qdisc_lock
qlge: fix a eeh handler to not add a pending timer
qlge: Replacing add_timer() to mod_timer()
usbnet: Set parent device early for netdev_printk()
net: Revert "rndis_host: Poll status channel before control channel"
netfilter: ip6t_REJECT: fix a dst leak in ipv6 REJECT
drivers: bluetooth: bluecard_cs.c: Fixed include error, changed to linux/io.h
...
Removal of unused integer variable in ip_fragment().
Signed-off-by: George Kadianakis <desnacked@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a small possibility that a reader gets incorrect values on 32
bit arches. SNMP applications could catch incorrect counters when a
32bit high part is changed by another stats consumer/provider.
One way to solve this is to add a rtnl_link_stats64 param to all
ndo_get_stats64() methods, and also add such a parameter to
dev_get_stats().
Rule is that we are not allowed to use dev->stats64 as a temporary
storage for 64bit stats, but a caller provided area (usually on stack)
Old drivers (only providing get_stats() method) need no changes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge protocol lives dangerously by having incestuous relations
with the IP stack. In this instance an abomination has been created
where a bogus IPCB area from a bridged packet leads to a crash in
the IP stack because it's interpreted as IP options.
This patch papers over the problem by clearing the IPCB area in that
particular spot. To fix this properly we'd also need to parse any
IP options if present but I'm way too lazy for that.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cheers,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stanse found that nl80211_set_wiphy imporperly handles a lock and netdev
reference and contains unreachable code. It is because there return statement
isntead of assignment to result variable. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch makes the cache_cleaner workqueue deferrable, to prevent
unnecessary system wake-ups, which is very important for embedded
battery-powered devices.
do_cache_clean() is called every 30 seconds at the moment, and often
makes the system wake up from its power-save sleep state. With this
change, when the workqueue uses a deferrable timer, the
do_cache_clean() invocation will be delayed and combined with the
closest "real" wake-up. This improves the power consumption situation.
Note, I tried to create a DECLARE_DELAYED_WORK_DEFERRABLE() helper
macro, similar to DECLARE_DELAYED_WORK(), but failed because of the
way the timer wheel core stores the deferrable flag (it is the
LSBit in the time->base pointer). My attempt to define a static
variable with this bit set ended up with the "initializer element is
not constant" error.
Thus, I have to use run-time initialization, so I created a new
cache_initialize() function which is called once when sunrpc is
being initialized.
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
On Tue, Jul 06, 2010 at 08:48:35AM +0800, Herbert Xu wrote:
>
> bridge: Restore NULL check in br_mdb_ip_get
Resend with proper attribution.
bridge: Restore NULL check in br_mdb_ip_get
Somewhere along the line the NULL check in br_mdb_ip_get went
AWOL, causing crashes when we receive an IGMP packet with no
multicast table allocated.
This patch restores it and ensures all br_mdb_*_get functions
use it.
Reported-by: Frank Arnold <frank.arnold@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Thanks,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid touching dst refcount in ip_fragment().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP_VS_PROTO_AH_ESP should be set iff either of IP_VS_PROTO_{AH,ESP} is
selected. Express this with standard kconfig syntax.
Signed-off-by: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
We can avoid a pair of atomic ops in ipt_REJECT send_reset()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
postpone the checksum calculation, then if the output NIC supports checksum
offloading, we can utlize it. And though the output NIC doesn't support
checksum offloading, but we'll mangle this packet, this can free us from
updating the checksum, as the checksum calculation occurs later.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As the fragments are sent in order in most of OSes, such as Windows, Darwin and
FreeBSD, it is likely the new fragments are at the end of the inet_frag_queue.
In the fast path, we check if the skb at the end of the inet_frag_queue is the
prev we expect.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
While using xfrm by MARK feature in
2.6.34 - 2.6.35 kernels, the mark
is always cleared in flowi structure via memset in
_decode_session4 (net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c), so
the policy lookup fails.
IPv6 code is affected by this bug too.
Signed-off-by: Peter Kosyh <p.kosyh@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduces an x86 defconfig text and data ~2k.
text is smaller, data is larger.
$ size vmlinux*
text data bss dec hex filename
7198862 720112 1366288 9285262 8dae8e vmlinux
7205273 716016 1366288 9287577 8db799 vmlinux.device_h
Uses %pV and struct va_format
Format arguments are verified before printk
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reducing real_num_queues needs to flush the qdisc otherwise
skbs with queue_mappings greater then real_num_tx_queues can
be sent to the underlying driver.
The flow for this is,
dev_queue_xmit()
dev_pick_tx()
skb_tx_hash() => hash using real_num_tx_queues
skb_set_queue_mapping()
...
qdisc_enqueue_root() => enqueue skb on txq from hash
...
dev->real_num_tx_queues -= n
...
sch_direct_xmit()
dev_hard_start_xmit()
ndo_start_xmit(skb,dev) => skb queue set with old hash
skbs are enqueued on the qdisc with skb->queue_mapping set
0 < queue_mappings < real_num_tx_queues. When the driver
decreases real_num_tx_queues skb's may be dequeued from the
qdisc with a queue_mapping greater then real_num_tx_queues.
This fixes a case in ixgbe where this was occurring with DCB
and FCoE. Because the driver is using queue_mapping to map
skbs to tx descriptor rings we can potentially map skbs to
rings that no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check should be against current top2 rate, instead of
current top rate.
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <tom.leiming@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The throughput should be considered when updating rate
with best probability.
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <tom.leiming@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We should release dst if dst->error is set.
Bug introduced in 2.6.14 by commit e104411b82
([XFRM]: Always release dst_entry on error in xfrm_lookup)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Support more fine grained control of bridge netfilter iptables invocation
by adding seperate brnf_call_*tables parameters for each device using the
sysfs interface. Packets are passed to layer 3 netfilter when either the
global parameter or the per bridge parameter is enabled.
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Many NICs use an indirection table to map an RX flow hash value to one
of an arbitrary number of queues (not necessarily a power of 2). It
can be useful to remove some queues from this indirection table so
that they are only used for flows that are specifically filtered
there. It may also be useful to weight the mapping to account for
user processes with the same CPU-affinity as the RX interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool_op_set_flags() does not check for unsupported flags, and has
no way of doing so. This means it is not suitable for use as a
default implementation of ethtool_ops::set_flags.
Add a 'supported' parameter specifying the flags that the driver and
hardware support, validate the requested flags against this, and
change all current callers to pass this parameter.
Change some other trivial implementations of ethtool_ops::set_flags to
call ethtool_op_set_flags().
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add fast path for in-order fragments
As the fragments are sent in order in most of OSes, such as Windows, Darwin and
FreeBSD, it is likely the new fragments are at the end of the inet_frag_queue.
In the fast path, we check if the skb at the end of the inet_frag_queue is the
prev we expect.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/inet_frag.h | 1 +
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c | 12 ++++++++++++
net/ipv6/reassembly.c | 11 +++++++++++
3 files changed, 24 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc/net/snmp and /proc/net/netstat expose SNMP counters.
Width of these counters is either 32 or 64 bits, depending on the size
of "unsigned long" in kernel.
This means user program parsing these files must already be prepared to
deal with 64bit values, regardless of user program being 32 or 64 bit.
This patch introduces 64bit snmp values for IPSTAT mib, where some
counters can wrap pretty fast if they are 32bit wide.
# netstat -s|egrep "InOctets|OutOctets"
InOctets: 244068329096
OutOctets: 244069348848
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
act_nat: use stack variable
structure tc_nat isn't too big for stack, so we can put it in stack.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
net/sched/act_nat.c | 31 ++++++++++---------------------
1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
act_mirred: combine duplicate code
tcf_bstats is updated in any way, so we can do it earlier to reduce the size of
the code.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
----
net/sched/act_mirred.c | 6 ++----
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow selection of minstrel_ht as default rate control algorithm. At
the moment minstrel_ht can only be requested by the driver code but
not selected as default in make menuconfig. Fix this by using
minstrel_ht when minstrel was selected as default and minstrel_ht
is available.
This change won't affect legacy devices as minstrel_ht falls back to
minstrel in that case.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is only noticed by people that are not doing everything correct in
the first place.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
max_desync_factor can be configured per-interface, but nothing is
using the value.
Reported-by: Piotr Lewandowski <piotr.lewandowski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since addresses are only revalidated every 2 minutes, the reported
valid_lft can underflow shortly before the address is deleted.
Clamp it to a minimum of 0, as for prefered_lft.
Reported-by: Piotr Lewandowski <piotr.lewandowski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't descend to wireless and ieee802154 unless they are actually used.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Kaiser <nikai@nikai.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This check is duplicated in drv_get_survey.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
struct ethtool_rxnfc was originally defined in 2.6.27 for the
ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH command with only the cmd, flow_type and data
fields. It was then extended in 2.6.30 to support various additional
commands. These commands should have been defined to use a new
structure, but it is too late to change that now.
Since user-space may still be using the old structure definition
for the ETHTOOL_{G,S}RXFH commands, and since they do not need the
additional fields, only copy the originally defined fields to and
from user-space.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a 32-bit machine, info.rule_cnt >= 0x40000000 leads to integer
overflow and the buffer may be smaller than needed. Since
ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL is unprivileged, this can presumably be used for at
least denial of service.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use "depends on" instead of "if" in Kconfig files.
Fixed CAIF debug flag, and removed unnecessary clean-* options.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
don't clone skb when skb isn't shared
When the tcf_action is TC_ACT_STOLEN, and the skb isn't shared, we don't need
to clone a new skb. As the skb will be freed after this function returns, we
can use it freely once we get a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/sch_generic.h | 11 +++++++++--
net/sched/act_mirred.c | 6 +++---
2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can pass a gfp argument to tso_fragment() and avoid GFP_ATOMIC
allocations sometimes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use u64_stats_sync infrastructure to implement 64bit rx stats.
(tx stats are addressed later)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use this_cpu_ptr(p) instead of per_cpu_ptr(p, smp_processor_id())
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of an ambiguity in the for_each_sta_info macro, it can
currently only be used if the third parameter is set to 'sta'.
Fix this by renaming the parameter to '_sta'.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The LOG targets print the entire MAC header as one long string, which is not
readable very well:
IN=eth0 OUT= MAC=00:15:f2:24:91:f8:00:1b:24:dc:61:e6:08:00 ...
Add an option to decode known header formats (currently just ARPHRD_ETHER devices)
in their individual fields:
IN=eth0 OUT= MACSRC=00:1b:24:dc:61:e6 MACDST=00:15:f2:24:91:f8 MACPROTO=0800 ...
IN=eth0 OUT= MACSRC=00:1b:24:dc:61:e6 MACDST=00:15:f2:24:91:f8 MACPROTO=86dd ...
The option needs to be explicitly enabled by userspace to avoid breaking
existing parsers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Remove the comparison within the loop to print the macheader by prepending
the colon to all but the first printk.
Based on suggestion by Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (52 commits)
phylib: Add autoload support for the LXT973 phy.
ISDN: hysdn, fix potential NULL dereference
vxge: fix memory leak in vxge_alloc_msix() error path
isdn/gigaset: correct CAPI connection state storage
isdn/gigaset: encode HLC and BC together
isdn/gigaset: correct CAPI DATA_B3 Delivery Confirmation
isdn/gigaset: correct CAPI voice connection encoding
isdn/gigaset: honor CAPI application's buffer size request
cpmac: do not leak struct net_device on phy_connect errors
smc91c92_cs: fix the problem that lan & modem does not work simultaneously
ipv6: fix NULL reference in proxy neighbor discovery
Bluetooth: Bring back var 'i' increment
xfrm: check bundle policy existance before dereferencing it
sky2: enable rx/tx in sky2_phy_reinit()
cnic: Disable statistics initialization for eth clients that do not support statistics
net: add dependency on fw class module to qlcnic and netxen_nic
snmp: fix SNMP_ADD_STATS()
hso: remove setting of low_latency flag
udp: Fix bogus UFO packet generation
lasi82596: fix netdev_mc_count conversion
...
Allows use of ECN when syncookies are in effect by encoding ecn_ok
into the syn-ack tcp timestamp.
While at it, remove a uneeded #ifdef CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES.
With CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=nm want_cookie is ifdef'd to 0 and gcc
removes the "if (0)".
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Fernando Gont there is no need to encode rcv_wscale
into the cookie.
We did not use the restored rcv_wscale anyway; it is recomputed
via tcp_select_initial_window().
Thus we can save 4 bits in the ts option space by removing rcv_wscale.
In case window scaling was not supported, we set the (invalid) wscale
value 0xf.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 9261e53701 (ipv6: making ip and icmp statistics per/namespace)
forgot to remove ipv6_statistics variable.
commit bc417d99bf (ipv6: remove stale MIB definitions) took care of
icmpv6_statistics & icmpv6msg_statistics
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
CC: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for 64bit snmp counters for some mibs,
add an 'align' parameter to snmp_mib_init(), instead
of assuming mibs only contain 'unsigned long' fields.
Callers can use __alignof__(type) to provide correct
alignment.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is thanks to Andre Noll who reported the issue and helped testing.
The Syn-RTT sampled during the initial handshake currently only works for
the client sending the DCCP-Request. TFRC penalizes the absence of an RTT
sample with a very slow initial speed (1 packet per second), which delays
slow-start significantly, resulting in sluggish performance.
This patch mirrors the "Syn RTT" principle by adding a timestamp also onto
the DCCP-Response, producing an RTT sample when the (Data)Ack completing
the handshake arrives.
Also changed the documentation to 'TFRC' since Syn RTTs are also used by CCID-4.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes an unused 'sk' argument from several option-inserting functions.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
Remove "pktgen: " from formats
Convert printks to pr_<level>
Added func_enter() for debugging
Moved version to end of string at module_init
Coalesced long formats
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gcc is currenlty not in the ability to optimize the switch statement in
sk_run_filter() because of dense case labels. This patch replace the
OR'd labels with ordered sequenced case labels. The sk_chk_filter()
function is modified to patch/replace the original OPCODES in a
ordered but equivalent form. gcc is now in the ability to transform the
switch statement in sk_run_filter into a jump table of complexity O(1).
Until this patch gcc generates a sequence of conditional branches (O(n) of 567
byte .text segment size (arch x86_64):
7ff: 8b 06 mov (%rsi),%eax
801: 66 83 f8 35 cmp $0x35,%ax
805: 0f 84 d0 02 00 00 je adb <sk_run_filter+0x31d>
80b: 0f 87 07 01 00 00 ja 918 <sk_run_filter+0x15a>
811: 66 83 f8 15 cmp $0x15,%ax
815: 0f 84 c5 02 00 00 je ae0 <sk_run_filter+0x322>
81b: 77 73 ja 890 <sk_run_filter+0xd2>
81d: 66 83 f8 04 cmp $0x4,%ax
821: 0f 84 17 02 00 00 je a3e <sk_run_filter+0x280>
827: 77 29 ja 852 <sk_run_filter+0x94>
829: 66 83 f8 01 cmp $0x1,%ax
[...]
With the modification the compiler translate the switch statement into
the following jump table fragment:
7ff: 66 83 3e 2c cmpw $0x2c,(%rsi)
803: 0f 87 1f 02 00 00 ja a28 <sk_run_filter+0x26a>
809: 0f b7 06 movzwl (%rsi),%eax
80c: ff 24 c5 00 00 00 00 jmpq *0x0(,%rax,8)
813: 44 89 e3 mov %r12d,%ebx
816: e9 43 03 00 00 jmpq b5e <sk_run_filter+0x3a0>
81b: 41 89 dc mov %ebx,%r12d
81e: e9 3b 03 00 00 jmpq b5e <sk_run_filter+0x3a0>
Furthermore, I reordered the instructions to reduce cache line misses by
order the most common instruction to the start.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The addition of TLLAO option created a kernel OOPS regression
for the case where neighbor advertisement is being sent via
proxy path. When using proxy, ipv6_get_ifaddr() returns NULL
causing the NULL dereference.
Change causing the bug was:
commit f7734fdf61
Author: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Date: Fri Oct 2 11:39:15 2009 +0000
make TLLAO option for NA packets configurable
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT has been deprecated for awhile and
was originally scheduled for removal by 2.6.29.
Removing support for this config option also stops
this deprecation warning message in the kernel log.
[ 61.669627] nf_conntrack version 0.5.0 (16384 buckets, 65536 max)
[ 61.669850] CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT is deprecated and will be removed soon. Please use
[ 61.669852] nf_conntrack.acct=1 kernel parameter, acct=1 nf_conntrack module option or
[ 61.669853] sysctl net.netfilter.nf_conntrack_acct=1 to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
[Patrick: changed default value to 0]
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Check at rule install time that CT accounting is enabled. Force it
to be enabled if not while also emitting a warning since this is not
the default state.
This is in preparation for deprecating CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT upon which
CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNBYTES depended being set.
Added 2 CT accounting support functions:
nf_ct_acct_enabled() - Get CT accounting state.
nf_ct_set_acct() - Enable/disable CT accountuing.
Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
commit ff6e2163f2 accidentally added a
regression on the bnep code. Fixing it.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i've found that tcp_close() can be called for an already closed
socket, but still sends reset in this case (tcp_send_active_reset())
which seems to be incorrect. Moreover, a packet with reset is sent
with different source port as original port number has been already
cleared on socket. Besides that incrementing stat counter for
LINUX_MIB_TCPABORTONCLOSE also does not look correct in this case.
Initially this issue was found on 2.6.18-x RHEL5 kernel, but the same
seems to be true for the current mainstream kernel (checked on
2.6.35-rc3). Please, correct me if i missed something.
How that happens:
1) the server receives a packet for socket in TCP_CLOSE_WAIT state
that triggers a tcp_reset():
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff8025b9b9>] tcp_reset+0x12f/0x1e8
[<ffffffff80046125>] tcp_rcv_state_process+0x1c0/0xa08
[<ffffffff8003eb22>] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0x310/0x37a
[<ffffffff80028bea>] tcp_v4_rcv+0x74d/0xb43
[<ffffffff8024ef4c>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x259
[<ffffffff80037131>] ip_local_deliver+0x200/0x2f4
[<ffffffff8003843c>] ip_rcv+0x64c/0x69f
[<ffffffff80021d89>] netif_receive_skb+0x4c4/0x4fa
[<ffffffff80032eca>] process_backlog+0x90/0xec
[<ffffffff8000cc50>] net_rx_action+0xbb/0x1f1
[<ffffffff80012d3a>] __do_softirq+0xf5/0x1ce
[<ffffffff8001147a>] handle_IRQ_event+0x56/0xb0
[<ffffffff8006334c>] call_softirq+0x1c/0x28
[<ffffffff80070476>] do_softirq+0x2c/0x85
[<ffffffff80070441>] do_IRQ+0x149/0x152
[<ffffffff80062665>] ret_from_intr+0x0/0xa
<EOI> [<ffffffff80008a2e>] __handle_mm_fault+0x6cd/0x1303
[<ffffffff80008903>] __handle_mm_fault+0x5a2/0x1303
[<ffffffff80033a9d>] cache_free_debugcheck+0x21f/0x22e
[<ffffffff8006a263>] do_page_fault+0x49a/0x7dc
[<ffffffff80066487>] thread_return+0x89/0x174
[<ffffffff800c5aee>] audit_syscall_exit+0x341/0x35c
[<ffffffff80062e39>] error_exit+0x0/0x84
tcp_rcv_state_process()
... // (sk_state == TCP_CLOSE_WAIT here)
...
/* step 2: check RST bit */
if(th->rst) {
tcp_reset(sk);
goto discard;
}
...
---------------------------------
tcp_rcv_state_process
tcp_reset
tcp_done
tcp_set_state(sk, TCP_CLOSE);
inet_put_port
__inet_put_port
inet_sk(sk)->num = 0;
sk->sk_shutdown = SHUTDOWN_MASK;
2) After that the process (socket owner) tries to write something to
that socket and "inet_autobind" sets a _new_ (which differs from
the original!) port number for the socket:
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff80255a12>] inet_bind_hash+0x33/0x5f
[<ffffffff80257180>] inet_csk_get_port+0x216/0x268
[<ffffffff8026bcc9>] inet_autobind+0x22/0x8f
[<ffffffff80049140>] inet_sendmsg+0x27/0x57
[<ffffffff8003a9d9>] do_sock_write+0xae/0xea
[<ffffffff80226ac7>] sock_writev+0xdc/0xf6
[<ffffffff800680c7>] _spin_lock_irqsave+0x9/0xe
[<ffffffff8001fb49>] __pollwait+0x0/0xdd
[<ffffffff8008d533>] default_wake_function+0x0/0xe
[<ffffffff800a4f10>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e
[<ffffffff800f0b49>] do_readv_writev+0x163/0x274
[<ffffffff80066538>] thread_return+0x13a/0x174
[<ffffffff800145d8>] tcp_poll+0x0/0x1c9
[<ffffffff800c56d3>] audit_syscall_entry+0x180/0x1b3
[<ffffffff800f0dd0>] sys_writev+0x49/0xe4
[<ffffffff800622dd>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0
3) sendmsg fails at last with -EPIPE (=> 'write' returns -EPIPE in userspace):
F: tcp_sendmsg1 -EPIPE: sk=ffff81000bda00d0, sport=49847, old_state=7, new_state=7, sk_err=0, sk_shutdown=3
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff80027557>] tcp_sendmsg+0xcb/0xe87
[<ffffffff80033300>] release_sock+0x10/0xae
[<ffffffff8016f20f>] vgacon_cursor+0x0/0x1a7
[<ffffffff8026bd32>] inet_autobind+0x8b/0x8f
[<ffffffff8003a9d9>] do_sock_write+0xae/0xea
[<ffffffff80226ac7>] sock_writev+0xdc/0xf6
[<ffffffff800680c7>] _spin_lock_irqsave+0x9/0xe
[<ffffffff8001fb49>] __pollwait+0x0/0xdd
[<ffffffff8008d533>] default_wake_function+0x0/0xe
[<ffffffff800a4f10>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e
[<ffffffff800f0b49>] do_readv_writev+0x163/0x274
[<ffffffff80066538>] thread_return+0x13a/0x174
[<ffffffff800145d8>] tcp_poll+0x0/0x1c9
[<ffffffff800c56d3>] audit_syscall_entry+0x180/0x1b3
[<ffffffff800f0dd0>] sys_writev+0x49/0xe4
[<ffffffff800622dd>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0
tcp_sendmsg()
...
/* Wait for a connection to finish. */
if ((1 << sk->sk_state) & ~(TCPF_ESTABLISHED | TCPF_CLOSE_WAIT)) {
int old_state = sk->sk_state;
if ((err = sk_stream_wait_connect(sk, &timeo)) != 0) {
if (f_d && (err == -EPIPE)) {
printk("F: tcp_sendmsg1 -EPIPE: sk=%p, sport=%u, old_state=%d, new_state=%d, "
"sk_err=%d, sk_shutdown=%d\n",
sk, ntohs(inet_sk(sk)->sport), old_state, sk->sk_state,
sk->sk_err, sk->sk_shutdown);
dump_stack();
}
goto out_err;
}
}
...
4) Then the process (socket owner) understands that it's time to close
that socket and does that (and thus triggers sending reset packet):
Call Trace:
...
[<ffffffff80032077>] dev_queue_xmit+0x343/0x3d6
[<ffffffff80034698>] ip_output+0x351/0x384
[<ffffffff80251ae9>] dst_output+0x0/0xe
[<ffffffff80036ec6>] ip_queue_xmit+0x567/0x5d2
[<ffffffff80095700>] vprintk+0x21/0x33
[<ffffffff800070f0>] check_poison_obj+0x2e/0x206
[<ffffffff80013587>] poison_obj+0x36/0x45
[<ffffffff8025dea6>] tcp_send_active_reset+0x15/0x14d
[<ffffffff80023481>] dbg_redzone1+0x1c/0x25
[<ffffffff8025dea6>] tcp_send_active_reset+0x15/0x14d
[<ffffffff8000ca94>] cache_alloc_debugcheck_after+0x189/0x1c8
[<ffffffff80023405>] tcp_transmit_skb+0x764/0x786
[<ffffffff8025df8a>] tcp_send_active_reset+0xf9/0x14d
[<ffffffff80258ff1>] tcp_close+0x39a/0x960
[<ffffffff8026be12>] inet_release+0x69/0x80
[<ffffffff80059b31>] sock_release+0x4f/0xcf
[<ffffffff80059d4c>] sock_close+0x2c/0x30
[<ffffffff800133c9>] __fput+0xac/0x197
[<ffffffff800252bc>] filp_close+0x59/0x61
[<ffffffff8001eff6>] sys_close+0x85/0xc7
[<ffffffff800622dd>] tracesys+0xd5/0xe0
So, in brief:
* a received packet for socket in TCP_CLOSE_WAIT state triggers
tcp_reset() which clears inet_sk(sk)->num and put socket into
TCP_CLOSE state
* an attempt to write to that socket forces inet_autobind() to get a
new port (but the write itself fails with -EPIPE)
* tcp_close() called for socket in TCP_CLOSE state sends an active
reset via socket with newly allocated port
This adds an additional check in tcp_close() for already closed
sockets. We do not want to send anything to closed sockets.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khorenko <khorenko@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove rtnl_unlock() which had no corresponding rtnl_lock().
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the bundle validation code to not assume having a valid policy.
When we have multiple transformations for a xfrm policy, the bundle
instance will be a chain of bundles with only the first one having
the policy reference. When policy_genid is bumped it will expire the
first bundle in the chain which is equivalent of expiring the whole
chain.
Reported-bisected-and-tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds transmit power setting type and transmit power level attributes
to NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY in order to facilitate adjusting of the transmit power
level of the device.
The added attributes allow selection of automatic, limited or fixed transmit
power level, with the level definable in signed mBm format.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In preparation for a TX power setting interface in the nl80211, change the
.set_tx_power function to use mBm units instead of dBm for greater accuracy and
smaller power levels.
Also, already in advance move the tx_power_setting enumeration to nl80211.
This change affects the .tx_set_power function prototype. As a result, the
corresponding changes are needed to modules using it. These are mac80211,
iwmc3200wifi and rndis_wlan.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While mesh_rx_plink_frame holds sta->lock...
mesh_rx_plink_frame ->
mesh_plink_inc_estab_count ->
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify
...but ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify is allowed to sleep. A driver
taking advantage of that allowance can cause a scheduling while
atomic bug. Similar paths exist for mesh_plink_dec_estab_count,
so work around those as well.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16099
Also, correct a minor kerneldoc comment error (mismatched function names).
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:440:46: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different signedness)
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:440:46: expected int *idx
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:440:46: got unsigned int *<noident>
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:446:46: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different signedness)
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:446:46: expected int *idx
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:446:46: got unsigned int *<noident>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
net/mac80211/rx.c:2059:39: warning: symbol 'mgmt' shadows an earlier one
net/mac80211/rx.c:1916:31: originally declared here
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
this patch is implementing IP_NODEFRAG option for IPv4 socket.
The reason is, there's no other way to send out the packet with user
customized header of the reassembly part.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use u64_stats_sync infrastructure to provide 64bit rx/tx
counters even on 32bit hosts.
It is safe to use a single u64_stats_sync for rx and tx,
because BH is disabled on both, and we use per_cpu data.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_needs_gso() is checked twice in the TX path once,
before submitting the skb to the qdisc and once after
it is dequeued from the qdisc just before calling
ndo_hard_start(). This opens a window for a user to
change the gso/tso or tx checksum settings that can
cause netif_needs_gso to be true in one check and false
in the other.
Specifically, changing TX checksum setting may cause
the warning in skb_gso_segment() to be triggered if
the checksum is calculated earlier.
This consolidates the netif_needs_gso() calls so that
the stack only checks if gso is needed in
dev_hard_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the attempt to read the calldir fails, then instead of storing the read
bytes, we currently discard them. This leads to a garbage final result when
upon re-entry to the same routine, we read the remaining bytes.
Fixes the regression in bugzilla number 16213. Please see
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16213
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Destination was spelled wrong in KConfig.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Hannemann <hannemann@nets.rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add header file to fix build error:
net/netfilter/xt_IDLETIMER.c:276: error: implicit declaration of function 'MKDEV'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Allow one-packet scheduling for UDP connections. When the fwmark-based or
normal virtual service is marked with '-o' or '--ops' options all
connections are created only to schedule one packet. Useful to schedule UDP
packets from same client port to different real servers. Recommended with
RR or WRR schedulers (the connections are not visible with ipvsadm -L).
Signed-off-by: Nick Chalk <nick@loadbalancer.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It has been reported that the new UFO software fallback path
fails under certain conditions with NFS. I tracked the problem
down to the generation of UFO packets that are smaller than the
MTU. The software fallback path simply discards these packets.
This patch fixes the problem by not generating such packets on
the UFO path.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware
designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs,
the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT.
In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN
full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be
able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because
BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep.
Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host
whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication
to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and
will send another indication when the traffic is over.
The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence
control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna
ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping.
This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling
of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will
immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as
described above.
In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled,
Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not
address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is
disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT
state, and is best done in user-space.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix the following compile warning:
CC [M] net/mac80211/scan.o
net/mac80211/scan.c: In function 'ieee80211_request_internal_scan':
net/mac80211/scan.c:749:23: warning: comparison between 'enum nl80211_band' and 'enum ieee80211_band'
caused by the local variable band not being of the proper 'ieee80211_band' type.
Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added new CAIF protocol type CAIFPROTO_DEBUG for accessing
CAIF debug on the ST Ericsson modems.
There are two debug servers on the modem, one for radio related
debug (CAIF_RADIO_DEBUG_SERVICE) and the other for
communication/application related debug (CAIF_COM_DEBUG_SERVICE).
The debug connection can contain trace debug printouts or
interactive debug used for debugging and test.
Debug connections can be of type STREAM or SEQPACKET.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously CAIF supported maximum transfer size of ~4050.
The transfer size is now calculated dynamically based on the
link layers mtu size.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF Remote File Manager may send or receive more than 4050 bytes.
Due to this The CAIF RFM service have to support segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow control is not used by all CAIF services.
The usage of flow control is now part of the gerneal
initialization function for CAIF Services.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, detection in hwsim and ath9k can
detect that two sw scans are in flight at the
same time, which isn't really true. It is
caused by a race condition, because the scan
complete callback is called too late, after
the lock has been dropped, so that a new scan
can be started before it is called.
It is also called too early semantically, as
it is currently called _after_ the return to
the operating channel -- it should be before
so that drivers know this is the operating
channel again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
regulatory_init is only called by cfg80211_init which is in .init.text,
too.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_exit is only used as module_exit function, so it can go to
.exit.text saving a few bytes when CONFIG_CFG80211=y.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is common in end-node, non STP bridges to set forwarding
delay to zero; which causes the forwarding database cleanup
to run every clock tick. Change to run only as soon as needed
or at next ageing timer interval which ever is sooner.
Use round_jiffies_up macro rather than attempting round up
by changing value.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2.6.34 introduced 'conntrack zones' to deal with cases where packets
from multiple identical networks are handled by conntrack/NAT. Packets
are looped through veth devices, during which they are NATed to private
addresses, after which they can continue normally through the stack
and possibly have NAT rules applied a second time.
This works well, but is needlessly complicated for cases where only
a single SNAT/DNAT mapping needs to be applied to these packets. In that
case, all that needs to be done is to assign each network to a seperate
zone and perform NAT as usual. However this doesn't work for packets
destined for the machine performing NAT itself since its corrently not
possible to configure SNAT mappings for the LOCAL_IN chain.
This patch adds a new INPUT chain to the NAT table and changes the
targets performing SNAT to be usable in that chain.
Example usage with two identical networks (192.168.0.0/24) on eth0/eth1:
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j MARK --set-mark 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j CT --zone 2
iptabels -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j MARK --set-mark 2
iptables -t nat -A INPUT -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A INPUT -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Remove the restriction that only allows connecting to a unix domain
socket identified by unix path that is in the same network namespace.
Crossing network namespaces is always tricky and we did not support
this at first, because of a strict policy of don't mix the namespaces.
Later after Pavel proposed this we did not support this because no one
had performed the audit to make certain using unix domain sockets
across namespaces is safe.
What fundamentally makes connecting to af_unix sockets in other
namespaces is safe is that you have to have the proper permissions on
the unix domain socket inode that lives in the filesystem. If you
want strict isolation you just don't create inodes where unfriendlys
can get at them, or with permissions that allow unfriendlys to open
them. All nicely handled for us by the mount namespace and other
standard file system facilities.
I looked through unix domain sockets and they are a very controlled
environment so none of the work that goes on in dev_forward_skb to
make crossing namespaces safe appears needed, we are not loosing
controll of the skb and so do not need to set up the skb to look like
it is comming in fresh from the outside world. Further the fields in
struct unix_skb_parms should not have any problems crossing network
namespaces.
Now that we handle SCM_CREDENTIALS in a way that gives useable values
across namespaces. There does not appear to be any operational
problems with encouraging the use of unix domain sockets across
containers either.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In unix_skb_parms store pointers to struct pid and struct cred instead
of raw uid, gid, and pid values, then translate the credentials on
reception into values that are meaningful in the receiving processes
namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Start capturing not only the userspace pid, uid and gid values of the
sending process but also the struct pid and struct cred of the sending
process as well.
This is in preparation for properly supporting SCM_CREDENTIALS for
sockets that have different uid and/or pid namespaces at the different
ends.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
scm_send occasionally allocates state in the scm_cookie, so I have
modified netlink_sendmsg to guarantee that when scm_send succeeds
scm_destory will be called to free that state.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use struct pid and struct cred to store the peer credentials on struct
sock. This gives enough information to convert the peer credential
information to a value relative to whatever namespace the socket is in
at the time.
This removes nasty surprises when using SO_PEERCRED on socket
connetions where the processes on either side are in different pid and
user namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To keep the coming code clear and to allow both the sock
code and the scm code to share the logic introduce a
fuction to translate from struct cred to struct ucred.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16183
The sch_teql module, which can be used to load balance over a set of
underlying interfaces, stopped working after 2.6.30 and has been
broken in all kernels since then for any underlying interface which
requires the addition of link level headers.
The problem is that the transmit routine relies on being able to
access the destination address in the skb in order to do address
resolution once it has decided which underlying interface it is going
to transmit through.
In 2.6.31 the IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE flag was introduced, and set by
default for all interfaces, which causes the destination address to be
released before the transmit routine for the interface is called.
The solution is to clear that flag for teql interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Tom Hughes <tom@compton.nu>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discard the ACK if we find options that do not match current sysctl
settings.
Previously it was possible to create a connection with sack, wscale,
etc. enabled even if the feature was disabled via sysctl.
Also remove an unneeded call to tcp_sack_reset() in
cookie_check_timestamp: Both call sites (cookie_v4_check,
cookie_v6_check) zero "struct tcp_options_received", hand it to
tcp_parse_options() (which does not change tcp_opt->num_sacks/dsack)
and then call cookie_check_timestamp().
Even if num_sacks/dsacks were changed, the structure is allocated on
the stack and after cookie_check_timestamp returns only a few selected
members are copied to the inet_request_sock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
regression introduced by b8d92c9c14
In function ‘ieee80211_work_rx_queued_mgmt’:
warning: ‘rma’ may be used uninitialized in this function
this re-adds default value WORK_ACT_NONE back to rma
Signed-off-by: Christoph Fritz <chf.fritz@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Addition of rcu_head to struct inet_peer added 16bytes on 64bit arches.
Thats a bit unfortunate, since old size was exactly 64 bytes.
This can be solved, using an union between this rcu_head an four fields,
that are normally used only when a refcount is taken on inet_peer.
rcu_head is used only when refcnt=-1, right before structure freeing.
Add a inet_peer_refcheck() function to check this assertion for a while.
We can bring back SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN qualifier in kmem cache creation.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Followup of commit aa1039e73c (inetpeer: RCU conversion)
Unused inet_peer entries have a null refcnt.
Using atomic_inc_not_zero() in rcu lookups is not going to work for
them, and slow path is taken.
Fix this using -1 marker instead of 0 for deleted entries.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The version of br_netpoll_send_skb used when netpoll is off is
missing a const thus causing a warning.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge multicast patches introduced an OOM crash in the forward
path, when deliver_clone fails to clone the skb.
Reported-by: Mark Wagner <mwagner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Third param (work) is unused, remove it.
Remove __inline__ and inline qualifiers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of doing one atomic operation per frag, we can factorize them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When syncookies are in effect, req->iif is left uninitialized.
In case of e.g. link-local addresses the route lookup then fails
and no syn-ack is sent.
Rearrange things so ->iif is also initialized in the syncookie case.
want_cookie can only be true when the isn was zero, thus move the want_cookie
check into the "!isn" branch.
Cc: Glenn Griffin <ggriffin.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inetpeer currently uses an AVL tree protected by an rwlock.
It's possible to make most lookups use RCU
1) Add a struct rcu_head to struct inet_peer
2) add a lookup_rcu_bh() helper to perform lockless and opportunistic
lookup. This is a normal function, not a macro like lookup().
3) Add a limit to number of links followed by lookup_rcu_bh(). This is
needed in case we fall in a loop.
4) add an smp_wmb() in link_to_pool() right before node insert.
5) make unlink_from_pool() use atomic_cmpxchg() to make sure it can take
last reference to an inet_peer, since lockless readers could increase
refcount, even while we hold peers.lock.
6) Delay struct inet_peer freeing after rcu grace period so that
lookup_rcu_bh() cannot crash.
7) inet_getpeer() first attempts lockless lookup.
Note this lookup can fail even if target is in AVL tree, but a
concurrent writer can let tree in a non correct form.
If this attemps fails, lock is taken a regular lookup is performed
again.
8) convert peers.lock from rwlock to a spinlock
9) Remove SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN when peer_cachep is created, because
rcu_head adds 16 bytes on 64bit arches, doubling effective size (64 ->
128 bytes)
In a future patch, this is probably possible to revert this part, if rcu
field is put in an union to share space with rid, ip_id_count, tcp_ts &
tcp_ts_stamp. These fields being manipulated only with refcnt > 0.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, we must use a
separate counter for tracking received CCMP packet number for the
management frames. The previously used NUM_RX_DATA_QUEUESth queue was
shared with data frames when QoS was not used and that can cause
problems in detecting replays incorrectly for robust management frames.
Add a new counter just for robust management frames to avoid this issue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used,
Deauthentication frame needs to be protected when the pairwise key is
configured. mac80211 was removing the station entry (and its keys)
before actually sending out the Deauthentication frame. Fix this by
reordering the code to send the frame before the station entry gets
removed. This matches an earlier change that handled the Disassociation
frame processing, but missed Deauthentication frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values
to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these
values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless
(for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.)
This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency
values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For
backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps
timeout of 100ms.
Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured
dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct.
Move it to the ieee80211_local struct.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Register net_bridge_port pointer as rx_handler data pointer. As br_port is
removed from struct net_device, another netdev priv_flag is added to indicate
the device serves as a bridge port. Also rcuized pointers are now correctly
dereferenced in br_fdb.c and in netfilter parts.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add possibility to register rx_handler data pointer along with a rx_handler.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are multiple problems with the newly added netpoll support:
1) Use-after-free on each netpoll packet.
2) Invoking unsafe code on netpoll/IRQ path.
3) Breaks when netpoll is enabled on the underlying device.
This patch fixes all of these problems. In particular, we now
allocate proper netpoll structures for each underlying device.
We only allow netpoll to be enabled on the bridge when all the
devices underneath it support netpoll. Once it is enabled, we
do not allow non-netpoll devices to join the bridge (until netpoll
is disabled again).
This allows us to do away with the npinfo juggling that caused
problem number 1.
Incidentally this patch fixes number 2 by bypassing unsafe code
such as multicast snooping and netfilter.
Reported-by: Qianfeng Zhang <frzhang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the functions __netpoll_setup/__netpoll_cleanup
which is designed to be called recursively through ndo_netpoll_seutp.
They must be called with RTNL held, and the caller must initialise
np->dev and ensure that it has a valid reference count.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds ndo_netpoll_setup as the initialisation primitive
to complement ndo_netpoll_cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As it stands, netpoll_setup and netpoll_cleanup have no locking
protection whatsoever. So chaos ensures if two entities try to
perform them on the same device.
This patch adds RTNL to the equation. The code has been rearranged so
that bits that do not need RTNL protection are now moved to the top of
netpoll_setup.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of RCU in netpoll is incorrect in a number of places:
1) The initial setting is lacking a write barrier.
2) The synchronize_rcu is in the wrong place.
3) Read barriers are missing.
4) Some places are even missing rcu_read_lock.
5) npinfo is zeroed after freeing.
This patch fixes those issues. As most users are in BH context,
this also converts the RCU usage to the BH variant.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that netpoll always zaps npinfo we no longer need to do it
in bridge.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we have to NULL npinfo regardless of whether there is a
ndo_netpoll_cleanup, it makes sense to do this unconditionally
in netpoll_cleanup rather than having every driver do it by
themselves.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements an idletimer Xtables target that can be used to
identify when interfaces have been idle for a certain period of time.
Timers are identified by labels and are created when a rule is set with a new
label. The rules also take a timeout value (in seconds) as an option. If
more than one rule uses the same timer label, the timer will be restarted
whenever any of the rules get a hit.
One entry for each timer is created in sysfs. This attribute contains the
timer remaining for the timer to expire. The attributes are located under
the xt_idletimer class:
/sys/class/xt_idletimer/timers/<label>
When the timer expires, the target module sends a sysfs notification to the
userspace, which can then decide what to do (eg. disconnect to save power).
Cc: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
- clusterip_lock becomes a spinlock
- lockless lookups
- kfree() deferred after RCU grace period
- rcu_barrier_bh() inserted in clusterip_tg_exit()
v2)
- As Patrick pointed out, we use atomic_inc_not_zero() in
clusterip_config_find_get().
- list_add_rcu() and list_del_rcu() variants are used.
- atomic_dec_and_lock() used in clusterip_config_entry_put()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Try to reduce cache line contentions in peer management, to reduce IP
defragmentation overhead.
- peer_fake_node is marked 'const' to make sure its not modified.
(tested with CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA=y)
- Group variables in two structures to reduce number of dirtied cache
lines. One named "peers" for avl tree root, its number of entries, and
associated lock. (candidate for RCU conversion)
- A second one named "unused_peers" for unused list and its lock
- Add a !list_empty() test in unlink_from_unused() to avoid taking lock
when entry is not unused.
- Use atomic_dec_and_lock() in inet_putpeer() to avoid taking lock in
some cases.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RCU to avoid atomic ops on idev refcnt in ipv6_get_mtu()
and ip6_dst_hoplimit()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use __in6_dev_get() instead of in6_dev_get()/in6_dev_put()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the
hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211
workqueue. This is what happens:
[ 92.026800] =======================================================
[ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
[ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85
[ 92.030507] -------------------------------------------------------
[ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq
ueue+0x0/0xb0
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock:
[ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211]
The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the
way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address
list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver
when needed.
The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need
to be changed in the future.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove BSS from cfg80211 BSS list if we are only member in IBSS when
leaving it.
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add changed basic rates flag to bss_changed while joinig ibss network.
This patch is split from the patch containing support for setting basic
rates when creating ibss network. Original patch was posted by Johannes
Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support to nl80211 and mac80211 to set basic rates when
joining/creating ibss network.
Original patch was posted by Johannes Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked
after and sometimes before the actual driver
callback. This is fine as long as the driver
has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does
it gets confusing.
To make traces containing such information
easier to read, introduce a return tracer in
mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver
tracing, and invoke the real trace before the
driver's callback, only showing the return
value, if any, afterwards.
Since tracing records the process, there's no
problem with overlapping calls if that should
happen.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The recent change to processing action frames from
the management frame queue had already broken action
frame accounting, and my rework didn't help either.
So add back accounting and simplify the code with a
label rather than duplicating it, and also add
accounting for management frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even before the recent changes, the documentation
for TX aggregation was somewhat out of date. Update
it and also add documentation for the RX side.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow drivers to sleep, and indicate this in
the documentation. ath9k has some locking I
don't understand, so keep it safe and disable
BHs in it, all other drivers look fine with
the context change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To prepare for allowing drivers to sleep in
ampdu_action, change the locking in the TX
aggregation code to use the mutex the RX part
already uses. The spinlock is still necessary
around some code to avoid races with TX, but
now we can also synchronize_net() to avoid
getting an inconsistent sequence number.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we want the code to be able to sleep
in the future, it must not be called from
the timer directly. To achieve that, simply
call the function drivers would call, and
also use RCU in the timer to get the struct
so we don't need to rely on the spinlock in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To prepare for allowing drivers to sleep in
ampdu_action, change the locking in the RX
aggregation code to use a mutex, so that it
would already allow drivers to sleep. But
explicitly disable BHs around the callback
for now since the TX part cannot yet sleep,
and drivers' locking might require it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I noticed that when there was _no_ traffic at
all on a given aggregation session, it would
never time out. This won't happen unless you
forced creating a session, but fix it anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we want the code to be able to sleep
in the future, it must not be called from
the timer directly. To prepare, move it out
into the aggregation work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the block-ack session works into common
code, since it will be needed for RX agg too
in the next patches.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver or rate control requests starting
or stopping an aggregation session, that currently
causes a direct callback into the driver, which
could potentially cause locking problems. Also,
the functions need to be callable from contexts
that cannot sleep, and thus will interfere with
making the ampdu_action callback sleeping.
To address these issues, add a new work item for
each station that will process any start or stop
requests out of line.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 currently maintains the ampdu_lock to
avoid starting a queue due to one aggregation
session while another aggregation session needs
the queue stopped.
We can do better, however, and instead refcount
the queue stops for this particular purpose,
thus removing the need for the lock. This will
help making ampdu_action able to sleep.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done
callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc,
and can cause callbacks into the driver again.
This might lead to locking issues, which will
only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid
trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and
change ath9k_htc to use those instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently we allocate some memory for each TX
aggregation session and additionally keep a
state bitmap indicating the state it is in.
By using RCU to protect the pointer, moving
the state into the structure and some locking
trickery we can avoid locking when the TX agg
session is fully operational.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently we allocate some memory for each RX
aggregation session and additionally keep a
flag indicating whether or not it is valid.
By using RCU to protect the pointer and making
sure that the memory is fully set up before it
becomes visible to the RX path, we can remove
the need for the bool that indicates validity,
as well as for locking on the RX path since it
is always synchronised against itself, and we
can guarantee that all other modifications are
done when the structure is not visible to the
RX path.
The net result is that since we remove locking
requirements from the RX path, we can in the
future use any kind of lock for the setup and
teardown code paths.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This moves the aggregation callback processing
to the per-sdata skb queue and a work function
rather than the tasklet.
Unfortunately, this means that it extends the
pkt_type hack to that skb queue. However, it
will enable making ampdu_action API changes
gradually, my current plan is to get rid of
this again by forcing drivers to only return
from ampdu_action() when everything is done,
thus removing the callbacks completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a corner case where we receive a fragmented
frame during a blockack session, in which case we
will terminate that session. To simplify future work
in this area that will culminate in allowing the
driver callbacks for aggregation to sleep, move the
processing of this case out of the RX path into the
interface work.
This will simplify future work because the new place
for this code doesn't require that the function will
always be atomic, which the RX path needs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To prepare for making the ampdu_action callback
sleep, make mac80211 always process blockack
action frames from the skb queue. This gets rid
of the current special case for managed mode
interfaces as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some code is duplicated between ibss, mesh and
managed mode regarding the queueing of management
frames. Since all modes now use a common skb
queue and a common work function, we can pull
the queueing code into the rx handler directly
and remove the duplicated length checks etc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All the management processing functions free the
skb after they are done, so this can be done in
the new common code instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even with the previous patch, IBSS, managed
and mesh modes all attach their own work
function to the shared work struct, which
means some duplicated code. Change that to
only have a frame processing function and a
further work function for each of them and
share some common code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IBSS, managed and mesh modes all have their
own work struct, and in the future we want
to also use it in other modes to process
frames from the now common skb queue.
This also makes the skb queue and work safe
to use from other interface types.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IBSS, managed and mesh modes all have an
skb queue, and in the future we want to
also use it in other modes, so make them
all use a common skb queue already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A number of places use RCU locking for accessing
the station list, even though they do not need
to. Use mutex locking instead to prepare for the
locking changes I want to make. The mlme code is
also using a WLAN_STA_DISASSOC flag that has the
same meaning as WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA, so use that.
While doing so, combine places where we loop
over stations twice, and optimise away some of
the loops by checking if the hardware supports
aggregation at all first.
Also fix a more theoretical race condition: right
now we could resume, set up an aggregation session,
and right after tear it down again due to the code
that is needed for hardware reconfiguration here.
Also mark add a comment to that code marking it as
a workaround.
Finally, remove a pointless aggregation disabling
loop when an interface is stopped, directly after
that we remove all stations from it which will also
disable all aggregation sessions that may still be
active, and does so in a race-free way unlike the
current loop that doesn't block new sessions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When in IBSS mode, currently action frame TX and RX
cannot be used. Allow using it to talk to any peer,
or for public action frames. Also, while at it,
restructure the code in mac80211 to make it easier
to add this for other interface types in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The parameter (work) is unused, remove it.
Reported from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Instead of doing one atomic operation per frag, we can factorize them.
Reported from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If the returned csum value is 0, We has set ip_summed with
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY flag in __skb_checksum_complete_head().
So this patch kills the check and changes to return to upper
caller directly.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
- must use atomic_inc_not_zero() in instance_lookup_get()
- must use hlist_add_head_rcu() instead of hlist_add_head()
- must use hlist_del_rcu() instead of hlist_del()
- Introduce NFULNL_COPY_DISABLED to stop lockless reader from using an
instance, before we do final instance_put() on it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
No need to copy rxhash again in __skb_clone()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
deliver_no_wcard is not being set in skb_copy_header.
In the skb_cloned case it is not being cleared and
may cause the skb to be dropped when the loopback device
pushes it back up the stack.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device statistics have type unsigned long and several of the
device-specific parameters printed here have type __u32.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use struct rtnl_link_stats64 as the statistics structure.
On 32-bit architectures, insert 32 bits of padding after/before each
field of struct net_device_stats to make its layout compatible with
struct rtnl_link_stats64. Add an anonymous union in net_device; move
stats into the union and add struct rtnl_link_stats64 stats64.
Add net_device_ops::ndo_get_stats64, implementations of which will
return a pointer to struct rtnl_link_stats64. Drivers that implement
this operation must not update the structure asynchronously.
Change dev_get_stats() to call ndo_get_stats64 if available, and to
return a pointer to struct rtnl_link_stats64. Change callers of
dev_get_stats() accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch increases the granularity of the rate generated by pktgen.
The previous version of pktgen uses micro seconds (udelay) resolution when it
was delayed causing gaps in the rates. It is changed to nanosecond (ndelay).
Now any rate is possible.
Also it allows to set, the desired rate in Mb/s or packets per second.
The documentation has been updated.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Turull <daniel.turull@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Olsson <robert.olsson@its.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
econet lacks proper locking. It holds econet_lock only when inserting or
deleting an entry in econet_sklist, not during lookups.
- convert econet_lock from rwlock to spinlock
- use econet_lock in ec_listening_socket() lookup
- use appropriate sock_hold() / sock_put() to avoid corruptions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen_kill_estimator() API is incomplete or not well documented, since
caller should make sure an RCU grace period is respected before
freeing stats_lock.
This was partially addressed in commit 5d944c640b
(gen_estimator: deadlock fix), but same problem exist for all
gen_kill_estimator() users, if lock they use is not already RCU
protected.
A code review shows xt_RATEEST.c, act_api.c, act_police.c have this
problem. Other are ok because they use qdisc lock, already RCU
protected.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove useless union keyword in rtable, rt6_info and dn_route.
Since there is only one member in a union, the union keyword isn't useful.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch correct a bug in the delay of pktgen.
It makes sure the inter-packet interval is accurate.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Turull <daniel.turull@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Olsson <robert.olsson@its.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen_kill_estimator() / gen_new_estimator() is not always called with
RTNL held.
net/netfilter/xt_RATEEST.c is one user of these API that do not hold
RTNL, so random corruptions can occur between "tc" and "iptables".
Add a new fine grained lock instead of trying to use RTNL in netfilter.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 66018506e1 (ip: Router Alert RCU conversion) introduced RCU
lookups to ip_call_ra_chain(). It missed proper deinit phase :
When ip_ra_control() deletes an ip_ra_chain, it should make sure
ip_call_ra_chain() users can not start to use socket during the rcu
grace period. It should also delay the sock_put() after the grace
period, or we risk a premature socket freeing and corruptions, as
raw sockets are not rcu protected yet.
This delay avoids using expensive atomic_inc_not_zero() in
ip_call_ra_chain().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the accelerated receive path for VLAN's will
drop packets if the real device is an inactive slave and
is not one of the special pkts tested for in
skb_bond_should_drop(). This behavior is different then
the non-accelerated path and for pkts over a bonded vlan.
For example,
vlanx -> bond0 -> ethx
will be dropped in the vlan path and not delivered to any
packet handlers at all. However,
bond0 -> vlanx -> ethx
and
bond0 -> ethx
will be delivered to handlers that match the exact dev,
because the VLAN path checks the real_dev which is not a
slave and netif_recv_skb() doesn't drop frames but only
delivers them to exact matches.
This patch adds a sk_buff flag which is used for tagging
skbs that would previously been dropped and allows the
skb to continue to skb_netif_recv(). Here we add
logic to check for the deliver_no_wcard flag and if it
is set only deliver to handlers that match exactly. This
makes both paths above consistent and gives pkt handlers
a way to identify skbs that come from inactive slaves.
Without this patch in some configurations skbs will be
delivered to handlers with exact matches and in others
be dropped out right in the vlan path.
I have tested the following 4 configurations in failover modes
and load balancing modes.
# bond0 -> ethx
# vlanx -> bond0 -> ethx
# bond0 -> vlanx -> ethx
# bond0 -> ethx
|
vlanx -> --
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 1f8438a853 (icmp: Account for ICMP out errors), I did a typo
on IPV6 side, using ICMP6_MIB_OUTMSGS instead of ICMP6_MIB_OUTERRORS
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- rcu_read_lock() already held by caller
- use __in_dev_get_rcu() instead of in_dev_get() / in_dev_put()
- remove goto out;
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The extra ! character means that these conditions are always false.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use call_rcu rather than synchronize_rcu.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BugLink: http://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/591416
There are a number of network drivers (bridge, bonding, etc) that are not yet
receive multi-queue enabled and use alloc_netdev(), so don't print a
num_rx_queues imbalance warning in that case.
Also, only print the warning once for those drivers that _are_ multi-queue
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
- instances_lock becomes a spinlock
- lockless lookups
While nfnetlink_log probably not performance critical, using less
rwlocks in our code is always welcomed...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
- Use an atomic_t for id_sequence to avoid a spin_lock/spin_unlock pair
- Group highly modified struct nfqnl_instance fields together
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Converts queue_lock rwlock to a spinlock.
(readlocked part can be changed by reads of integer values)
One atomic operation instead of four per ipq_enqueue_packet() call.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The code that hashes and unhashes connections from the connection table
is missing locking of the connection being modified, which opens up a
race condition and results in memory corruption when this race condition
is hit.
Here is what happens in pretty verbose form:
CPU 0 CPU 1
------------ ------------
An active connection is terminated and
we schedule ip_vs_conn_expire() on this
CPU to expire this connection.
IRQ assignment is changed to this CPU,
but the expire timer stays scheduled on
the other CPU.
New connection from same ip:port comes
in right before the timer expires, we
find the inactive connection in our
connection table and get a reference to
it. We proper lock the connection in
tcp_state_transition() and read the
connection flags in set_tcp_state().
ip_vs_conn_expire() gets called, we
unhash the connection from our
connection table and remove the hashed
flag in ip_vs_conn_unhash(), without
proper locking!
While still holding proper locks we
write the connection flags in
set_tcp_state() and this sets the hashed
flag again.
ip_vs_conn_expire() fails to expire the
connection, because the other CPU has
incremented the reference count. We try
to re-insert the connection into our
connection table, but this fails in
ip_vs_conn_hash(), because the hashed
flag has been set by the other CPU. We
re-schedule execution of
ip_vs_conn_expire(). Now this connection
has the hashed flag set, but isn't
actually hashed in our connection table
and has a dangling list_head.
We drop the reference we held on the
connection and schedule the expire timer
for timeouting the connection on this
CPU. Further packets won't be able to
find this connection in our connection
table.
ip_vs_conn_expire() gets called again,
we think it's already hashed, but the
list_head is dangling and while removing
the connection from our connection table
we write to the memory location where
this list_head points to.
The result will probably be a kernel oops at some other point in time.
This race condition is pretty subtle, but it can be triggered remotely.
It needs the IRQ assignment change or another circumstance where packets
coming from the same ip:port for the same service are being processed on
different CPUs. And it involves hitting the exact time at which
ip_vs_conn_expire() gets called. It can be avoided by making sure that
all packets from one connection are always processed on the same CPU and
can be made harder to exploit by changing the connection timeouts to
some custom values.
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Converts queue_lock rwlock to a spinlock.
(readlocked part can be changed by reads of integer values)
One atomic operation instead of four per ipq_enqueue_packet() call.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Use WORD_ROUND to round an int up to the next multiple of 4.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet, slowing down performance.
This patch converts it to a per_cpu variable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When we receive a deauthentication frame before
having successfully associated, we neither print
a message nor abort assocation. The former makes
it hard to debug, while the latter later causes
a warning in cfg80211 when, as will typically be
the case, association timed out.
This warning was reported by many, e.g. in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15981,
but I couldn't initially pinpoint it. I verified
the fix by hacking hostapd to send a deauth frame
instead of an association response.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Miles Lane <miles.lane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet. This is bad for performance.
__read_mostly annotation is also a bad choice.
This patch introduces IPS_UNTRACKED bit so that we can use later a
per_cpu untrack structure more easily.
A new helper, nf_ct_untracked_get() returns a pointer to
nf_conntrack_untracked.
Another one, nf_ct_untracked_status_or() is used by nf_nat_init() to add
IPS_NAT_DONE_MASK bits to untracked status.
nf_ct_is_untracked() prototype is changed to work on a nf_conn pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There's a window for ieee80211_ifa_changed() to get called whilst the
managed mode mutex has not been initialized when opening and stopping the
interface. Currently this causes a kernel BUG like the following:
[ 132.460013] kernel BUG at /home/wifi/iwlwifi-2.6/net/mac80211/main.c:380!
[ 132.460013] invalid opcode: 0000 [#1] SMP
The mutex is initialized during open(), hence once netif_running() is true,
the mutex should be valid. Fix by adding a netif_running() check to the
function.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Tested-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- dev_get_by_flags() changed to dev_get_by_flags_rcu()
- ipv6_sock_ac_join() dont touch dev & idev refcounts
- ipv6_sock_ac_drop() dont touch dev & idev refcounts
- ipv6_sock_ac_close() dont touch dev & idev refcounts
- ipv6_dev_ac_dec() dount touch idev refcount
- ipv6_chk_acast_addr() dont touch idev refcount
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_dev_get() -> __in_dev_get_rcu() in a rcu protected function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_dev_get() -> __in_dev_get_rcu() in a rcu protected function.
[ Fix build with CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE disabled. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in_dev_get() -> __in_dev_get_rcu() in a rcu protected function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Straightforward conversion to RCU.
One rwlock becomes a spinlock, and is static.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"mac80211: make ARP filtering depend on CONFIG_INET" introduced this
potential locking leak.
Reported-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes "iw wlan0 dump survey" work again with
mac80211-based drivers that support it, e.g. ath5k.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ipmr_rules_exit() and ip6mr_rules_exit() free a list of items, but
forget to properly remove these items from list. List head is not
changed and still points to freed memory.
This can trigger a fault later when icmpv6_sk_exit() is called.
Fix is to either reinit list, or use list_del() to properly remove items
from list before freeing them.
bugzilla report : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16120
Introduced by commit d1db275dd3 (ipv6: ip6mr: support multiple
tables) and commit f0ad0860d0 (ipv4: ipmr: support multiple tables)
Reported-by: Alex Zhavnerchik <alex.vizor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The extra assertion to allow packet munging only when there are
no other ptypes listening which may have worked around an old bug
is unnecessary. It is sufficient to check if the skb is cloned before
trampling on it. Thanks to Herbert Xu for being persistent and patient
in getting this across.
[Note that cloning checks and assertions are the general rule used
by tc actions (documentation/networking/tc-actions-env-rules.txt)].
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the core path doesnt set OK to munge we detect
writable skbs by looking to see if they are cloned.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove two unnecessary assignments
we don't need to assign NULL when initialize structure objects.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
net/sched/sch_htb.c | 2 --
1 file changed, 2 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid two atomic ops per raw_send_hdrinc() call
Avoid two atomic ops per raw6_send_hdrinc() call
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF is using "xxx-AF_MAX" strings for the lock validator. It should use
its own strings.
Signed-off-by: Alex Lorca <alex.lorca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch address a serious performance issue in reading the
TCP sockets table (/proc/net/tcp).
Reading the full table is done by a number of sequential read
operations. At each read operation, a seek is done to find the
last socket that was previously read. This seek operation requires
that the sockets in the table need to be counted up to the current
file position, and to count each of these requires taking a lock for
each non-empty bucket. The whole algorithm is O(n^2).
The fix is to cache the last bucket value, offset within the bucket,
and the file position returned by the last read operation. On the
next sequential read, the bucket and offset are used to find the
last read socket immediately without needing ot scan the previous
buckets the table. This algorithm t read the whole table is O(n).
The improvement offered by this patch is easily show by performing
cat'ing /proc/net/tcp on a machine with a lot of connections. With
about 182K connections in the table, I see the following:
- Without patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null
real 1m56.729s
user 0m0.214s
sys 1m56.344s
- With patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null
real 0m0.894s
user 0m0.290s
sys 0m0.594s
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With mtu=9000, mld_newpack() use order-2 GFP_ATOMIC allocations, that
are very unreliable, on machines where PAGE_SIZE=4K
Limit allocated skbs to be at most one page. (order-0 allocations)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can avoid an unecessary cache miss by checking if the skb is non-linear
before accessing gso_size/gso_type in skb_warn_if_lro, the same can also be
done to avoid a cache miss on nr_frags if data_len is 0.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- ipv6 msstab: account for ipv6 header size
- ipv4 msstab: add mss for Jumbograms.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
caller: if (!th->rst && !th->syn && th->ack)
callee: if (!th->ack)
make the caller only check for !syn (common for 3whs), and move
the !rst / ack test to the callee.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
both syn_flood_warning functions print a message, but
ipv4 version only prints a warning if CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=y.
Make the v4 one behave like the v6 one.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Its better to make a route lookup in appropriate namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I believe a moderate SYN flood attack can corrupt RFS flow table
(rps_sock_flow_table), making RPS/RFS much less effective.
Even in a normal situation, server handling short lived sessions suffer
from bad steering for the first data packet of a session, if another SYN
packet is received for another session.
We do following action in tcp_v4_rcv() :
sock_rps_save_rxhash(sk, skb->rxhash);
We should _not_ do this if sk is a LISTEN socket, as about each
packet received on a LISTEN socket has a different rxhash than
previous one.
-> RPS_NO_CPU markers are spread all over rps_sock_flow_table.
Also, it makes sense to protect sk->rxhash field changes with socket
lock (We currently can change it even if user thread owns the lock
and might use rxhash)
This patch moves sock_rps_save_rxhash() to a sock locked section,
and only for non LISTEN sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syncookies default to on since
e994b7c901
(tcp: Don't make syn cookies initial setting depend on CONFIG_SYSCTL).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm triggers a warning if dst_pop() drops a refcount
on a noref dst. This patch changes dst_pop() to
skb_dst_pop(). skb_dst_pop() drops the refcnt only
on a refcounted dst. Also we don't clone the child
dst_entry, so it is not refcounted and we can use
skb_dst_set_noref() in xfrm_output_one().
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Processing an association response could take a bit
of time while we set up the hardware etc. During that
time, the AP might already send a blockack request.
If this happens very quickly on a fairly slow machine,
we can end up processing the blockack request before
the association processing has finished. Since the
blockack processing cannot sleep right now, we also
cannot make it wait in the driver.
As a result, sometimes on slow machines the iwlagn
driver gets totally confused, and no traffic can pass
when the aggregation setup was done before the assoc
setup completed.
I'm working on a proper fix for this, which involves
queuing all blockack category action frames from a
work struct, and also allowing the ampdu_action driver
callback to sleep, which will generally clean up the
code and make things easier.
However, this is a very involved and complex change.
To fix the problem at hand in a way that can also be
backported to stable, I've come up with this patch.
Here, I simply process all aggregation action frames
from the managed interface skb queue, which means
their processing will be serialized with processing
the association response, thereby fixing the problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
STA_NOTIFY_ADD and STA_NOTIFY_REMOVE have no users anymore,
and station addition/removal are indicated to drivers
using sta_add() and sta_remove(), which can sleep.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using vmalloc_node(size, numa_node_id()) for temporary storage is not
needed. vmalloc(size) is more respectful of user NUMA policy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Avoid two atomic ops in arp_fwd_proxy()
Avoid two atomic ops in arp_process()
Valid optims since arp_rcv() is run under rcu_read_lock()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid two atomic ops on output device refcount
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reduces the binary size by around 25k (measured on MIPS,
with CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_COUNTERS enabled).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since I recently made station management able
to sleep, I can now rework key management as
well; since it will no longer need a spinlock
and can also use a mutex instead, a bunch of
code to allow drivers' set_key to sleep while
key management is protected by a spinlock can
now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For some odd reason, the plink_state enum is
declared in the middle between aggregation
related structures. Move it down to make the
file easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After ieee80211_rx_h_ctrl() processing we only
want to process management (including action)
frames, so there's no point in letting control
frames continue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ever since we use only cfg80211 for configuration,
there is no configuration that could be pending at
this point, cfg80211 will have the configuration
that is pending and apply it afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I suspect the compiler will do this optimisation
anyway, but it seems cleaner to move this into
the WEP switch case.
Also make rx_h_decrypt use a local variable for
the frame_control so that we don't need to reload
the hdr variable for this after linearizing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no sense in letting anything but internal
mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything
but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT
is only valid when we have received a frame from
the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211.
The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong
as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for
the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current
IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface.
Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver
interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called
upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when
associated whenever the IP address(es) change.
This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't
need ARP filtering.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IBSS code has a bogus mod_timer(..., 0) call,
we shouldn't ever pass a constant value to the
function since any constant value could be in the
future or the past.
However, invoking the timer here is not necessary
at all, since we just finished scanning and just
need to have the IBSS code run again from the
workqueue later, so factor out the work starting
and use that instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
access skb->data safely
we should use skb_header_pointer() and skb_store_bits() to access skb->data to
handle small or non-linear skbs.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
net/sched/act_pedit.c | 24 ++++++++++++++----------
1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cleanup patch.
Use new __packed annotation in net/ and include/
(except netfilter)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid two atomic ops on struct in_device refcount per incoming packet,
if slow path taken, (or route cache disabled)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Christoph Lameter mentioned that packets could be dropped in input path
because of rp_filter settings, without any SNMP counter being
incremented. System administrator can have a hard time to track the
problem.
This patch introduces a new counter, LINUX_MIB_IPRPFILTER, incremented
each time we drop a packet because Reverse Path Filter triggers.
(We receive an IPv4 datagram on a given interface, and find the route to
send an answer would use another interface)
netstat -s | grep IPReversePathFilter
IPReversePathFilter: 21714
Reported-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending action frames, we want to verify
that we do that on the correct channel. However,
checking the channel type in addition can get in
the way, since the channel type could change on
the fly during an association, and it's not
useful to have the channel type anyway since it
has no effect on the transmission. Therefore,
make it optional to specify so that if wanted,
it can still be checked, but is not required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don't refuse HT20 channels on devices that don't support HT40.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
use skb_header_pointer() to dereference data safely
the original skb->data dereference isn't safe, as there isn't any skb->len or
skb_is_nonlinear() check. skb_header_pointer() is used instead in this patch.
And when the skb isn't long enough, we terminate the function u32_classify()
immediately with -1.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For large values of rtt, 2^rho operation may overflow u32. Clamp down the increment to 2^16.
Signed-off-by: Daniele Lacamera <root@danielinux.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
What this patch does is it removes two receive frame hooks (for bridge and for
macvlan) from __netif_receive_skb. These are replaced them with a single
hook for both. It only supports one hook per device because it makes no
sense to do bridging and macvlan on the same device.
Then a network driver (of virtual netdev like macvlan or bridge) can register
an rx_handler for needed net device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are more than a dozen occurrences of following code in the
IPv6 stack:
if (opt && opt->srcrt) {
struct rt0_hdr *rt0 = (struct rt0_hdr *) opt->srcrt;
ipv6_addr_copy(&final, &fl.fl6_dst);
ipv6_addr_copy(&fl.fl6_dst, rt0->addr);
final_p = &final;
}
Replace those with a helper. Note that the helper overrides final_p
in all cases. This is ok as final_p was previously initialized to
NULL when declared.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Normally dhclient can be configured to send the "host-name" option
in DHCP requests to update the client's DNS record. However for an
NFSROOT system, dhclient shall never be called (which may change the
IP addr and therefore lose your root NFS mount connection).
So enable updating the DNS record with kernel parameter
ip=::::$HOST_NAME::dhcp
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix the wrong checksum when addr isn't in old_addr/mask
For TCP and UDP packets, when addr isn't in old_addr/mask we don't do SNAT or
DNAT, and we should not update layer 4 checksum.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
net/sched/act_nat.c | 4 ++++
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a setting, PACKET_TIMESTAMP, to specify the packet
timestamp source that is exported to capture utilities like tcpdump by
packet_mmap.
PACKET_TIMESTAMP accepts the same integer bit field as
SO_TIMESTAMPING. However, only the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE and
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE values are currently recognized by
PACKET_TIMESTAMP. SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE takes precedence over
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE if both bits are set.
If PACKET_TIMESTAMP is not set, a software timestamp generated inside
the networking stack is used (the behavior before this setting was
added).
Signed-off-by: Scott McMillan <scott.a.mcmillan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use read_pnet() and write_pnet() to reduce number of ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When many cpus compete for sending frames on a given qdisc, the qdisc
spinlock suffers from very high contention.
The cpu owning __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING bit has same priority to acquire
the lock, and cannot dequeue packets fast enough, since it must wait for
this lock for each dequeued packet.
One solution to this problem is to force all cpus spinning on a second
lock before trying to get the main lock, when/if they see
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING already set.
The owning cpu then compete with at most one other cpu for the main
lock, allowing for higher dequeueing rate.
Based on a previous patch from Alexander Duyck. I added the heuristic to
avoid the atomic in fast path, and put the new lock far away from the
cache line used by the dequeue worker. Also try to release the busylock
lock as late as possible.
Tests with following script gave a boost from ~50.000 pps to ~600.000
pps on a dual quad core machine (E5450 @3.00GHz), tg3 driver.
(A single netperf flow can reach ~800.000 pps on this platform)
for j in `seq 0 3`; do
for i in `seq 0 7`; do
netperf -H 192.168.0.1 -t UDP_STREAM -l 60 -N -T $i -- -m 6 &
done
done
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a skb is received on an inactive bond that does not meet
the special cases checked for by skb_bond_should_drop it should
only be delivered to exact matches as the comment in
netif_receive_skb() says.
However because null_or_bond could also be null this is not
always true. This patch renames null_or_bond to orig_or_bond
and initializes it to orig_dev. This keeps the intent of
null_or_bond to pass frames received on VLAN interfaces stacked
on bonding interfaces without invalidating the statement for
null_or_orig.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vlan device should not copy the slave or master flags from
the real device. It is not in the bond until added nor is it
a master.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define three helpers to manipulate QDISC_STATE_RUNNIG flag, that a
second patch will move on another location.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets going through __xfrm_route_forward() have a not refcounted dst
entry, since we enabled a noref forwarding path.
xfrm_lookup() might incorrectly release this dst entry.
It's a bit late to make invasive changes in xfrm_lookup(), so lets force
a refcount in this path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dialog token allocator has apparently been broken
since b83f4e15 ("mac80211: fix deadlock in sta->lock")
because it got moved out under the spinlock. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Daniel reported that the paged RX changes had
broken blockack request frame processing due
to using data that wasn't really part of the
skb data.
Fix this using skb_copy_bits() for the needed
data. As a side effect, this adds a check on
processing too short frames, which previously
this code could do.
Reported-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use atomic_cmpxchg() to avoid dirtying a shared location.
xt_statistic_priv smp aligned to avoid sharing same cache line with
other stuff.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Avoid dirtying bridge_parent_rtable refcount, using new dst noref
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As noticed by Julia Lawall, ipip6_tunnel_add_prl() incorrectly calls
kzallloc(..., GFP_KERNEL) while a spinlock is held. She provided
a patch to use GFP_ATOMIC instead.
One possibility would be to convert this spinlock to a mutex, or
preallocate the thing before taking the lock.
After RCU conversion, it appears we dont need this lock, since
caller already holds RTNL
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit: c720c7e838 missed these.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct sk_forward_alloc handling for error_queue would need to use a
backlog of frames that softirq handler could not deliver because socket
is owned by user thread. Or extend backlog processing to be able to
process normal and error packets.
Another possibility is to not use mem charge for error queue, this is
what I implemented in this patch.
Note: this reverts commit 29030374
(net: fix sk_forward_alloc corruptions), since we dont need to lock
socket anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit f3c5c1bfd4 (netfilter: xtables: make ip_tables reentrant)
introduced a performance regression, because stackptr array is shared by
all cpus, adding cache line ping pongs. (16 cpus share a 64 bytes cache
line)
Fix this using alloc_percpu()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In xt_register_table, xt_jumpstack_alloc is called first, later
xt_replace_table is used. But in xt_replace_table, xt_jumpstack_alloc
will be used again. Then the memory allocated by previous xt_jumpstack_alloc
will be leaked. We can simply remove the previous xt_jumpstack_alloc because
there aren't any users of newinfo between xt_jumpstack_alloc and
xt_replace_table.
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Feng <dfeng@redhat.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently such notifications are only generated when the device comes up or the
address changes. However one use case for these notifications is to enable
faster network recovery after a virtual machine migration (by causing switches
to relearn their MAC tables). A migration appears to the network stack as a
temporary loss of carrier and therefore does not trigger either of the current
conditions. Rather than adding carrier up as a trigger (which can cause issues
when interfaces a flapping) simply add an interface which the driver can use
to explicitly trigger the notification.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"phyinfo" can never be null here because we assigned it an address, so I
removed both the assert and the second check inside the if statement. I
removed the "phyinfo->phy_layer != NULL" check as well because that was
asserted earlier.
Walter Harms suggested I move the "phyinfo->phy_ref_count++;" outside
the if condition for readability, so I have done that.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already dereferenced uaddr towards the start of the function when we
checked that "uaddr->sa_family != AF_CAIF". Both the check here and the
earlier check were added in bece7b2398: "caif: Rewritten socket
implementation". Before that patch, we assumed that we recieved a valid
pointer for uaddr, and based on that, I have removed this check.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use memdup_user when user data is immediately copied into the
allocated region.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression from,to,size,flag;
position p;
identifier l1,l2;
@@
- to = \(kmalloc@p\|kzalloc@p\)(size,flag);
+ to = memdup_user(from,size);
if (
- to==NULL
+ IS_ERR(to)
|| ...) {
<+... when != goto l1;
- -ENOMEM
+ PTR_ERR(to)
...+>
}
- if (copy_from_user(to, from, size) != 0) {
- <+... when != goto l2;
- -EFAULT
- ...+>
- }
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Acked-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use memdup_user when user data is immediately copied into the
allocated region.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression from,to,size,flag;
position p;
identifier l1,l2;
@@
- to = \(kmalloc@p\|kzalloc@p\)(size,flag);
+ to = memdup_user(from,size);
if (
- to==NULL
+ IS_ERR(to)
|| ...) {
<+... when != goto l1;
- -ENOMEM
+ PTR_ERR(to)
...+>
}
- if (copy_from_user(to, from, size) != 0) {
- <+... when != goto l2;
- -EFAULT
- ...+>
- }
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_md5_hash_skb_data() should handle skb->frag_list, and eventually
recurse.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netpoll does an interesting work in zap_completion_queue(), but this was
before we did skb orphaning before delivering packets to device.
It now makes sense to add a test in dev_kfree_skb_irq() to not queue a
skb if already orphaned, and to remove netpoll zap_completion_queue() as
a bonus.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch saves 224 bytes of text on my machine.
__this_cpu_inc() generates a single instruction, using no scratch
registers :
65 ff 04 25 a8 30 01 00 incl %gs:0x130a8
instead of :
48 c7 c2 80 30 01 00 mov $0x13080,%rdx
65 48 8b 04 25 88 ea 00 00 mov %gs:0xea88,%rax
83 44 10 28 01 addl $0x1,0x28(%rax,%rdx,1)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As David found out, sock_queue_err_skb() should be called with socket
lock hold, or we risk sk_forward_alloc corruption, since we use non
atomic operations to update this field.
This patch adds bh_lock_sock()/bh_unlock_sock() pair to three spots.
(BH already disabled)
1) skb_tstamp_tx()
2) Before calling ip_icmp_error(), in __udp4_lib_err()
3) Before calling ipv6_icmp_error(), in __udp6_lib_err()
Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The accept()'d socket need to be unhashed while the (listen()'ing)
socket lock is held. This fixes a race condition that could lead to an
OOPS.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was an spin_unlock missing on the error path. The spin_lock was
tucked in with the declarations so it was hard to spot. I added a new
line.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjurbren@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a mutex_unlock missing on the error path. In each case, whenever the
label out is reached from elsewhere in the function, mutex is not locked.
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression E1;
@@
* mutex_lock(E1);
<+... when != E1
if (...) {
... when != E1
* return ...;
}
...+>
* mutex_unlock(E1);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Reviewed-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f4f914b5 (net: ipv6 bind to device issue) caused
a regression with Mobile IPv6 when it changed the meaning
of fl->oif to become a strict requirement of the route
lookup. Instead, only force strict mode when
sk->sk_bound_dev_if is set on the calling socket, getting
the intended behavior and fixing the regression.
Tested-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sparse correctly complains that
__ieee80211_get_channel_mode is not static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (22 commits)
netlink: bug fix: wrong size was calculated for vfinfo list blob
netlink: bug fix: don't overrun skbs on vf_port dump
xt_tee: use skb_dst_drop()
netdev/fec: fix ifconfig eth0 down hang issue
cnic: Fix context memory init. on 5709.
drivers/net: Eliminate a NULL pointer dereference
drivers/net/hamradio: Eliminate a NULL pointer dereference
be2net: Patch removes redundant while statement in loop.
ipv6: Add GSO support on forwarding path
net: fix __neigh_event_send()
vhost: fix the memory leak which will happen when memory_access_ok fails
vhost-net: fix to check the return value of copy_to/from_user() correctly
vhost: fix to check the return value of copy_to/from_user() correctly
vhost: Fix host panic if ioctl called with wrong index
net: fix lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh
net/iucv: Add missing spin_unlock
net: ll_temac: fix checksum offload logic
net: ll_temac: fix interrupt bug when interrupt 0 is used
sctp: dubious bitfields in sctp_transport
ipmr: off by one in __ipmr_fill_mroute()
...
The wrong size was being calculated for vfinfo. In one case, it was over-
calculating using nlmsg_total_size on attrs, in another case, it was
under-calculating by assuming ifla_vf_* structs are packed together, but
each struct is it's own attr w/ hdr (and padding).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Noticed by Patrick McHardy: was continuing to fill skb after a
nla_put_failure, ignoring the size calculated by upper layer. Now,
return -EMSGSIZE on any overruns, but also allow netdev to
fail ndo_get_vf_port with error other than -EMSGSIZE, thus unwinding
nest.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 7fee226a (net: add a noref bit on skb dst), its wrong to
use : dst_release(skb_dst(skb)), since we could decrement a refcount
while skb dst was not refcounted.
We should use skb_dst_drop(skb) instead.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we disallow GSO packets on the IPv6 forward path.
This patch fixes this.
Note that I discovered that our existing GSO MTU checks (e.g.,
IPv4 forwarding) are buggy in that they skip the check altogether,
when they really should be checking gso_size + header instead.
I have also been lazy here in that I haven't bothered to segment
the GSO packet by hand before generating an ICMP message. Someone
should add that to be 100% correct.
Reported-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 7fee226ad2 (net: add a noref bit on skb dst) missed one spot
where an skb is enqueued, with a possibly not refcounted dst entry.
__neigh_event_send() inserts skb into arp_queue, so we must make sure
dst entry is refcounted, or dst entry can be freed by garbage collector
after caller exits from rcu protected section.
Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Tested-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'perf-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (61 commits)
tracing: Add __used annotation to event variable
perf, trace: Fix !x86 build bug
perf report: Support multiple events on the TUI
perf annotate: Fix up usage of the build id cache
x86/mmiotrace: Remove redundant instruction prefix checks
perf annotate: Add TUI interface
perf tui: Remove annotate from popup menu after failure
perf report: Don't start the TUI if -D is used
perf: Fix getline undeclared
perf: Optimize perf_tp_event_match()
perf: Remove more code from the fastpath
perf: Optimize the !vmalloc backed buffer
perf: Optimize perf_output_copy()
perf: Fix wakeup storm for RO mmap()s
perf-record: Share per-cpu buffers
perf-record: Remove -M
perf: Ensure that IOC_OUTPUT isn't used to create multi-writer buffers
perf, trace: Optimize tracepoints by using per-tracepoint-per-cpu hlist to track events
perf, trace: Optimize tracepoints by removing IRQ-disable from perf/tracepoint interaction
perf tui: Allow disabling the TUI on a per command basis in ~/.perfconfig
...
* 'bugfixes' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6:
NFS: Fix another nfs_wb_page() deadlock
NFS: Ensure that we mark the inode as dirty if we exit early from commit
NFS: Fix a lock imbalance typo in nfs_access_cache_shrinker
sunrpc: fix leak on error on socket xprt setup
By the previous modification, the cpu notifier can return encapsulate
errno value. This converts the cpu notifiers for iucv.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This new sock lock primitive was introduced to speedup some user context
socket manipulation. But it is unsafe to protect two threads, one using
regular lock_sock/release_sock, one using lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh
This patch changes lock_sock_bh to be careful against 'owned' state.
If owned is found to be set, we must take the slow path.
lock_sock_bh() now returns a boolean to say if the slow path was taken,
and this boolean is used at unlock_sock_bh time to call the appropriate
unlock function.
After this change, BH are either disabled or enabled during the
lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh protected section. This might be misleading,
so we rename these functions to lock_sock_fast()/unlock_sock_fast().
Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a spin_unlock missing on the error path. There seems like no reason
why the lock should continue to be held if the kzalloc fail.
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression E1;
@@
* spin_lock(E1,...);
<+... when != E1
if (...) {
... when != E1
* return ...;
}
...+>
* spin_unlock(E1,...);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also collect exit code together while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This fixes a smatch warning:
net/ipv4/ipmr.c +1917 __ipmr_fill_mroute(12) error: buffer overflow
'(mrt)->vif_table' 32 <= 32
The ipv6 version had the same issue.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (63 commits)
drivers/net/usb/asix.c: Fix pointer cast.
be2net: Bug fix to avoid disabling bottom half during firmware upgrade.
proc_dointvec: write a single value
hso: add support for new products
Phonet: fix potential use-after-free in pep_sock_close()
ath9k: remove VEOL support for ad-hoc
ath9k: change beacon allocation to prefer the first beacon slot
sock.h: fix kernel-doc warning
cls_cgroup: Fix build error when built-in
macvlan: do proper cleanup in macvlan_common_newlink() V2
be2net: Bug fix in init code in probe
net/dccp: expansion of error code size
ath9k: Fix rx of mcast/bcast frames in PS mode with auto sleep
wireless: fix sta_info.h kernel-doc warnings
wireless: fix mac80211.h kernel-doc warnings
iwlwifi: testing the wrong variable in iwl_add_bssid_station()
ath9k_htc: rare leak in ath9k_hif_usb_alloc_tx_urbs()
ath9k_htc: dereferencing before check in hif_usb_tx_cb()
rt2x00: Fix rt2800usb TX descriptor writing.
rt2x00: Fix failed SLEEP->AWAKE and AWAKE->SLEEP transitions.
...
sk_common_release() might destroy our last reference to the socket.
So an extra temporary reference is needed during cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc-4.3.3 produces the warning:
"format not a string literal and no format arguments"
Signed-off-by: Alex Riesen <raa.lkml@gmail.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Chuck Lever <cel@citi.umich.edu>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Tom Talpey <tmtalpey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
- C99 knows about USHRT_MAX/SHRT_MAX/SHRT_MIN, not
USHORT_MAX/SHORT_MAX/SHORT_MIN.
- Make SHRT_MIN of type s16, not int, for consistency.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix drivers/dma/timb_dma.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix security/keys/keyring.c]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Because MIPS's EDQUOT value is 1133(0x46d).
It's larger than u8.
Signed-off-by: Yoichi Yuasa <yuasa@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sta_info.h kernel-doc warnings:
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:164): No description found for parameter 'tid_active_rx[STA_TID_NUM]'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:164): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'tid_state_rx' description in 'sta_ampdu_mlme'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 03ceedea97.
This patch was reported to cause a regression in which connectivity is
lost and cannot be reestablished after a suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'bkl/ioctl' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/frederic/random-tracing:
uml: Pushdown the bkl from harddog_kern ioctl
sunrpc: Pushdown the bkl from sunrpc cache ioctl
sunrpc: Pushdown the bkl from ioctl
autofs4: Pushdown the bkl from ioctl
uml: Convert to unlocked_ioctls to remove implicit BKL
ncpfs: BKL ioctl pushdown
coda: Clean-up whitespace problems in pioctl.c
coda: BKL ioctl pushdown
drivers: Push down BKL into various drivers
isdn: Push down BKL into ioctl functions
scsi: Push down BKL into ioctl functions
dvb: Push down BKL into ioctl functions
smbfs: Push down BKL into ioctl function
coda/psdev: Remove BKL from ioctl function
um/mmapper: Remove BKL usage
sn_hwperf: Kill BKL usage
hfsplus: Push down BKL into ioctl function
This reverts commit 03ceedea97, since it
breaks resume from suspend-to-ram on Rafael's Acer Ferrari One.
NetworkManager thinks everything is ok, but it can't connect to the AP
to get an IP address after the resume.
In fact, it even breaks resume for non-ath9k chipsets: reverting it also
fixes Rafael's Toshiba Protege R500 with the iwlagn driver. As Johannes
says:
"Indeed, this patch needs to be reverted. That mac80211 change is wrong
and completely unnecessary."
Reported-and-requested-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Daniel Yingqiang Ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch makes tun update its socket classid every time we
inject a packet into the network stack. This is so that any
updates made by the admin to the process writing packets to
tun is effected.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now cls_cgroup has relied on fetching the classid out of
the current executing thread. This runs into trouble when a packet
processing is delayed in which case it may execute out of another
thread's context.
Furthermore, even when a packet is not delayed we may fail to
classify it if soft IRQs have been disabled, because this scenario
is indistinguishable from one where a packet unrelated to the
current thread is processed by a real soft IRQ.
In fact, the current semantics is inherently broken, as a single
skb may be constructed out of the writes of two different tasks.
A different manifestation of this problem is when the TCP stack
transmits in response of an incoming ACK. This is currently
unclassified.
As we already have a concept of packet ownership for accounting
purposes in the skb->sk pointer, this is a natural place to store
the classid in a persistent manner.
This patch adds the cls_cgroup classid in struct sock, filling up
an existing hole on 64-bit :)
The value is set at socket creation time. So all sockets created
via socket(2) automatically gains the ID of the thread creating it.
Whenever another process touches the socket by either reading or
writing to it, we will change the socket classid to that of the
process if it has a valid (non-zero) classid.
For sockets created on inbound connections through accept(2), we
inherit the classid of the original listening socket through
sk_clone, possibly preceding the actual accept(2) call.
In order to minimise risks, I have not made this the authoritative
classid. For now it is only used as a backup when we execute
with soft IRQs disabled. Once we're completely happy with its
semantics we can use it as the sole classid.
Footnote: I have rearranged the error path on cls_group module
creation. If we didn't do this, then there is a window where
someone could create a tc rule using cls_group before the cgroup
subsystem has been registered.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed handling when skb don't fit in user buffer,
instead of returning -EMSGSIZE, the buffer is truncated (just
as unix seqpakcet does).
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Splint found missing spin_unlock.
Corrected this an some other trivial split warnings.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discovered bug when testing async connect.
While connecting poll should not return POLLHUP,
but POLLOUT when connected.
Also fixed the sysfs flow-control-counters.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discovered bugs when injecting slab allocation failures.
Add checks on all memory allocation.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discovered bug when running high number of parallel connect requests.
Replace buggy home brewed list with linux/list.h.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discovered bug when testing on 64bit architecture.
Fixed by using long to store result from wait_event_interruptible_timeout.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the commit:
commit d90310243f
Author: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Date: Wed Nov 18 02:36:59 2009 +0000
net: device name allocation cleanups
introduced a bug when there is a hash collision making impossible
to rename a device with eth%d. This bug is very hard to reproduce
and appears rarely.
The problem is coming from we don't pass a temporary buffer to
__dev_alloc_name but 'dev->name' which is modified by the function.
A detailed explanation is here:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=127417784011987&w=2
Changelog:
V2 : replaced strings comparison by pointers comparison
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Reviewed-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c02db8c629:
Author: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Date: Sun May 16 01:05:45 2010 -0700
Subject: rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric
adds broken error handling to do_setlink() in net/core/rtnetlink.c. The
problem is the following chunk of code:
if (tb[IFLA_VFINFO_LIST]) {
struct nlattr *attr;
int rem;
nla_for_each_nested(attr, tb[IFLA_VFINFO_LIST], rem) {
if (nla_type(attr) != IFLA_VF_INFO)
----> goto errout;
err = do_setvfinfo(dev, attr);
if (err < 0)
goto errout;
modified = 1;
}
}
which can get to errout without setting err, resulting in the following error:
net/core/rtnetlink.c: In function 'do_setlink':
net/core/rtnetlink.c:904: warning: 'err' may be used uninitialized in this function
Change the code to return -EINVAL in this case. Note that this might not be
the appropriate error though.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is already a submenu entry that is always displayed, so there is
no need to also show a dedicated CAIF comment.
Drop dead commented code while we're here, and change the submenu text
to better match the style everyone else is using.
Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ben Pfaff reported a kernel oops and provided a test program to
reproduce it.
https://kerneltrap.org/mailarchive/linux-netdev/2010/5/21/6277805
tc_fill_qdisc() should not be called for builtin qdisc, or it
dereference a NULL pointer to get device ifindex.
Fix is to always use tc_qdisc_dump_ignore() before calling
tc_fill_qdisc().
Reported-by: Ben Pfaff <blp@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pushdown the bkl to cache_ioctl_pipefs.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Nfs <linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: John Kacur <jkacur@redhat.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Pushdown the bkl to rpc_pipe_ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Nfs <linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: John Kacur <jkacur@redhat.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
* 'virtio' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux-2.6-for-linus: (27 commits)
drivers/char: Eliminate use after free
virtio: console: Accept console size along with resize control message
virtio: console: Store each console's size in the console structure
virtio: console: Resize console port 0 on config intr only if multiport is off
virtio: console: Add support for nonblocking write()s
virtio: console: Rename wait_is_over() to will_read_block()
virtio: console: Don't always create a port 0 if using multiport
virtio: console: Use a control message to add ports
virtio: console: Move code around for future patches
virtio: console: Remove config work handler
virtio: console: Don't call hvc_remove() on unplugging console ports
virtio: console: Return -EPIPE to hvc_console if we lost the connection
virtio: console: Let host know of port or device add failures
virtio: console: Add a __send_control_msg() that can send messages without a valid port
virtio: Revert "virtio: disable multiport console support."
virtio: add_buf_gfp
trans_virtio: use virtqueue_xxx wrappers
virtio-rng: use virtqueue_xxx wrappers
virtio_ring: remove a level of indirection
virtio_net: use virtqueue_xxx wrappers
...
Fix up conflicts in drivers/net/virtio_net.c due to new virtqueue_xxx
wrappers changes conflicting with some other cleanups.
I made a V2 of this patch on top of my patches for VFS switches.
All the changes were due to change in some offsets.
rename - change name of file or directory
size[4] Trename tag[2] fid[4] newdirfid[4] name[s]
size[4] Rrename tag[2]
The rename message is used to change the name of a file, possibly moving it
to a new directory. The 9P wstat message can only rename a file within the
same directory.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
I made a V2 of this patch on top of my patches for VFS switches. The
change was adding v9fs_statfs pointer to v9fs_super_ops_dotl
instead of v9fs_super_ops.
statfs - get file system statistics
size[4] Tstatfs tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rstatfs tag[2] type[4] bsize[4] blocks[8] bfree[8] bavail[8]
files[8] ffree[8] fsid[8] namelen[4]
The statfs message is used to request file system information returned
by the statfs(2) system call, which is used by df(1) to report file
system and disk space usage.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds F_GETPIPE_SZ and F_SETPIPE_SZ fcntl() actions for
growing and shrinking the size of a pipe and adjusts pipe.c and splice.c
(and relay and network splice) usage to work with these larger (or smaller)
pipes.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Specifying a valid channel type will get
goto out rather than continuing, due to
missing braces. This affects both remain
on channel and action frame TX commands.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since wdev can be NULL, check it before dereferencing it
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
signal_type is enum cfg80211_signal_type.
This fixes the gcc warning:
scan.c: In function `cfg80211_inform_bss':
scan.c:518:6: warning: comparison between `enum cfg80211_signal_type' and `enum nl80211_bss'
scan.c: In function `cfg80211_inform_bss_frame':
scan.c:574:6: warning: comparison between `enum cfg80211_signal_type' and `enum nl80211_bss'
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit aaf8cdc34d.
Drivers like the ipw2100 call device_create_group when they
are initialized and device_remove_group when they are shutdown.
Moving them between namespaces deletes their sysfs groups early.
In particular the following call chain results.
netdev_unregister_kobject -> device_del -> kobject_del -> sysfs_remove_dir
With sysfs_remove_dir recursively deleting all of it's subdirectories,
and nothing adding them back.
Ouch!
Therefore we need to call something that ultimate calls sysfs_mv_dir
as that sysfs function can move sysfs directories between namespaces
without deleting their subdirectories or their contents. Allowing
us to avoid placing extra boiler plate into every driver that does
something interesting with sysfs.
Currently the function that provides that capability is device_rename.
That is the code works without nasty side effects as originally written.
So remove the misguided fix for moving devices between namespaces. The
bug in the kobject layer that inspired it has now been recognized and
fixed.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
When netlink sockets are used to convey data that is in a namespace
we need a way to select a subset of the listening sockets to deliver
the packet to. For the network namespace we have been doing this
by only transmitting packets in the correct network namespace.
For data belonging to other namespaces netlink_bradcast_filtered
provides a mechanism that allows us to examine the destination
socket and to decide if we should transmit the specified packet
to it.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
I had a couple of stupid bugs in:
netns: Teach network device kobjects which namespace they are in.
- I duplicated the Kconfig for the NET_NS
- The build was broken when sysfs was not compiled in
The sysfs breakage is because after I moved the operations
for the sysfs to the kobject layer, to make things cleaner
I forgot to move the ifdefs. Opps.
I'm not quite certain how I got introduced a second NET_NS Kconfig,
but it was probably a 3 way merge somewhere along the way that
did not notice that the NET_NS Kconfig option had mvoed and thout
that was a bug. It probably slipped in because it used to be the
sysfs patches were the first patches in my network namespace patches.
Some things just don't go like you would expect.
Neither of these bugs actually affect anything in the common case
but they should be fixed.
Thanks to Serge for noticing they were present.
Reported-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The problem. Network devices show up in sysfs and with the network
namespace active multiple devices with the same name can show up in
the same directory, ouch!
To avoid that problem and allow existing applications in network namespaces
to see the same interface that is currently presented in sysfs, this
patch enables the tagging directory support in sysfs.
By using the network namespace pointers as tags to separate out the
the sysfs directory entries we ensure that we don't have conflicts
in the directories and applications only see a limited set of
the network devices.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This allows bin_attr->read,write,mmap callbacks to check file specific data
(such as inode owner) as part of any privilege validation.
Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Fix some issues introduced in batch skb dequeuing for input_pkt_queue.
The primary issue it that the queue head must be incremented only
after a packet has been processed, that is only after
__netif_receive_skb has been called. This is needed for the mechanism
to prevent OOO packet in RFS. Also when flushing the input_pkt_queue
and process_queue, the process queue should be done first to prevent
OOO packets.
Because the input_pkt_queue has been effectively split into two queues,
the calculation of the tail ptr is no longer correct. The correct value
would be head+input_pkt_queue->len+process_queue->len. To avoid
this calculation we added an explict input_queue_tail in softnet_data.
The tail value is simply incremented when queuing to input_pkt_queue.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When GRO produces fraglist entries, and the resulting skb hits
an interface that is incapable of TSO but capable of FRAGLIST,
we end up producing a bogus packet with gso_size non-zero.
This was reported in the field with older versions of KVM that
did not set the TSO bits on tuntap.
This patch fixes that.
Reported-by: Igor Zhang <yugzhang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1674 commits)
qlcnic: adding co maintainer
ixgbe: add support for active DA cables
ixgbe: dcb, do not tag tc_prio_control frames
ixgbe: fix ixgbe_tx_is_paused logic
ixgbe: always enable vlan strip/insert when DCB is enabled
ixgbe: remove some redundant code in setting FCoE FIP filter
ixgbe: fix wrong offset to fc_frame_header in ixgbe_fcoe_ddp
ixgbe: fix header len when unsplit packet overflows to data buffer
ipv6: Never schedule DAD timer on dead address
ipv6: Use POSTDAD state
ipv6: Use state_lock to protect ifa state
ipv6: Replace inet6_ifaddr->dead with state
cxgb4: notify upper drivers if the device is already up when they load
cxgb4: keep interrupts available when the ports are brought down
cxgb4: fix initial addition of MAC address
cnic: Return SPQ credit to bnx2x after ring setup and shutdown.
cnic: Convert cnic_local_flags to atomic ops.
can: Fix SJA1000 command register writes on SMP systems
bridge: fix build for CONFIG_SYSFS disabled
ARCNET: Limit com20020 PCI ID matches for SOHARD cards
...
Fix up various conflicts with pcmcia tree drivers/net/
{pcmcia/3c589_cs.c, wireless/orinoco/orinoco_cs.c and
wireless/orinoco/spectrum_cs.c} and feature removal
(Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt).
Also fix a non-content conflict due to pm_qos_requirement getting
renamed in the PM tree (now pm_qos_request) in net/mac80211/scan.c
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (44 commits)
vlynq: make whole Kconfig-menu dependant on architecture
add descriptive comment for TIF_MEMDIE task flag declaration.
EEPROM: max6875: Header file cleanup
EEPROM: 93cx6: Header file cleanup
EEPROM: Header file cleanup
agp: use NULL instead of 0 when pointer is needed
rtc-v3020: make bitfield unsigned
PCI: make bitfield unsigned
jbd2: use NULL instead of 0 when pointer is needed
cciss: fix shadows sparse warning
doc: inode uses a mutex instead of a semaphore.
uml: i386: Avoid redefinition of NR_syscalls
fix "seperate" typos in comments
cocbalt_lcdfb: correct sections
doc: Change urls for sparse
Powerpc: wii: Fix typo in comment
i2o: cleanup some exit paths
Documentation/: it's -> its where appropriate
UML: Fix compiler warning due to missing task_struct declaration
UML: add kernel.h include to signal.c
...
This race was triggered by a 'conntrack -F' command running in parallel
to the insertion of a hash for a new connection. Losing this race led to
a dead conntrack entry effectively blocking traffic for a particular
connection until timeout or flushing the conntrack hashes again.
Now the check for an already dying connection is done inside the lock.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Marx <joerg.marx@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* 'for-2.6.35' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (45 commits)
Revert "nfsd4: distinguish expired from stale stateids"
nfsd: safer initialization order in find_file()
nfs4: minor callback code simplification, comment
NFSD: don't report compiled-out versions as present
nfsd4: implement reclaim_complete
nfsd4: nfsd4_destroy_session must set callback client under the state lock
nfsd4: keep a reference count on client while in use
nfsd4: mark_client_expired
nfsd4: introduce nfs4_client.cl_refcount
nfsd4: refactor expire_client
nfsd4: extend the client_lock to cover cl_lru
nfsd4: use list_move in move_to_confirmed
nfsd4: fold release_session into expire_client
nfsd4: rename sessionid_lock to client_lock
nfsd4: fix bare destroy_session null dereference
nfsd4: use local variable in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres
nfsd: further comment typos
sunrpc: centralise most calls to svc_xprt_received
nfsd4: fix unlikely race in session replay case
nfsd4: fix filehandle comment
...
* 'nfs-for-2.6.35' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6: (78 commits)
SUNRPC: Don't spam gssd with upcall requests when the kerberos key expired
SUNRPC: Reorder the struct rpc_task fields
SUNRPC: Remove the 'tk_magic' debugging field
SUNRPC: Move the task->tk_bytes_sent and tk_rtt to struct rpc_rqst
NFS: Don't call iput() in nfs_access_cache_shrinker
NFS: Clean up nfs_access_zap_cache()
NFS: Don't run nfs_access_cache_shrinker() when the mask is GFP_NOFS
SUNRPC: Ensure rpcauth_prune_expired() respects the nr_to_scan parameter
SUNRPC: Ensure memory shrinker doesn't waste time in rpcauth_prune_expired()
SUNRPC: Dont run rpcauth_cache_shrinker() when gfp_mask is GFP_NOFS
NFS: Read requests can use GFP_KERNEL.
NFS: Clean up nfs_create_request()
NFS: Don't use GFP_KERNEL in rpcsec_gss downcalls
NFSv4: Don't use GFP_KERNEL allocations in state recovery
SUNRPC: Fix xs_setup_bc_tcp()
SUNRPC: Replace jiffies-based metrics with ktime-based metrics
ktime: introduce ktime_to_ms()
SUNRPC: RPC metrics and RTT estimator should use same RTT value
NFS: Calldata for nfs4_renew_done()
NFS: Squelch compiler warning in nfs_add_server_stats()
...
* 'bkl/procfs' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/frederic/random-tracing:
sunrpc: Include missing smp_lock.h
procfs: Kill the bkl in ioctl
procfs: Push down the bkl from ioctl
procfs: Use generic_file_llseek in /proc/vmcore
procfs: Use generic_file_llseek in /proc/kmsg
procfs: Use generic_file_llseek in /proc/kcore
procfs: Kill BKL in llseek on proc base
Switch trans_virtio to new virtqueue_xxx wrappers.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
This patch ensures that all places that schedule the DAD timer
look at the address state in a safe manner before scheduling the
timer. This ensures that we don't end up with pending timers
after deleting an address.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes use of the new POSTDAD state. This prevents
a race between DAD completion and failure.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes use of the new state_lock to synchronise between
updates to the ifa state. This fixes the issue where a remotely
triggered address deletion (through DAD failure) coincides with a
local administrative address deletion, causing certain actions to
be performed twice incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the boolean dead flag on inet6_ifaddr with
a state enum. This allows us to roll back changes when deleting
an address according to whether DAD has completed or not.
This patch only adds the state field and does not change the logic.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix build when CONFIG_SYSFS is not enabled:
net/bridge/br_if.c:136: error: 'struct net_bridge_port' has no member named 'sysfs_name'
Note: dev->name == sysfs_name except when change name is in
progress, and we are protected from that by RTNL mutex.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes from net/ (but not any netfilter files)
all the unnecessary return; statements that precede the
last closing brace of void functions.
It does not remove the returns that are immediately
preceded by a label as gcc doesn't like that.
Done via:
$ grep -rP --include=*.[ch] -l "return;\n}" net/ | \
xargs perl -i -e 'local $/ ; while (<>) { s/\n[ \t\n]+return;\n}/\n}/g; print; }'
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the user has a bad classification configuration, and gets a packet
that goes through too many steps. Chances are more packets will arrive,
and the message spew will overrun syslog because it is not rate limited.
And because it is not tagged with appropriate priority it can't not be screened.
Added the qdisc to the message to try and give some more context when
the message does arrive.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Put severity level on pfkey printk messages
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Serious oh sh*t messages converted to WARN().
Add KERN_NOTICE severity to the unknown policy type messages.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous patch encourage me to go look at all the messages in
the network scheduler and fix them. Many messages were missing
any severity level. Some serious ones that should never happen
were turned into WARN(), and the random noise messages that were
handled changed to pr_debug().
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kzalloc rather than the combination of kmalloc and memset.
A simplified version of the semantic patch that makes this change is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression x,size,flags;
statement S;
@@
-x = kmalloc(size,flags);
+x = kzalloc(size,flags);
if (x == NULL) S
-memset(x, 0, size);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Acked-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 5fa782c2f5
sctp: Fix skb_over_panic resulting from multiple invalid \
parameter errors (CVE-2010-1173) (v4)
cause 'error cause' never be add the the ERROR chunk due to
some typo when check valid length in sctp_init_cause_fixed().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of
port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/
RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF
(added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes
using this layout:
[IFLA_NUM_VF]
[IFLA_VF_PORTS]
[IFLA_VF_PORT]
[IFLA_PORT_*], ...
[IFLA_VF_PORT]
[IFLA_PORT_*], ...
...
[IFLA_PORT_SELF]
[IFLA_PORT_*], ...
These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS
is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV
device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants
to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in
enic patch 2/2 of this patch set.
A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port
backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the
netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port-
profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are
made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch.
There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec
is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices
that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol
details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to
define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs
have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs
require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port
instance ID.
The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface
using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the
switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is
configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What
those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again
outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the
first step in the flow.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb rxhash should be cleared when a skb is handled by a tunnel before
being delivered again, so that correct packet steering can take place.
There are other cleanups and accounting that we can factorize in a new
helper, skb_tunnel_rx()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 33ad798c92 (tcp: options clean up) introduced a problem
if MD5+SACK+timestamps were used in initial SYN message.
Some stacks (old linux for example) try to negotiate MD5+SACK+TSTAMP
sessions, but since 40 bytes of tcp options space are not enough to
store all the bits needed, we chose to disable timestamps in this case.
We send a SYN-ACK _without_ timestamp option, but socket has timestamps
enabled and all further outgoing messages contain a TS block, all with
the initial timestamp of the remote peer.
Fix is to really disable timestamps option for the whole session.
Reported-by: Bijay Singh <Bijay.Singh@guavus.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The duplicate address check code got broken in the conversion
to hlist (2.6.35). The earlier patch did not fix the case where
two addresses match same hash value. Use two exit paths,
rather than depending on state of loop variables (from macro).
Based on earlier fix by Shan Wei.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Reviewed-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When attaching filters to a class pointing to a class higher up in the
hierarchy, classification may enter an endless loop. Currently this is
prevented for filters that are already resolved, but not for filters
resolved at runtime.
Only allow filters to point downwards in the hierarchy, similar to what
CBQ does.
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several netem users use TBF for rate control. But every time the parameters
of TBF are changed it destroys the child qdisc, requiring reconfigation.
Better to just keep child qdisc and just notify it of changed limit.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also added an explicit break; to avoid
a fallthrough in net/ipv4/tcp_input.c
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes the BKL in x25 setsock and getsockopts.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the x25 accept approve flag from char into bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the x25 interrupt flag from char into bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the X25 q bit flag from char into a bitfield to allow BKL cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP outgoing packets can avoid two atomic ops, and dirtying
of previously higly contended cache line using new refdst
infrastructure.
Note 1: loopback device excluded because of !IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE
Note 2: UDP packets dsts are built before ip_queue_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ip_route_input_noref() in ip fast path, to avoid two atomic ops per
incoming packet.
Note: loopback is excluded from this optimization in ip_rcv_finish()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_input() is the version returning a refcounted dst, while
ip_route_input_noref() returns a non refcounted one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use low order bit of skb->_skb_dst to tell dst is not refcounted.
Change _skb_dst to _skb_refdst to make sure all uses are catched.
skb_dst() returns the dst, regardless of noref bit set or not, but
with a lockdep check to make sure a noref dst is not given if current
user is not rcu protected.
New skb_dst_set_noref() helper to set an notrefcounted dst on a skb.
(with lockdep check)
skb_dst_drop() drops a reference only if skb dst was refcounted.
skb_dst_force() helper is used to force a refcount on dst, when skb
is queued and not anymore RCU protected.
Use skb_dst_force() in __sk_add_backlog(), __dev_xmit_skb() if
!IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE or skb enqueued on qdisc queue, in
sock_queue_rcv_skb(), in __nf_queue().
Use skb_dst_force() in dev_requeue_skb().
Note: dst_use_noref() still dirties dst, we might transform it
later to do one dirtying per jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_SMP=y, then we own a queue spinlock, we can avoid the atomic
test_and_set_bit() from napi_schedule_prep().
We now have same number of atomic ops per netif_rx() calls than with
pre-RPS kernel.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
as addrlabels with an interface index are left alone when the
interface gets removed this results in addrlabels that can no
longer be removed.
Restrict validation of index to adding new addrlabels.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that cache_ioctl_procfs() calls the bkl explicitly, we need to
include the relevant header as well.
This fixes the following build error:
net/sunrpc/cache.c: In function 'cache_ioctl_procfs':
net/sunrpc/cache.c:1355: error: implicit declaration of function 'lock_kernel'
net/sunrpc/cache.c:1359: error: implicit declaration of function 'unlock_kernel'
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Push down the bkl from procfs's ioctl main handler to its users.
Only three procfs users implement an ioctl (non unlocked) handler.
Turn them into unlocked_ioctl and push down the Devil inside.
v2: PDE(inode)->data doesn't need to be under bkl
v3: And don't forget to git-add the result
v4: Use wrappers to pushdown instead of an invasive and error prone
handlers surgery.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: John Kacur <jkacur@redhat.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Now we have a set of nested attributes:
IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED)
IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED)
IFLA_VF_MAC
IFLA_VF_VLAN
IFLA_VF_TX_RATE
This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired.
Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state.
The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like
something to consider for 2.6.34.
Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
transport may be free before ICMP proto unreachable timer expire, so
we should delete active ICMP proto unreachable timer when transport
is going away.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan/macvlan start_xmit() can inform caller of congestion with
NET_XMIT_CN return value. This doesnt mean packet was dropped.
Increment normal stat counters instead of tx_dropped.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP-MD5 sessions have intermittent failures, when route cache is
invalidated. ip_queue_xmit() has to find a new route, calls
sk_setup_caps(sk, &rt->u.dst), destroying the
sk->sk_route_caps &= ~NETIF_F_GSO_MASK
that MD5 desperately try to make all over its way (from
tcp_transmit_skb() for example)
So we send few bad packets, and everything is fine when
tcp_transmit_skb() is called again for this socket.
Since ip_queue_xmit() is at a lower level than TCP-MD5, I chose to use a
socket field, sk_route_nocaps, containing bits to mask on sk_route_caps.
Reported-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP MD5 support uses percpu data for temporary storage. It currently
disables preemption so that same storage cannot be reclaimed by another
thread on same cpu.
We also have to make sure a softirq handler wont try to use also same
context. Various bug reports demonstrated corruptions.
Fix is to disable preemption and BH.
Reported-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With RPS inclusion, skb timestamping is not consistent in RX path.
If netif_receive_skb() is used, its deferred after RPS dispatch.
If netif_rx() is used, its done before RPS dispatch.
This can give strange tcpdump timestamps results.
I think timestamping should be done as soon as possible in the receive
path, to get meaningful values (ie timestamps taken at the time packet
was delivered by NIC driver to our stack), even if NAPI already can
defer timestamping a bit (RPS can help to reduce the gap)
Tom Herbert prefer to sample timestamps after RPS dispatch. In case
sampling is expensive (HPET/acpi_pm on x86), this makes sense.
Let admins switch from one mode to another, using a new
sysctl, /proc/sys/net/core/netdev_tstamp_prequeue
Its default value (1), means timestamps are taken as soon as possible,
before backlog queueing, giving accurate timestamps.
Setting a 0 value permits to sample timestamps when processing backlog,
after RPS dispatch, to lower the load of the pre-RPS cpu.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I mistakenly had the error path to use num_pols to decide how
many policies we need to drop (cruft from earlier patch set
version which did not handle socket policies right).
This is wrong since normally we do not keep explicit references
(instead we hold reference to the cache entry which holds references
to policies). drop_pols is set to num_pols if we are holding the
references, so use that. Otherwise we eventually BUG_ON inside
xfrm_policy_destroy due to premature policy deletion.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now there's null check here and also again in the hook. Looking at bridge bits
which are simmilar, port structure is rcu_dereferenced right away in
handle_bridge and passed to hook. Looks nicer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(Dropped the infiniband part, because Tetsuo modified the related code,
I will send a separate patch for it once this is accepted.)
This patch introduces /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_reserved_ports which
allows users to reserve ports for third-party applications.
The reserved ports will not be used by automatic port assignments
(e.g. when calling connect() or bind() with port number 0). Explicit
port allocation behavior is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Links for each port are created in sysfs using the device
name, but this could be changed after being added to the
bridge.
As well as being unable to remove interfaces after this
occurs (because userspace tools don't recognise the new
name, and the kernel won't recognise the old name), adding
another interface with the old name to the bridge will
cause an error trying to create the sysfs link.
This fixes the problem by listening for NETDEV_CHANGENAME
notifications and renaming the link.
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12743
Signed-off-by: Simon Arlott <simon@fire.lp0.eu>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use one set of macro's for all bridge messages.
Note: can't use netdev_XXX macro's because bridge is purely
virtual and has no device parent.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move code around so that the ifdef for NETPOLL_CONTROLLER don't have to
show up in main code path. The control functions should be in helpers
that are only compiled if needed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix xt_TEE build for the case of NF_CONNTRACK=m and
NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TEE=y:
xt_TEE.c:(.text+0x6df5c): undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_untracked'
4x
Built with all 4 m/y combinations.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle non-linear skbs by linearizing them instead of silently failing.
Long term the helper should be fixed to either work with non-linear skbs
directly by using the string search API or work on a copy of the data.
Based on patch by Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Now that the rpc.gssd daemon can explicitly tell us that the key expired,
we should cache that information to avoid spamming gssd.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
It seems strange to maintain stats for bytes_sent in one structure, and
bytes received in another. Try to assemble all the RPC request-related
stats in struct rpc_rqst
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The 'cred_unused' list, that is traversed by rpcauth_cache_shrinker is
ordered by time. If we hit a credential that is under the 60 second garbage
collection moratorium, we should exit because we know at that point that
all successive credentials are subject to the same moratorium...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Under some circumstances, put_rpccred() can end up allocating memory, so
check the gfp_mask to prevent deadlocks.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Again, we can deadlock if the memory reclaim triggers a writeback that
requires a rpcsec_gss credential lookup.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
It is a BUG for anybody to call this function without setting
args->bc_xprt. Trying to return an error value is just wrong, since the
user cannot fix this: it is a programming error, not a user error.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Currently RPC performance metrics that tabulate elapsed time use
jiffies time values. This is problematic on systems that use slow
jiffies (for instance 100HZ systems built for paravirtualized
environments). It is also a problem for computing precise latency
statistics for advanced network transports, such as InfiniBand,
that can have round-trip latencies significanly faster than a single
clock tick.
For the RPC client, adopt the high resolution time stamp mechanism
already used by the network layer and blktrace: ktime.
We use ktime format time stamps for all internal computations, and
convert to milliseconds for presentation. As a result, we need only
addition operations in the performance critical paths; multiply/divide
is required only for presentation.
We could report RTT metrics in microseconds. In fact the mountstats
format is versioned to accomodate exactly this kind of interface
improvement.
For now, however, we'll stay with millisecond precision for
presentation to maintain backwards compatibility with the handful of
currently deployed user space tools. At a later point, we'll move to
an API such as BDI_STATS where a finer timestamp precision can be
reported.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Compute an RPC request's RTT once, and use that value both for reporting
RPC metrics, and for adjusting the RTT context used by the RPC client's RTT
estimator algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We should not allow soft tasks to wait for longer than the major timeout
period when waiting for a reconnect to occur.
Remove the field xprt->connect_timeout since it has been obsoleted by
xprt->reestablish_timeout.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This fixes a bug with setting xprt->stat.connect_start.
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Also have it return an ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM) instead of a null pointer.
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add necessary changes to add kernel support for the rc4-hmac Kerberos
encryption type used by Microsoft and described in rfc4757.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
All encryption types use a confounder at the beginning of the
wrap token. In all encryption types except arcfour-hmac, the
confounder is the same as the blocksize. arcfour-hmac has a
blocksize of one, but uses an eight byte confounder.
Add an entry to the crypto framework definitions for the
confounder length and change the wrap/unwrap code to use
the confounder length rather than assuming it is always
the blocksize.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
For the arcfour-hmac support, the make_seq_num and get_seq_num
functions need access to the kerberos context structure.
This will be used in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This is needed for deriving arcfour-hmac keys "on the fly"
using the sequence number or checksu
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
For arcfour-hmac support, the make_checksum function needs a usage
field to correctly calculate the checksum differently for MIC and
WRAP tokens.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add the remaining pieces to enable support for Kerberos AES
encryption types.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This is a step toward support for AES encryption types which are
required to use the new token formats defined in rfc4121.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
[SteveD: Fixed a typo in gss_verify_mic_v2()]
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
[Trond: Got rid of the TEST_ROTATE/TEST_EXTRA_COUNT crap]
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add the final pieces to support the triple-des encryption type.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The text based upcall now indicates which Kerberos encryption types are
supported by the kernel rpcsecgss code. This is used by gssd to
determine which encryption types it should attempt to negotiate
when creating a context with a server.
The server principal's database and keytab encryption types are
what limits what it should negotiate. Therefore, its keytab
should be created with only the enctypes listed by this file.
Currently we support des-cbc-crc, des-cbc-md4 and des-cbc-md5
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
For encryption types other than DES, gssd sends down context information
in a new format. This new format includes the information needed to
support the new Kerberos GSS-API tokens defined in rfc4121.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Import the code to derive Kerberos keys from a base key into the
kernel. This will allow us to change the format of the context
information sent down from gssd to include only a single key.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Encryption types besides DES may use a keyed checksum (hmac).
Modify the make_checksum() function to allow for a key
and take care of enctype-specific processing such as truncating
the resulting hash.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add enctype framework and change functions to use the generic
values from it rather than the values hard-coded for des.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Prepare for new context format by splitting out the old "v1"
context processing function
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add encryption type to the krb5 context structure and use it to switch
to the correct functions depending on the encryption type.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Make the client and server code consistent regarding the extra buffer
space made available for the auth code when wrapping data.
Add some comments/documentation about the available buffer space
in the xdr_buf head and tail when gss_wrap is called.
Add a compile-time check to make sure we are not exceeding the available
buffer space.
Add a central function to shift head data.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This patch adds data to be passed to tracepoint callbacks.
The created functions from DECLARE_TRACE() now need a mandatory data
parameter. For example:
DECLARE_TRACE(mytracepoint, int value, value)
Will create the register function:
int register_trace_mytracepoint((void(*)(void *data, int value))probe,
void *data);
As the first argument, all callbacks (probes) must take a (void *data)
parameter. So a callback for the above tracepoint will look like:
void myprobe(void *data, int value)
{
}
The callback may choose to ignore the data parameter.
This change allows callbacks to register a private data pointer along
with the function probe.
void mycallback(void *data, int value);
register_trace_mytracepoint(mycallback, mydata);
Then the mycallback() will receive the "mydata" as the first parameter
before the args.
A more detailed example:
DECLARE_TRACE(mytracepoint, TP_PROTO(int status), TP_ARGS(status));
/* In the C file */
DEFINE_TRACE(mytracepoint, TP_PROTO(int status), TP_ARGS(status));
[...]
trace_mytracepoint(status);
/* In a file registering this tracepoint */
int my_callback(void *data, int status)
{
struct my_struct my_data = data;
[...]
}
[...]
my_data = kmalloc(sizeof(*my_data), GFP_KERNEL);
init_my_data(my_data);
register_trace_mytracepoint(my_callback, my_data);
The same callback can also be registered to the same tracepoint as long
as the data registered is different. Note, the data must also be used
to unregister the callback:
unregister_trace_mytracepoint(my_callback, my_data);
Because of the data parameter, tracepoints declared this way can not have
no args. That is:
DECLARE_TRACE(mytracepoint, TP_PROTO(void), TP_ARGS());
will cause an error.
If no arguments are needed, a new macro can be used instead:
DECLARE_TRACE_NOARGS(mytracepoint);
Since there are no arguments, the proto and args fields are left out.
This is part of a series to make the tracepoint footprint smaller:
text data bss dec hex filename
4913961 1088356 861512 6863829 68bbd5 vmlinux.orig
4914025 1088868 861512 6864405 68be15 vmlinux.class
4918492 1084612 861512 6864616 68bee8 vmlinux.tracepoint
Again, this patch also increases the size of the kernel, but
lays the ground work for decreasing it.
v5: Fixed net/core/drop_monitor.c to handle these updates.
v4: Moved the DECLARE_TRACE() DECLARE_TRACE_NOARGS out of the
#ifdef CONFIG_TRACE_POINTS, since the two are the same in both
cases. The __DECLARE_TRACE() is what changes.
Thanks to Frederic Weisbecker for pointing this out.
v3: Made all register_* functions require data to be passed and
all callbacks to take a void * parameter as its first argument.
This makes the calling functions comply with C standards.
Also added more comments to the modifications of DECLARE_TRACE().
v2: Made the DECLARE_TRACE() have the ability to pass arguments
and added a new DECLARE_TRACE_NOARGS() for tracepoints that
do not need any arguments.
Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Acked-by: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
This patch removes from net/ netfilter files
all the unnecessary return; statements that precede the
last closing brace of void functions.
It does not remove the returns that are immediately
preceded by a label as gcc doesn't like that.
Done via:
$ grep -rP --include=*.[ch] -l "return;\n}" net/ | \
xargs perl -i -e 'local $/ ; while (<>) { s/\n[ \t\n]+return;\n}/\n}/g; print; }'
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
[Patrick: changed to keep return statements in otherwise empty function bodies]
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make sure all printk messages have a severity level.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Change netfilter asserts to standard WARN_ON. This has the
benefit of backtrace info and also causes netfilter errors
to show up on kerneloops.org.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Convert tipc_msg_* inline routines that are more than one line into
standard functions, thereby eliminating some repeated code.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert buf_acquire inline routine that is more than one line into
a standard function, thereby eliminating some repeated code.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert bearer congestion inline routine that is more than one line into
a standard function, thereby eliminating some repeated code.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Converts port list inline routines that are more than one line into
standard functions, thereby eliminating a significant amount of
repeated code.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Converts nmap inline routines that are more than one line into standard
functions, thereby eliminating a significant amount of repeated code.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert address-related inline routines that are more than one
line into standard functions, thereby eliminating a significant
amount of repeated code.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions have enough code in them such that they
seem like sensible targets for un-inlining. Prior to doing
that, this adds the tipc_ prefix to the functions, so that
in the event of a panic dump or similar, the subsystem from
which the functions come from is immediately clear.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than live in link.c where they can only be used in that file alone,
these helper routines are better served by being in link.h
Relocated are the following:
link_working_working
link_working_unknown
link_reset_unknown
link_reset_reset
link_blocked
link_congested
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a straight return of a field; there is no
value in the abstraction of hiding it behind a function.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide initial support for displaying overall TIPC status/statistics
information at runtime. Currently, only version info for the TIPC
kernel module is displayed.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make a cosmetic change to the name displayed for the broadcast link,
to better reflect its true nature. Since TIPC utilizes this link to
distribute name table information, in addition to multicast messages
sent by user applications, the prior name "multicast-link" is
no longer appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate a couple of instances where TIPC's native API send routines
were doing pointless initialization of local variables.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate some unused data structures in the TIPC
configuration service that relate to the handling of link
subscriptions, which were not supported when TIPC 1.5 was
introduced. If and when support for link subscriptions is
offered in TIPC, these elements may need to be re-introduced.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate an argument in a print statement that has no corresponding
format specification.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate a field of the TIPC port structure that is populated,
but never referenced.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Aviod these link-time errors when IPV6=m, XT_TEE=y:
net/built-in.o: In function `tee_tg_route6':
xt_TEE.c:(.text+0x45ca5): undefined reference to `ip6_route_output'
net/built-in.o: In function `tee_tg6':
xt_TEE.c:(.text+0x45d79): undefined reference to `ip6_local_out'
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paged RX skb patch broke the defragmentation. We need to read hdr again
after linearization.
It fixes following bug
http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2194
Signed-off-by: Zhu, Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check the mode in channel switch ie for either 0 or 1 on transmission.
A channel switch mode set to 1 means that the STA in a BSS to which the
frame containing the element is addressed shall transmit no further
frames within the BSS until the scheduled channel switch.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds support for offloading the channel switch
operation to devices that support such, typically
by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons
for this could be that the firmware provides better
timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the
device requires special handling of CSAs.
In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to
the device, the new channel_switch callback will
pass through the received frame's mactime, where
available.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we process a frame, we currently just match it
to the work struct by the MAC addresses, and not by
the work type. This means that we can end up doing
the work for an association request item when (for
whatever reason) we receive another frame type, for
example a probe response. Processing the wrong type
of frame will lead to completely invalid data being
processed, and will lead to various problems like
thinking the association was successful even if the
AP never sent an assocation response.
Fix this by making each processing function check
that it is invoked for the right work struct type
only and continue processing otherwise (and drop
frames that we didn't expect).
This bug was uncovered during the debugging for
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15862
but doesn't seem to be the cause for any of the
various problems reported there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
stch_skb is allocated with wimax_gnl_re_state_change_alloc(). That
function returns ERR_PTRs on failure and doesn't return NULL.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
net: Fix FDDI and TR config checks in ipv4 arp and LLC.
IPv4: unresolved multicast route cleanup
mac80211: remove association work when processing deauth request
ar9170: wait for asynchronous firmware loading
ipv4: udp: fix short packet and bad checksum logging
phy: Fix initialization in micrel driver.
sctp: Fix a race between ICMP protocol unreachable and connect()
veth: Dont kfree_skb() after dev_forward_skb()
IPv6: fix IPV6_RECVERR handling of locally-generated errors
net/gianfar: drop recycled skbs on MTU change
iwlwifi: work around passive scan issue
Prepare the arrays for use with the multiregister function. The
future layer-3 xt matches can then be easily added to it without
needing more (un)register code.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Since xt_action_param is writable, let's use it. The pointer to
'bool hotdrop' always worried (8 bytes (64-bit) to write 1 byte!).
Surprisingly results in a reduction in size:
text data bss filename
5457066 692730 357892 vmlinux.o-prev
5456554 692730 357892 vmlinux.o
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
In future, layer-3 matches will be an xt module of their own, and
need to set the fragoff and thoff fields. Adding more pointers would
needlessy increase memory requirements (esp. so for 64-bit, where
pointers are wider).
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
